450 and 1150 was very different from the English spoken today.
The teacher told us to look at that example.
She asked me to see her flat.
against the Japanese.
14、We were both surprised to learn that half the river is in China.
Not only my sister, but also I was surprised to learn that.
③Frederick I had the Amber Room made.
6、①Sadly,although the Amber Room was considered one of the wonders of the world,it is now missing.
②The people there were very happy and without doubt consider it one of the treasures of their collection.
③An artist is a person who creates things which can be considered works of art.
7、①There is no doubt that the boxes were then put on a train for Konigsberg.
②I don't doubt that the gold ring belongs to her.
③People doubt that they were dragged over the land,which is too rough.
8、①How did the Amber Room get lost? ②She got so angry.
③He does not make speeches to get others to help him in his projects.
9、①Is it worth rebuilding lost cultural relics?
②To them,it was worth much more than Chen Lei paid.
③Do you think it was worth spending so much money to move a cultural relic such as Abu Simbel?
④They are worth the cost of entry alone.
10、①The old man saw some Germans taking apart the Amber Room and removing it.②She saw Nazis burying something near her home.③In April 1954 I heard something explode at midmight. ④Now you are going to hear another two people talk about what happened to the Amber Room.
11、①Is it something that people believe?
②A fact is anything that can be proved.
12、①It can be proved that Chian has more people than any other country in the world.
②It can be proved that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she has nothing to gain from her story.
13、①An opinion is what someone believes is true but has not been proved .②What happened to the Amber Room remains a mystery.③He told me not to tell anyone what I had seen.
14、①It may be true,but it is difficult to prove.
②I think it might be so,as the Amber Room has never been found.③That can't be true.④That must be true.
15、To my surprise the entrance to the mine was closed.
16、①Discuss each question in trun.
②Each side takes turns to debate and gives reasons for their opinion.
17、Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
18、①The search has cost them a lot of time and money.
②That is a great deal of money?
③It cost a lot to restore the building to its former glory.
19、①It will not only give you a chance of practising your English but also of developing an interest in local history at the same time.②He knows that the past is not only for us to enjoy but also for the children of the future.
20、 Why did Abu Simbel need to be moved and rebuilt?
21、He told them how he saw the maid come out of the entrance carrying a bag filled with the stolen treasure.
22、It was here that the city was first built during the Song Dynasty.
23、①Classifying words is a good way to learn English vocabulary.②To Feng,digging down into the earth is like reading page after page of a book.
24、Although the city government rebulit this street,they did save its oldest building.
25、He persuaded the city government to buy some land in the centre of the city.
Unit 2 The Olympic Games
1、①When and where did the modern Olympic Games start?
②When and where will the next Olympic Games be held?
2、①I lived in what you call“Ancient Greece”and I used to write about the Olympic Games a long time ago.
②Our Greek cities used to compete against each other just for the honour of winning.
3、①A：How often do you hold your games?
B:Every four years.
②Both are held every four years on a regular basis.
4、①How can the runners enjoy competing in winter?
②They have already started planning for it.
③She practised running to compete in the Olympic Games.
5、①That's why they are called the Winter Olympics.
②At first he understood why men ran against her.
③Give reasons why you like it so much.
6、It's in the Summer Olympics that you have the running races,together with swimming ,sailing and all the team sports.
7、①No other countries could join in,nor could slaves or women. ②Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
8、Women are not only allowed,but play a very important role in gymnastics.
9、①A special village is built for them to live in.
②It's a great responsibility but also a great honour to be
chosen.
③So she practised hard every day in order to be admitted as a competitor.④We can make this world a better place in which to live.
10、①That sounds very expensive.②Your suggestion sounds reasonable.
11、There is as much competition among countries to host the Olympics as to win Olympic medals.
12、All the stadiums will be built to the east of London.
in/to/on the east of.
13、Why do many countries want to host the Olympic Games while others do not?
14、①Pay attention to the intonation,as that can change the meaning.②This was a serious problem as she needed the pole to help her travel quickly through the deep snow.③He said that he had only behaved as any good sportsman should.
15、It didn't take her long to reach the standard for entering the Olympic Games.
16、①Children will not be allowed to make a noise and upset the competitors. If they do,they will be taken away from the stadium.
②They will be told to leave and will be punished.
17、Don't forget to use the passive voice in your poster.
=Remember to use the passive voice in your poster.
18、She was very beautiful and could run faster than any man in Greece.
19、①She was so angry that she said to her father that she would not marry anyone who could run faster than her.
②Her father said that she must marry.
③When a man says he wants to marry me,I will run against him.
④Atlanta married him and they lived happily ever after.
⑤She was married to a young engineer in June.
20、She was so angry about the fact that she could not run in the Olympics.
21、She made as many men as she could share her pain.
22、①Apart from playing at school I go to sports school every weekend.②What was Phidippides' job as well as running?
③We know they will provide us with wonderful examples of skill and sportsmanship as well as friendship and cross -cultural understanding.
23、①I especially like playing on the wing like Beckham but being a striker is good as well.
②We are looking forward to seeing you at the magical show too/as well.
24、①This is important because the more you speak English,the better your English will become.
②Truly old friends are like wine;the older, the better.
③The busier he is, the happier he feels.
25、Make sure that you all get equal turns in talking to the class.
26、Some people suggest that the Chinese martial arts should be included in the Olympic Games.
27、Winning the race against Atlanta seemed impossible to him until he got help from the goddess.
28、This does not stop him from taking a part in the Olympics.
29、I have been competing in the Special Olympics ever since I was at high school.
30、It was no wonder that Kip Keino became the only Kenyan sportsman ever to appear on the cover of the world famous sports magazine Sports Illustrated.
31、He ran from his room and arrived at the race track a few minutes before the race was about to begin.
Unit 3 Computers
1、①In pairs discuss what they have in common.
②Can you put them in an order according to the time when they appeared?
2、I could“think”logically and produce an answer quicker than any person.
3、I could be made to work as a “universal machine”.
4、①As time went by ,I was made smaller.
②These changes only became possible as my memory improved.
③As I have grown older I have also grown smaller.
④As time went by,I did research into how to make my radio.
⑤As I grow older I realize how much my life has been connected with my interest in radios.
⑥I jump from spaceships and as I fall I turn,dive,circle and dance until I softly land as close as I can to the finishing line.
⑦My heart stopped beating as I landed heavily on a mountain covered with snow.
5、①Over time my memory has developed so much that,like an elephant,I never forgot anything I have been told.
②And my memory became so large that even I couldn't believe it.
③Instead of flying softly to earth I began to fall faster and faster so that I could not turn,dive,circle or dance.
④The chip could actually operate the bike itself so that the rider doesn't have to worry.
6、①I have also been put into robots and used to make mobile phones as well as help with medical operations.
②He used to download information from the Internet and made good use of it.
7、①Anyhow,my goal is to provide humans with a life of high quality. ②This year I had the honour to be chosen again.
8、①We have made a plan. A plan has been made.
②My friend has bought a new personal copmuter.
A new personal computer has been bought by my friend.
③The shop has repaired my computer very quickly.
My computer has been repaired by the shop very quickly.
9、①Look at the way your face has been washed.
②Look at the way your hair has been combed.
10、①So we need to encourage our programmer to improve our intelligence too.②They need to be rewritten using the present perfect passive voice.③I need the factory to build me two new legs and an even bigger head.
11、We are determined to create an even better system.
12、She programs us with all the possible moves she has seen while watching human games.
13、I would really like to play against a human team,for I have been programmed to act just like them.
14、After all, with the help of my electronic brain which never forgets anything ,using my intelligence is what I'm all about!
15、①Remember to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each one.②Remember to use the functional items on page 22 in your discussion.
16、A problem that does sometimes arise is the possibility of a computer getting a virus.
17、A decision has been made that we will begin a computer teaching experiment in our school.
18、①The government has decided to give everyone free computer training during the holidays. It has been decided to give everyone free computer training during the holidays (by the govermment.)②It has been decided that the prize for hard work in science will be presented to Wang Xiaoding.
19、The university has suggested that they teach the course with the new computer science textbook.
20、①You are going to hear two androids talking about their jobs and life.One of them works as a maid.The other works in a car factory.②One of you will interview Hua Fei.The other will imagine he/she is Hua Fei.
21、①My programmer fell ill. ②I felt very frightened.
③I no longer felt so confident that I would win.
22、①You have been lucky enough to be allowed to interview Hua Fei in hospital.②Everybody was afraid that he would be too broken to be repaired.
23、He was lying in his hospital bed with two broken legs and a cut on his head.
24、①How did he get injured?
②Look at the following example to get you started.
25、It could keep the bike from running into other bikes.
Unit 4 Wildlife protection
1、Do you know any other endangered wildlife in China that is being protected?
2、①Please take me to a distant land where I can find the animal that gave fur to make this sweater.
②Please show me a place where there's some wildlife protection.
③You should pay more attention to the rainforest where I live.
④At the moment the Milu deer live in centres where they are being well protected and cared for.
3、①Our fur is being used to make sweaters for people like you.
②We used to be an endangered species.
③There were many different kinds of dinosaur and a number of them used to live in China.④The Milu deer,a species with large horns,used to be common in China long ago.
4、①I would like to help as the WWF suggests.
②A monkey watched them as it rubbed itself.
③As they landed,things began to disappear.
④WWF is very concerned about it as this is a very important park for endangered animals.
⑤As they spread illness,there is a good reason for killing them.
⑥They are now being studied as their numbers decrease.
⑦Cans,paper and plastic bags are being thrown away by many tour groups as they pass through Tibet.
5、①I am protecting myself from mosquitoes.
②How can the animals be protected from more people coming into the park?③But soon her smile disappeared because she realized that in protecting the zebra from the lion she had lost her best chance of taking some amazing photographs.
6、①Daisy was amazed.②The news was amazing.
7、What must be done if wildlife protection is to succeed?
8、Although this is not allowed,the coffee is excellent quality and has sold very well.
9、After a while she saw some zebra with black and white lines going beneath their stomachs.
10、①What should you do if your car is being stolen?
②What should you do if your friend is being attacked?
③What should you do if you are being followed by a stranger?
11、These dinosaurs could not only run like the others but also climb trees.
12、They learned this from the way the bones were joined together.
13、Others think the earth got too hot for the dinosaurs to live on any more.
14、He didn't realize who had killed many of his friends until he saw how his friend was being killed by Man.
15、①It is a pity that in the story nobody helped the dodo.
②Is it because its habitat is being threatened?
③It is hoped that one day there will be enough animals to let them live in the wild again.④It is said that 85% of the oil polluting the water comes from the cleaning of engines by small personal boat owners.
16、I suggest making a special park for them.
17、①The wildlife here is under protection.
The wildlife here is being protected.
②I am afraidl that the road to Wolong Nature Reserve is under repair.
I am afraid that the road to Wolong Nature Reserve is being repaired.
③is under discussion=is being discussed
④are under research=are being researched.
⑤is under consideration=is being considered.
⑥is under development=is being developed.
18、①It's so beautiful that I seemed to be taken into a fairyland.②He liked them so much that he took them all the way from China to Britain.③There are now so many of them that a new park has been opened for them in Hubei Province.
19、①The deer certainly seem happy to be back in China.
②Their future seemed secure at that time.
20、What else threatens birds besides oil spills?
Unit 5 Music
1
、①Have you ever dreamed of playing in front of thousands of people at a concert,
at which everyone is clapping and appreciating your music?
②They may start as a group of high-school students,
for whom practising their music in someone's house is the first step to fame.
③Later,they may give performances in pubs or clubs,
for which they are paid in cash.
④The musicians were to play jokes on each other as well as play music,
most of which was based loosely on the Beatles.
⑤However,after a year or so
in which they became more serious about their work,the Monkees started to play and sing their own songs like a real
band.
⑥They produced a new record in 1996,
with which they celebrated their former time as a real band.
2、①Do you sing karaoke and pretend you are a famous singer like Song Zuying or Liu Huan?②So during the broadcasts they just pretend to sing.③Watson liked to pretend he was a spy.④He decided to pretend to be a devoted fan and play a joke on him.
3、①To be honest,a lot of people attach great importance to becoming rich and famous.②They attached great significance to the premier's visit.③He attached a document to a letter.
④That middle school is attached to a university.
⑤The little girl is very much attached to her brother.
4、①Sometimes they may play to passers-by in the street or subway so that they can earn some extra money for themselves.
②They were so popular that their fans formed clubs in order to get more familiar with them.③We decided to form a band so that we could earn some extra money by playing and singing in a pub.
5、①The TV organizers had planned to find four musicians who could act as well as sing.②Freddy thought he could sing as well as the other singing frogs.
6、①They put an advertisement in a newspaper looking for rock musicians.②At last feeling very upset and sensitive,Freddy and his band realized that they must leave the country before it became too painful for them.③While singing a song,you are learning English grammar and vocabulary.④And then throwing off his clothes he jumped into the water at once.⑤Do you often listen to music while studying at home?
7、①As some of these actors could not sing well enough,they had to rely on other musicians to help them.②We wondered if they were playing a joke on us as they were often very humourous to each other.③As you know,our band was formed in a very unusual way.④Freddy felt very excited as he was Jeremy's friend.⑤As the singer was near,Freddy waved,dipped his legs in the water,……
8
、Anyhow their performances were humourous enough to be
copied by other groups.
9、The Monkees seem lively and funny because they play jokes on each other.
10、①They suggested we go to record our songs in a studio.
②Their fans,without whom the Beatles would not have been so successful,at last caused problems for them.③I might not still be alive if it were not for you.④I would like to thank Mr Zhang,without whom I would never have learned to play football well.
11、However,to our great surprise,everything was organized and we made our record.
12、Now whenever we go to the pub,we play our songs and buy drinks for the regulars.
13、①The guitar with which Dave composed our first hit is in a music museum.②The name by which we were to become famous was chosen by Mike's mother.③The musicians in whom we have great interset toured Europe with us.
14、One asks the first question and the other answers it.
15、①Freddy and his band could not go out anywhere without being followed.②Practise singing it with your tapes.
③Listening to classical music improves your memory.
④The“Mozart effect”means listening to Mozart's music.
16、①Their personal life was regularly discussed by people who did not know them but talked as if they were close friends.
②I remember the day when our band was formed as if it was yesterday.
17、Music is more than just sound.
18、Two days is a very brief visit if you are not familiar with our town or the countryside.
19、They both reappeared with Jeremy holding Freddy in his arms.
20、①I don't understand the way in which you solved this problem.
I don't understand how you solved this probem.
②This is the month during which we like to go to outdoor concerts.
when.
③She gave a musical concert in the hall
in which we intervieved a famous violinist last week. where.
④Finding a job as a singer was the reason for which I moved.
why.
⑤I am familiar with your songs and the way in which you compose them. how.
模块三
Unit 1 Festivals around the world
1、①Discuss when they take place,what they celebrate and what people do at that time.
②It is now a children's festival,when they can dress up and go to their neighbours' homes to ask for sweets.
③China and Japan have mid-autumn festivals,when people admire the moon and in China,enjoy mooncakes.
④Its origin is around the 3rd or 4th century AD,when the custom of remembering Jesus' birth on December 25th first started.
2、People eat food in the shape of skulls and cakes with "bones"on them.
3、①The country,covered with cherry tree flowers,looks as though it is covered with pink snow.②Today,of course,many people celebrate Christmas as though it were just a holiday to have fun with family,rather than a holiday about a belief.
4
、①Festivals and celebrations of all kinds have been held everywhere since ancient times.
②Sometimes celebrations would be held after hunters had caught animals.
③Some festivals are held to honour the dead or to satisfy the ancestors,who might return either to help or to do harm.
④Festivals can also be held to honour famous people.
5、I would rather have a mind opened by wonder than one closed by custom.
6、①However big the fool,there is always a bigger fool to admire him.②No matter what the reason,however,festivals are always times for great feasts with lots to eat.
7、①Could/Can/Would/Will you please show me the way to Bei hai Park?②Would you like to join my family for dinner?
③I would love to invite you to a Chinese festival.
④That can't be true→That must be true.
⑤You had better not cry.⑥You can't be serious.
8、①When going by plane,you should arrive at the airport at least one hour early.②Predict what kind of problems someone might have when going to such a carnival.③While admiring the ice sculptures everywhere in the city,you can stop with other tourists….
9、①She could be with her friends right now laughing at him.②Finding that Zhinu was heart-broken,her grandmother finally decided to let the couple cross the Milky Way to meet once a year.
③A group of very cold tourists are sitting in a cafe in Quebec,drinking hot coffee to try to warm up .④One person runs behind the sled,shouting to the dogs to encourage them.
10、He had looked forward to meeting her all day,and now he was alone with his roses and chocolates,like a fool.
11、①It was obvious that the manager of the coffee shop was waiting for Li Fang to leave.②It is obvious that festivals are times of happiness,fun and excitement.③It is amazing how warm these ice houses can be!
12、①They got married secretly,and they were very happy.
②Her granddaughter was married to a human.
13、People in China hope that the weather will be fine on that day,because if it is raining,it means that Zhinu is weeping and the couple won't be able to meet.
14、①As Li Fang set off for home,he thought,"…I don't want them to remind me of her." So he did.
②As he sadly passed the tea shop on the corner on his way home,he heard a voice calling him.
③An old lady just dropped ten yuan as she got off the bus.
④Everyone who comes must be prepared to keep moving,as it is too cold to stand and watch for long.
15、There was Hu Jin waving at him and calling.
16、①Most little girls love to be dressed up in their mothers' clothes and pretend to be grown up.
②Do you think it's true,or did somebody just make it up?
③He set off for the airport about an hour ago.
④You can dance outside to the music of a band,who are all dressed in heavy clothes —even some of their instruments are dressed up for winter.
17、 ①The door is open.Someone must have come in while I was out.②He can't have arrived yet, for it has been raining for hours.
18、What's to be done?=What will be done?=What ought to be done?=What should be done?=What must be done?
19、①Competitors speed down the track and through the air as though they could fly.②If you were to fall in,you would freeze in less than two minutes.
20、①One of the favourite events is the dog-sled race,in which teams of about six husky dogs pull long sleds at great speeds along a snowy track.②Late in the evening, you can go to the snow palace,where Bonhomme the snowman is king,and join the crowd.
21、Besides soft clay,what kinds of things are used to make well-dressings in Derbyshire?
Unit 2 Healthy eating
1、①Wang Peng sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated. ②Suddenly he saw his friend Li Chang hurrying by.
③I saw him put everything in his bag and go out.
④I saw him putting something in the bag.
⑤He saw Yong Hui walking in.⑥Your friend sees someone steal a purse from an old lady's pocket.
2、①What could have happened?
②Something terrible must have happened if Li Chang was not coming to eat in his restaurant as he always did.
③He can't have gone far.His bag is still here.
3、He thought of his mutton,beef and bacon cooked in the hottest,finest oil.4、①Nothing could be better.②It couldn't be worse.③Nobody loved money better than he did.
5、①He could not have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies.②The hunter had the fire burning all night long.
③They got away with damaging the car.
④Would you like to have a McDonald's built in your town?
6、①By now his restaurant ought to be full of people.
②He had better do some research.
7、①His restaurant served far too much fat and Yong Hui's far too little.②Too many young people are getting fat through eating too much fatty food.
8、①Wang Peng felt more hopeful as he drove back home.
② However,as she was so afraid of being laughed at by her friends,she did not consult a doctor.③She felt so sad and hopeless about herself.④She felt very happy.⑤He smiled as he welcomed some customers warmly at the door.⑥She did not look happy.
9、①She didn't dare to face her boyfriend and she was unwilling to visit her friends any more.②I need to take the bus.
③You don't even need to wear a tie if you don't want to.
10、He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular.
11、①I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food.
②Their balanced diets became such a success that before long Wang Peng became slimmer and Yong Hui put on more weight.
12、Neither your restaurant nor mine offers a balanced diet.
13、①You can use this information to help you have a healthier diet as well as increase your vocabulary.
②They boiled the potatoes rather than fried them.
③They often provide salads as well as burgers and chips.
14、①It is too early to tell whether cutting down the cost of production will benefit the company workers or not.
②Think about whether you would like to have such a rest
aurant
or not.
③Many of our young people will be only too happy to work for the company.
15、①I don't mind going as long as I don't have to dress up.
②The doctor told me that I must give up smoking.
③You must stop drinking cola or eating sweet food.
16、 I can see nothing but good if this company comes to build its restaurant in our town.
17、①If,as they say,the workers are happy with them,why should they fear some workers joining a union?
②I am very worried about McDonald's building a restaurant in our hometown.
Unit 3 The Million Pound Bank Note
1、①This unit is a play based on a short story by an American writer—Mark Twain.②This afternoon a man dressed in rags came into the shop.
2、①Mark Twain was born in Florida on November 30th,1835.
②He was brought up in Hannibal.
③He is best known for his novels set in his boyhood world on the river. ④He became engaged to Olivia Langdon. ⑤He married Olivia Langdon on February 2,1870.
3、①Twain loved the river so much that even his pen name is about the river.②He was so lost in reading his book that he missed his train.③He was such a stubborn businessman that he didn't permit anybody to disagree with him.④We are so very glad that you even entered our little eating place.
4、①Imagine that somebody gives you a large sum of money to spend as you like/wish/please.
②The owner,the hostess and the waiter all bow as Henry leaves.③Since it is too long,he decides to get it cut.④He can't pay him right now as he has no small change.⑤We could not change the bank note as it was too large.
5、①What do you think of the film?=How do you like the film?②What do you think of the bet the brothers have made?
6、Would you please come in?
7、①I wonder,Mr Adams,if you'd mind us asking a few questions?②Would you mind waiting just a few minutes?③Just having you sit here is a great honour.④Try writing a play so you can practise your oral English.⑤And acting out the play will help improve your pronunciation and intonation.
8、Well,towards nightfall I found myself carried out to sea by a strong wind.
9、①The next morning I'd just about given myself up for lost when I was spotted by a ship.②The thief was spotted by the police as he was leaving the bank.
10
、①The fact is that I earned my passage by working as an unpaid hand,which accounts for my appearance.
②That's why we've given you the letter.
③It wasn't because I had no patience to listen to him,but because it was still very painful for me to think about my dear grandma who died five years ago.
④I can't understand why the brothers made the bet.
⑤Could you tell me why you are interested in this job?
11、①I am afraid I don't quite follow you,sir.
②I don't think it's very funny.
③You mustn't think we don't care about you.
④I'm afraid it'll cost a large amount of money.
⑤I don't think it can be a fake.
12、 —If you don't mind,may I ask you how much money you have? —Well,to be honest,I have none.
13、①Can you tell me if you like this play?→I must say that I really enjoy it.②Henry doubts if he should take it.
14、①It is well-known that Americans like to eat a lot.
②It's amazing how much pleasure you get out of the simple things in life.
15、I did hear that the Bank of England had issued two notes in this amount.
16、①But it's all I have on me.②That's all we have.
③Give two reasons why the owner is not surprised to hear this news.
17、You must come whenever you want and have whatever you like.
18、①Remember that Henry has an American accent while the owner,the hostess and the waiters all have British accents.
②A lie can travel halfway around the world while the truth is putting on its shoes.
19、①He did not seem to care about it at all.
②I didn't mean to be rude.
20、①It must have been a tiring experience to travel to your mother's village last week.②She should have let us know earlier.
21、①My question is how Henry landed in Britain.
②The brothers ' doubt is whether Henry can stay out of jail.
③Henry's question is what kind of bet the brothers made.
④It seems as if everyone in London becomes interested in Henry.
22、①Dressed in the finest clothes,he drove by the brothers' house in Portland Place and,seeing they were back,went to get Portia at her friend's home.②The two brothers are seated,waiting.
23、①We're both glad to hear it,for now we can decide the bet which Roderick and I made.②I must give you a job,as I promised.
24、I never would have believed it.
25、Portia kisses him on the cheek.
26、The bank note was worth millions of dollars,but not worth one tenth as much as how Henry felt about Portia.
Unit 4 Astronomy:the science of the stars
1、①No one knows how the earth began,as it happened so long ago.②What is even more important is that as the earth cooled down,water began to appear on its surface.③What many scientists believe is that the continued presence of water allowed the earth to dissolve harmful gases and acids into the oceans and seas.④Why they suddenly disappeared still remains a mystery.⑤So whether life will continue on the earth for millions of years to come will depend on whether this problem can be solved, .
2、①What it was to become was uncertain until between 4.5 and 3.8 billion years ago when the dust settled into a solid globe.
②They were in time to produce carbon,nitrogen,water vapour and other gases,which were to make the earth's atmosphere.
③This question is fundamental if students are to show that they understand the nature of astronomy.
be to do、be going to do、be about to do、will/shall do、ought to do、should/must do、plan/arrange to do、be sure to do 、 be supposed/expected to do.
3、①The earth became so violent that it was not clear whether the shape would last or not.②It was not immediately obvious that water was to be fundamental to the development of life.③It was said that only three people in the world could understand it at that time.④Now it is generally accepted that Einstein was the leading scientist of the 20th century.⑤It did not upset Einstein that many of the scientists did not accept his ideas.
4
、①This produced a chain reaction,which made it possible for life to develop.
②They are putting too much carbon dioxide into the atmosphere,which prevents heat from escaping from the earth into space.
③How life began on earth is one of the biggest puzzles that
scientists found hard to solve.
5、①Others,called amphibians,were able to live on land as well as in the water.②You may ask the following questions as well as work out some more.
6、①As a result of this ,many scientists believe that the earth may become too hot to live on.②We are too far from the earth now to feel its pull.
7、①There used to be nine planets in the solar system.
②One of them can no longer be considered a planet.
③He had succeeded in convincing them of his theory.
④The spaceship warned Li Yanping and me to be ready as we were approaching the "black hole".
8、①The evidence for this theory is that the atoms that make up the rocks on the moon seem to be different from those on earth.
②What is clear is that the moon is smaller than the earth and this prevents it from escaping from the earth.
9、①Do the other astronomers accept his idea?It remains a question.→ Whether the other astronomers accept his idea or not remains a question.②Why is the earth becoming warmer?It is an important topic for research.→Why the earth is becoming warmer is an important topic for research.③Pluto is no longer considered a planet in our solar system.What a surprise!→It is a surprise that Pluto is no longer considered a planet in our solar system.
10、①As the rocket rose into the air,we were pushed back into our seats.②We watched,amazed as fire broke out on the outside of the spaceship as the earth's gravity increased.③Again we were pushed hard into our seats as we came back to land.④Please move that curtain as it is blocking out the light.⑤As they lived in a warm and wet climate ,there was plenty of food.⑥As the spaceship moved round the black hole,I felt rather sick.
11、①So we feel as if there is no gravity at all.
②We shall feel its gravity pulling us.
12
、I cheered up immediately and floated weightlessly around
in our spaceship cabin watching the earth become smaller and the moon larger.
13、①I found I was carried twice as far as on the earth and fell over.②But it will not be as strong a pull as the earth's.
14、①Walking does need a bit of practice now that gravity has changed.②Leaving the moon's gravity was not as painful as leaving the earth's.③But returning to the earth was very frightening.
15、①They had few natural enemies besides each other,so each species had to protect their young from being eaten by other dinosaurs.②The dinosaurs were unable to prevent themselves from disappearing altogether.
16、①Who knows what would have happened if the earth's weather had not changed?②I suggest you (should)present it at a public meeting.③Someone watching me would have seen the spaceship flying like a bird away from the "black hole".
17、①We could see some faint lights around what looked like an empty space.②All the stories about what happened when you were caught by the gravity of a "black hole"seemed to be true.
18、①What was the most unexpected thing you found out about"black holes"?②What was the most frightening thing that happened to you on this journey?
Unit 5 Canada——"The True North"
1、①It is the second largest country in the world.
②What is the longest trip you have ever taken?
③The Yellow River is the second longest river in China.
④Canada has more fresh water than any other country in the world.
2、①Rather than take the aeroplane all the way,they decided to fly to Vancouver. ②Liu Hulan would rather die than give in.
③He preferred to stay at home rather than go to see a film.
④Rather than cause trouble,he left.
⑤The colour seems green rather than blue.
⑥A:Would you rather visit Inner Mongolia or Tibet this summer?
B:Oh, I think I'd like to just stay at home and rest rather than go anywhere.
3、①The thought that they could cross the whole continent was exciting.②Some people have the idea that you can cross Canada in less than five days,but they forget the fact that Canada is
5,500 kilometres from coast to coast.
③The girls were surprised at the fact that ocean ships can sail up the Great Lakes.
④Her parents were so pleased to get the news that she won the prize.
⑤The possibility that global warming is increasing
worries scientists.⑥His suggestion that we should take the train from west to east across Canada
sounds very exciting.
⑦The idea that they decided to clone the first human being
surprised many people at the meeting.⑧The 
story that you made a bicycle trip across Canada in the summer
is very exciting. 常见的后接同位语从句的抽象名词有：fact、news、idea、thought、chance、possibility、promise、wish、will、sign、hint、suggestion、hope、question、reason、doubt、proposal、reminder、rumour、belief、problem、view、proof、evidence、answer、conclusion、decision、discovery、explanation、feeling、information、message、word、knowledge、law、rule、opinion、order、report、risk、story、truth、theory、advice、demand、desire、plan、request、requirement、confidence等，
其中advice、demand、desire、plan、request、proposal、decision、suggestion、idea 、order、requirement+that同位语从句（should+动词原形）
4、①Going eastward,you'll pass mountains and thousands of lakes and forests,as well as wide rivers and large cities.
②People say it is Canada's most beautiful city,surrounded by mountains and the Pacific Ocean.
③Skiing in the Rocky Mountains and sailing in the harbour make Vancouver one of Canada's most popular cities to live in.
④It is so wet there that the trees are extremely tall,some measuring over 90 metres.
⑤My favourite part was seeing the grizzly bear in the mountains.
⑥There was frost on the ground,confirming that fall had arrived in Canada.
⑦Knowing some prefixes and suffixes can help you guess the meaning of words.
5、①They managed to catch sight of some mountain goats.
②But in the end he managed to do the job well.
6、In fact,it has one-third of the world's total fresh water.
7、①That night as they slept,the train rushed across the top of Lake Superior.
②As they walked north from the harbour area,Li Daiyu said,…
③As they sat in a buffet restaurant……,a young man sat down with them.
④That night as the train was speeding along the St Lawrence River…,the cousins dreamed of French restaurants and red maple leaves.
8、①Not all the words will be used.
②Not all the new companies can succed.
9、①In pairs use the nouns above as well as the ones suggested below to make sentences.
②But his business always takes him to France and Spain as well as Germany!
10、China has 14 neighbouring countries while Canada only has one.
11、As far as I can tell,it will take us only about half an hour to drive there.
12、A:I'm glad we've finally settled our holiday plans.
B:So am I .Now I can finally settle down and relax.
13、I knew it would be cold in January,but not this cold!
14、①The old men used to make one in a few hours.
②They used to live in skin tents in summer.
15、That's why it's called "The Land of the Midnight Sun".
模块四
Unit 1Women of achievement
1、①She helped drive the English out of France.
②She helped improve prison conditions.
③She helped found an international campaign to stop the making of landmines. ④Her work helped the Quakers get the Nobel Peace Prize in 1947.⑤Her study of their body language helped her work out their social system.⑥She has helped to set up special places where they can live safely.
2、①She concerned herself with welfare projects.
②She devoted all her life to medical work for Chinese women and children.
3、①Her work encouraged many other women to become doctors.②She also worked hard to make as many countries as possilbe agree not to use them.
4、①She went to Africa and studied chimps instead of going to university.②Why do you think Jane Goodall went to Africa to study chimps rather than to university?
5、①Following Jane's way of studying chimps,our group are all going to visit them in the forest.②Watching a family of chimps wake up is our first activity of the day.③This means going back to the place where we left the family sleeping in a tree the night before.
④Other Quaker women helped her and went around the country raising money for her work.
6、①We watch the mother chimp and her babies play in the tree.
②Then we see them go to sleep together in their nest for the night.
③She actually observed chimps as a group hunting a monkey
and then eating it.④She saw many poor people living near her.
7、She spent years observing and recording their dailyactivities.
8、①Only after her mother came to help her for the first few months was she allowed to begin her project.
②Only when we understand their difficulties and problems,can we better understand their achievements.
9、She is leading a busy life.
10、①Her work changed the way people think about chimps.
②She has achieved everything she wanted to do.
③So the first thing Elizabeth did was to provide food.
11、①Once I stop,it all comes crowding in and I remember the chimps in laboratories.
②Once you have seen that you can never forget…….
12、①Women can live in the forest as men can.
②She had not behaved as a woman should.
13、①Our group are all going to visit them in the forest.
Our group is going to be very tired and dirty by the afternoon.
②The family is very big.
The family are very early risers.
③This class has eighteen girls and twenty-five boys.
This class is very bright especially in science subjects.
④Neither the weather nor the food is good.
None of them carry/carries an umbrella.
14、①It seemed that she had been very busy in her chosen career,travelling abroad to study as well as writing books and articles.
②When the Quaker Elizabeth married Joseph Fry,it seemed as if her life would be comfortable and peaceful.
15、Who were the women that Lin Qiaozhi thought needed this advice?
16、Further reading made me realize that it was hard work and determination as well as her gentle nature that got her into medical school.
17、①This way of thinking prevents some girls from training for a career.②Unless women are given the opportunity, they will never be able to show that they can run companies successfully.③These are women's responsibilities while men do ont have this problem.
18、You will find it more interesting to read this than a list of the person's achievements.
19、①This is because we are interested in what people do and what they think.②I only see what remains to be done.
③That's because she believed God had sent her.
20、①Email,as well as letters, is playing an important part in daily communicating.②Nobody but Jane knows the secret.
③Not only I but also Li Juan and Mary are tired of taking so many exams.
④Either you or the headmaster is to hand out the prizes to the gifted students.
⑤The numberr of people invited was thirty,but a number of them were absent.
⑥The professor, as well as some of his assistants, is to attend our discussion.
⑦Neither is sure how well
they understand each other.
⑧But neither do they think it can not be resolved.
21、①Other people said she enjoyed being famous too much.
②She continued working to help improve the lives of poor prisoners till she died.
Unit 2 Working the land
1、①Although he is one of China's most famous scientists,Yuan Longping considers himself a farmer, for he works the land to do his research.
②This affects crops and, therefore, animals and humans,since chemicals get inside the crops and cannot just be washed off.
2、①Dr Yuan Longping grows what is called super hybrid rice.②He wrote down his advice in a book called Qi Min Yao Shu,which was considered an important summary of the knowledge of farm.
3、①This special strain of rice makes it possible to produce one-third more of the crop in the same field.
②…which makes it possible for them to use the remaining farmland for planting trees.
③The fine weather makes it possible for us to go for an outing next week.④Wherever he is, he makes it a rule to run for an hour every day.
4、①Now more than 60% of the rice produced in China each year is from this hybrid strain.
②Born in 1930,Dr Yuan graduated from Southwest Agricultural College in 1953.
③These increased harvests mean that 22% of the world's people are fed from just 7% of the farmland in China.
④About 1.8 million people across the world die each year from diseases caused by unsafe food and water.
⑤Equipped with new scientific farming methods, they have been able to use less farmland than in the past.
⑥What are some of the problems caused by chemical fertilizers?⑦In addition,fruit,vegetables and other food grown with chemical fertilizers usually grow too fast to be full of much nutrition.
5、①Using his hybrid rice,farmers are producing harvests twice as large as before.②We got three times as many people as we had expected.③The bedrom is twice as big as the kitchen.
④You are not half as clever as you think you are!
6、①He enjoys listening to violin music.
②And finally practise making at least four sentences with them.
③Paul clearly enjoyed learning about how to farm well.
④He will keep trying out new ideas so he can help farmers around China.⑤His father says that he has never regretted sending his son to study abroad.⑥Organic farmers, therefore, often prefer using natural waste from animals as fertilizer.⑦Some organic farmers prefer planting grass between crops to prevent wind or water from carrying away the soil.⑧…avoid damaging the environment of people's health.⑨I hate paying bills. What do you hate doing?⑩I'm used to getting up late.⑾They kept ploughing from morn till night, turning the soil over again and again.⑿He suggested changing crops in the field every year.
A.后面只能跟不定式作宾语的及物动词：
manage、expect、decide、seem、offer、promise、fail、hope、afford 、plan.
B、后面只能跟动名词作宾语的及物动词：
imagine、suggest、avoid、admit、practise、enjoy、finish、mind、miss、keep.
C、后面既可跟不定式，又可接动名词作宾语的及物动词：
hate
、love
、prefer
、like
、start
、begin
、remember
、forget
、stop
、try
、regret.
7、①He would much rather keep time for his hobbies.
②A person with too much money has more rather than fewer troubles.③Is Dr Yuan more of a scientist or more of a farmer?
④Other than planting trees, what can students do to help turn deserts into green land?
8、①Spending money on himself or leading a comfortable life also means very little to him.
②Just dreaming for things, however,costs nothing.
③Not having enough food leads to poor health.
④It is necessary to get water from wet to dry places.
→Getting water from wet to dry places is necessary.
⑤Over the past half century, using chemical fertilizers has become very common in farming.
⑥Using chemical fertilizers always makes vegetables empty inside.⑦Eating more vegetables might not always be good for us.
⑧But the prolbem is letting people know about your food.
⑨Planting trees is one of the most common ways.
⑩Using a mobile phone on a motorcycle is dangerous.
9、①First,they damage the land by killing the helpful bacteria and pets as well as the harmful ones.
②Remember that using notes is very useful for planning your writing as well as putting down your reasons clearly on a poster.
③However,the discoveries of new ways to use chemicals have brought difficulties as well as benefits.
10、①They often change the kind of crop in each field every few years.②The Olympic Games are usually held every four years.
11、①An old farmer was about to die.②I'm about to leave this life.③He had always been interested in agriculture and intended to do something to make Chinese farming even better.
12、The sons started to spend/spending long hours working in the fields.
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
1、①As Victor Hugo once said,“Laughter is the sun that drives winter from the human face.”
②As time went by,he began making films.
③He grew more and more popular as his charming character, the little tramp,became known throughout the world.
④He is loved and remembered as a great actor.
⑤It was an interesting experience as it was clear that he did not keep to a strict budget.⑥I'm sorry the taxi hasn't come,but don't worry as the plane is always late.
2、①He made people laugh at a time when they felt depressed.
②He lived in England and the USA but spent his last years in Switzerland,where he was buried in 1977.③It is usually a time when children make fun of each other.
3、Not that Charlie's own life was easy.
4、①You may find it astonishing that Charlie was taught to sing as soon as he could speak.
②Do you find it difficult to understand English humour?
5、①Unfortunately his father died, leaving the family even worse off. ②He could mime and act the fool doing ordinary everyday tasks.③He walked around stiffly carrying a walking stick.④In the 1990s,Mr Bean became a star using mime to highlight difficult social situations much as Charlie Chaplin had done.
6、①They are so hungy that they try boiling a pair of leather shoes.②Finally he tries cutting and chewing the bottom of the shoe.③The acting is so convincing that it makes you believe that it is one of the best meals he has ever tasted!④He was such an outstanding performer that when he finished eating his dinner, the waiter offered him the same dish again at no extra charge.
7
、①Charlie first picks out the laces and eats them as if they
were spaghetti.
②Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe as if it were the finest steak.
8、He always managed to pick out those things that people are afraid of doing because they do not want to appear a social failure.
9、①I observed him directing as well as acting in it.
②Then I found him picking out the scences he liked best.
see/hear/watch/observe/find/notice/feel sb doing sth
③The boy sitting on the sofa is a friend of my brother.
④That actress eating her dinner has acted in four films.
⑤The man holding a mobile phone thinks it very convenient
to keep in touch with his friends.
10、①Seeing is believing=To see is to believe.
②His job is looking after the animals.
③What he likes is playing chess after supper.
④I am looking forward to visiting Charlie Chaplin Museum.
⑤I missed seeing the beginning of the film.
⑥I wouldn't mind seeing The Gold Rush again with you tonight.
11、①Watson tried a third time./a second time.
②It should be easily understood the first time you read it.
12、①The reporter showed many noodle trees with the farmer pulling noodles off them and putting them into baskets.
②It was the result of many year's patient research with the trees to produce noodles of exactly the same length.
13、①They may not have heard of noodles from this part of the world.②What did John think Mary should have done with the mess in the pan?
Unit 4 Body language
1、①Yesterday,another student and I, representing our university's student association,went to the Capital International Airport to meet this year's international students.
②I saw several young people enter the waiting area looking around curiously.③I stood for a minute watching them.④She stepped back appearing surprised.⑤Then Akira Nagata from Japan came in smiling.⑥When Darlene Coulon from France came dashing through the door， she recognized Tony Garcia's smiling face.
⑦A tall, dark woman approached her, singing loudly.⑧Joan watched curiously, thinking that the woman seemed a little crazy.⑨Cheng Hui walks around the desk jumping on one foot.⑩Hearing that his wife had been in an accident, Mr Armstrong hurried to the hospital to see her.⑾Being ill, he did not take part in the sports meeting.
2、①As they were introduced, George reached his hand out to the Japanese student.②When we met yesterday,he moved very close to me as I introduced myself.③They shook hands and then kissed each other twice on each cheek, since that is the French custom when adults meet people they know.④As I get to know more international friends, I learn more about this cultural“body language”.⑤When in Rome, do as the Romans do.⑥The car raced past, almost hitting us as it turned the corner.
3、①Not all cultures greet each other the same way,nor are they comfortable in the same way with touching or distance between people.②In the same way that people communicate with spoken language, they also express their feelings using unspoken“language”through physical distance, actions or posture.③These actions are not good or bad, but are simply ways in which cultures have developed.④Not all members of a culture behave in the same way.⑤Not all cultures use the handshake, and people in many Asian cultures do not always touch another person.
4、①The first person to arrive was Tony Garcia from Colombia,closely followed by Julia Smith from Britain.
②What was the most interesting body language discussed in this unit?
5、①Do you agree with the author's statement that body language is not good or bad?②We know that a smile is usually a sign that people feel friendly and happy.
6、①Its function is to show happiness and put people at ease.
②However,the general purpose of smiling is to show good feelings.③I think the whole purpose of the author was to show that our facial expressions can make our statements have no meaning.
④The traditional greeting in China was to cover the left hand with the right and bow.⑤In almost all cultures, to smile and show an open right hand means,“Welcome, you are safe with me.”
7、①Frowning and turning one's back to someone shows anger.②Making a fist and shaking it almost always means that someone is angry and threatening another person.③Nodding the head up and down is used for agreement almost worldwide.④Shaking the head from side to side means disagreement or refusal.⑤Looking away from people or yawning will,in most cases ,make me appear to be uninterested.⑥Being respectful to people is subjective, based on each culture.⑦Standing at a little distance with open hands will show that I am willing to listen.⑧What are some jobs in which using body language is extremely important?
8
、①Some cultures use other greetings as well.
②It is an amazing thing that we understand each other as well as we do!③Why is it important to watch as well as listen to others?④Watch what people do as well as what they said.⑤Use your own ideas as well as the information on the tape.
9、①While cleaning out her dormitory room on her last day at university,she received an unexpected phone call.
②But today I felt quite at ease when giving a speech to the school.③When meeting people at the airport,most people smile and shake hands with people they meet.④People shake their hands when meeting people to show that they can be trusted.⑤To show respect Muslim people will touch their heart and mouth when greeting someone.⑥You have fallen and hurt your foot while hiking in the mountains.
10、①It seemed that he avoided getting too close to her.
②It is clear that your spoken English will greatly improve if you can practise speaking whenever you can.
③Driving his car around is his main hobby.
④Showing our hands means that we are not armed.
11、①What if we don't know who the new person is?
②What if we are not introduced by a friend?
③What if we are meeting a stranger in an unfamiliar place?
Unit 5 Theme parks
1、①Whichever and whatever you like,there is a theme park for you.②It will bring you into a magical world and make your dreams come true, whether you are travelling through space,visiting a pirate ship or meeting your favourite fairy tale or Disney cartoon character.
2、①As you wonder around the fantasy amusement park,you may see Snow White or Mickey Mouse in a parade or on the street.②Plan your trip well before starting, since Futuroscope has so many shows.③Not all words can be converted,so be sure to memorize them as you find them.④We girls wanted to go to the zoo,but since we were in the minority,we lost to the boys,who all wanted the safari.⑤As we took the ride through the park's dark jungle,we could see the eyes of many creatures looking out at us.
3、①With all these attractions,no wonder tourism is increasing wherever there is a Disneyland.
②Tourism develops where a Disneyland is built.
③Where there is a river, there is a city.
④Where there is a will,there is a way.
⑤The PCC is set in 42 acres of beautiful countryside where visitors can see seven different traditional Polynesian island villages.
4、①Take a ride on the only steam-engine train still working in the southeast USA.②Visitors can get close to parts of the world they have never experienced,going to the bottom of the ocean,flying through the jungle or visiting the edges of the solar system.
③For anyone coming from out of town, Futuroscope had many excellent hotels nearby.④We know that in their history they were sea travellers moving from island to island.⑤They were able to find their way using the smell of the wind.
5、One day,news came that Britain's old king had died without a son.
6、①Opened in 1987,Futuroscope is one of the largest space-age parks in the world.②Polynesian is the name given to the many groups of small islands that are spread about the Pacific Ocean.
7、①The amazing,up-to-date information together with many opportunities for hands-on learning makes the world come to life in a completely new way for visitors.
②Learning centers throughout the park let visitors try their own scientific experiments, as well as learn more about space travel,the undersea world and much more.
③Futuroscope is not only for individuals,but is also the perfect mix of fun and learning for class outings.
④We got the admission rate for students,which was great since I still had enough money to buy a brochure about the park as well as something at the souvenir shops.
8、①Be sure to wear some comfortable sneakers or other walking shoes.②Be sure to include what kind of park it is.
9、①Then practise reading the first paragraph aloud.
②I don't mind having a dog in the house, if it's clean.
③What kind of nail do carpenters want to avoid hitting?
④Don't miss going to see our fashion shows.
10、I don't think it's because he dislikes me.
11、①Some theme parks are not only amusing but also educational.②It not only shows visitors the Polynesian way of life but also protects their skills and culture for the future.
12、①If driving,Futuroscope is within easy reach of the freeway.
②If possible, make a small model of your theme park and display it to the class.
模块五
Unit 1 Great scientists
1、①Who wrote a book explaining how animals and plants developed as the environment changed ?②He attended Queen Victoria as her personal physician .③As the disease spread quickly through poor neighbourhoods, he began to gather information.④Yet he could not tell anyone about his theory as the powerful Christian Church would have punished him for even suggesting such an idea⑤He also suggested that the earth was spinning as it went around the sun.⑥Then it spread to the richer areas as the servants passed it on.⑦As he loved mathematical puzzles, he wanted to know why this one wouldn't work.⑧As three and five are odd numbers, he called them"odd"points.⑨Name as many scientific subjects as you can.
2、①But he became inspired when he thought about helping ordinary people exposed to cholera.②He found that it came from the river polluted by the dirty water from London.③He/She will look in a special book written by Carl Linnaeus.
3、Neither its cause nor its cure was understood.
4、①terrified people.②the affected person.③the astonished people.④polluted water.⑤reserved seats.⑥excited people.⑦a boy called Jackie.⑧the tired boy.⑨the exhausted boy.⑩a mathematician called Leonhard Euler.⑾a whole new branch of mathematics called"topology".⑿your chosen scientist.
5、①became inspired.②became interested.③was determined to find out why.④were astonished at. ⑤was frightened.⑥was confused.⑦felt excited.⑧felt frightened.⑨became very excited.
6、①It seemed that the water was to blame.
②Some planets in the sky seemed to stop.
③Many doctors suspected that polluted water was to blame.
7、①She had it delivered to her house every day.
②He had the handle removed from the water pump.
8、①To prevent this from happening again, John Snow suggested that the source of all the water supplies (should) be examined.②The first suggested that cholera multiplied in the air.
9、①Read the passage and number these events in the order that they happened.②What order would you put them in?③Do not forget to put your ideas in a logical order.
10、①Do you think John Snow would have solved this problem without the map?②I had expected the film to be better.③If you were Nicolaus Copernicus, would you have hidden your theory for so many years?
11、Only if you put the sun there did the movements of the other planets in the sky make sense.
12、He placed a fixed sun at the centre of the solar system with the planets going round it and only the moon still going round the earth.
13、He did not want to be attacked by the Christian Church, so he only published it as he lay dying in 1543.
need、want、require、deserve
14、①So between 1510 and 1514 he worked on it, gradually improving his theory until he felt it was complete.②The Christian Church rejected his theory, saying it was against God's idea.③Now write a short letter asking Copernicus to publish his ideas.
15、①Then you will find it easier to do your persuasive writing.②Educated people in the twenty-first century find it hard to believe that two hundred years ago people did not link illness to problems in the envioronment.
16、John Snow's investigation proved that the dirtier the water, the more severe the illness.
17
、①I was afraid to expose my true feelings in case he laughed at me.
②I was never exposed to ballet until I was sixteen.
③Mushrooms do not grow well if expose, d to light.
④Potatoes turn green when exposed to light.
18、①why Euler is considered to be a great mathematician.
②why they are considered important in science history.
19、No! Well, don't worry, Euler didn't either!
20、To his surprise, he found that he could cross six of the bridges.
21、①He joined these points together using curved lines to go over the bridges.②He noticed that some points had three lines going to them.③He counted the lines going to points A,B,C and D.④Using this new diagram Euler started at point A.⑤He had been able to go over the figure visiting each point but not going over any line twice or lifting his pencil from the page.⑥Now do these problems using Euler's rule.
22、Not all of them do.
23、Was it because of his/her talent, intelligence, hard work, persistence, confidence, curiosity, enthusiasm or luck?
Unit 2 The United Kingdom
1、①How many countries does the UK consist of？
The UK consists of four countries.
=The UK is made up of four countries.
②England can be divided into three main areas.
③Wales was linked to it in the thirteenth century.
④The countries that make up Great Britain are England，Wales and Scotland。
2、①Now when people refer to England you find Wales included as well . ②…by getting Ireland connected in the same peaceful way.
③You find most of the population settled in the south.④We have got the house mended now？
have/get/find/……+object+past participle（object complement）→ have/get/find sth done ⑤Have you had your hair cut？
⑥Do you want to have the dictionary delivered to your house？
⑦You had better get the computer repaired.
⑧They found the window broken.
⑨To her great surprise，Zhang Pingyu found the Queen's jewels guarded by special royal soldiers.
⑩so Pingyu had a photo taken standing on either side of the line.
⑾Who had the two princes killed?
⑿I found Shanghai changed a lot after such a long time.
⒀When I enter the house I found the telephone disconnected,the windows broken and the door opened.
⒁I had to get the kitchen cleaned,the cooker repaired and the floor washed. ⒂Mrs Smith had had the house examined and locked a few months ago. ⒃I'll get the broken window repaired. (P.51)
3
、①This was shown to the world in a new flag called the Union Jack.
②It is a pity that the industrial cities built in the nineteenth century do not attract visitors .
③You have to go to older but smaller towns built by the Romans .
④It has the oldest port built by……
，the oldest building begun by ……and the oldest castle constructed by……in 1066.
⑤There followed St Paul's Cathedral built after……in 1666.
⑥But she was thrilled by so many wonderful treasures……displayed in the museum .⑦It is an imaginary line dividing the eastern and western halves of the world.
4、①What geographical factors make it difficult to invade England successfully ? ②You may have a few problems understanding the guide.
③How long does it take to fly from Beijing to London Heathrow Airport？
5、①Worried about the time available，Zhang Pingyu had made…….
②It looked splendid when first built！
③Fawkes，disappointed at the government's behaviour ,agreed.
6、①It seemed strange that the man who had developed communism should have lived and died in London. ②What interested her most was the longitude line. ③That is why，even today，when people can follow any religion they like，families still have firework parties and burn cloth dolls of Guy Fawkes on a bonfire.
④They remember a time in England when people were not as tolerant of each other's ideas as they are now.
⑤Do you think Guy Fawkes or King James were right to behave the way they did？ 7、Not all dates will have information.
8、Finally discuss what might have happened if King James had kept his promise. 9、The broken window needs repairing.
Unit 3 Life in the future
1、Which problems do you think people will have overcome in one thousand years?
2、①I have to remind myself constantly that I am really in AD 3008. ②Many people need to be reminded of the job opportunities in space stations.
3、①Worried about the journey, I was unsettled for the first few days. ②Well-known for their expertise,his parents' company,called "Future Tours", transported me safely into the future in a time capsule.
③Hit by a lack of fresh air, my head ached.
④Having said this, he spread some food on the table.
⑤Exhausted, I slid into bed and fell fast asleep.
⑥Arriving at a strange-looking house,he showed me into a large,bright clean room. ⑦Frightened by the loud noise,I went to see what was happening. ⑧Built in 1910,the museum is almost 100 years old.
⑨Very astonished by the amount of work in the new timetable, Lucy decided to leave her job immediately.
⑩Left alone on a desert island,I'd practise swimming so that I could esacpe. ⑪Translated into English, it should sell very well.
⑫Described as an enormous round plate,it spins slowly in space to imitate the pull of the earth's gravity. ⑬I stared at the moving model of the waste machine, absorbed by its efficiency.
4、①……to collect a hovering carriage driven by computer.
②Just relax, since there is nothing planned on the timetable today.
③……because of too many carriages flying by in all directions.
④The room connected to the rest of the house by a long passage is completely empty.
⑤The queen was sitting in a royal carriage drawn by four horses.
⑥The vehicle mentioned in the book is unknown to me.
⑦My first visit was to a space station considered the most modern in space.
5、①I lost sight of Wang Ping when we reached what looked like a large market. ②I realized that I had been transported into the future of what was still my hometown.③That is why we persuade families not to lose sight of the advantages that come from a period of time in space.
④Well, now there's a system where the waste is disposed of using the principles of ecology.
6、①At first people may find the adjustment to space life difficult to tolerate. ②What would you do if you found yourself alone on a desert island?③The sea bottom is deep and this makes it difficult to contact the surface.
7、①The representative from the time travel company gave her the impression that the space capsule was easy to handle.
②No matter how hard she tried,Aunt Betty was unable to restart the engine.
8、①Michael stared as though he had never seen his fatherbefore.
②She walked home as if she was floating on air.
9、①Aprincess once owned a magical chair made of gold and silver. ②On his birthdau he received a mysterious present wrapped in gold paper. ③Interrwpted by the bell,he was unable to finish his speech.
④Awakened by a noise at midnight,she saw a thief in her room.
⑤Having once fallen in love,a mumu will stay with his/her partner for life. ⑥Once disturbed, he was unable to get back to sleep again.
10、Everyone will get twice as much personal space as in flats on land.
11、①There will be no suffering here.
②There has been a problem in the past.
③There will also be computers throughout the city.
④Of course there will be no household worries.
12、①At first I wasn't too worried, as there is a backup system in case things go wrong.
②When that didn't work either, I realized that we had two serious problems.
13、Living under the sea at great pressure has bad effects on the body.
14、①They found the temple destroyed after the earthquake.
②He had a dog called Fifi.
③Left alone, he felt sad and depressed.
④Assisted by his neighbours,Mr Jones finally caught the thief.
Unit 4 Making the news
1、①Never will Zhou Yang forget his first assignment at the office of a popular English newspaper. ②Not only am I interested in photography,but I took an amateur course at university to update my skills.③Only if you ask many different questions will you acquire all the information you need to know. ④I did not know how to use the recorder .Neither did he. ⑤“Is everything ready yet?” asked Hu Xin to the photographer. ⑥Seldom have I seen a situation which made me so angry. ⑦Not once did she miss a jump when she took part in the horse riding competition ⑧Not only did Zhou Jie receive an admission notice to Beijing University,but he also won a scholarship to study in America.
⑨He didn't come again,nor did he write to her.
⑩Little did he realize how disappointed she was.
⑪Hardly had she arrived home when it began to rain heavily.
⑫Not until I saw his letter did I find out he was a liar.
⑬No sooner had he got home than he had to go out to see his sick mother. ⑭Alan doesn't like football and Michael doesn't either.→ …,Nor/Neither does Michael. ⑮He has finished doing his homework.So have I.
2
、①His discussion with his new boss,Hu Xin, was to strongly influence his life as a journalist.
②I felt delighted as I was to assist
him.
③It seemed that the water was to blame.
④No one is to leave this building without the permission of the police.(p.77)
3、①Here comes my list of dos and don'ts:
②There came a loud series of knocks on the door.
③In the doorway stood a small boy and his father.
④Here comes the bus ! There goes the bell!
⑤Now comes your chance to shine. ⑥Off flew the cuckoo.
⑦Following the roar,out rushed a grizzly bear from behind the rock. ⑧Down came the rain. Out came the sun.
here、there、up、down、out、away、off、in.
4、①You 'll find your colleagues very eager to assist you.
②You may find these expressions useful.
5、①They must use research to inform themselves of the missing parts of the story.②Have you ever had a case where someone accused your journalists of getting the wrong end of the stick?
③A footballer was accused of taking money for deliberately not scoring goals so as to let the other team win.
④The law does not allow people to accuse themselves of a crime. ⑤He claimed Alex had robbed him of many bags of gold while he was asleep.⑥He said that he had warned his landlord of this danger.⑦He decided to break him of this habit.⑧But first Alex asked a favour of him.⑨One day his landlord accused him of committing a crime.
6、①He denied taking money but we were sceptical.②He tried to stop us publishing it.③I don't mind acquiring that skill if it is useful.④Practise in pairs making appointments. ⑤I look forward to seeing you.
7、①So we arranged an interview between the footballer and the man supposed to bribe him .②So we wrote an article suggesting he was guilty.③Zhou Yang needs to answer a letter from a student asking how to become a journalist.④ZhouYang also took a copy to the native speaker employed by the newspaper to polish the style.⑤Running after the man he tripped and felt over, pushing the thief to the ground too.
8
、①It was a dilemma because the footballer could have demanded damages if we were wrong.
②In pairs make a list of things that the film
star might have done.
9、①You are supposed to be the secretary of an important person.
②A primary source is more likely to be true than a secondary one.
10、①He needs to have his picture taken for a magazine. ②He would like to have it taken in the morning.③The king had his queen killed.
11、①It is the first time that spotted deer have produced young with entirely white fur!②Fred Smith's photographs support his idea that the Turkish fans started the fight. ③Eyewitnesses said it was the best football tackle they had ever seen!
12、①Alex did not want his landlord to sleep with all his gold under his bed.②Then it developed into a serious fight with everyone involved.
13、①Doing a radio or TV interview is fun and interesting.
②Collecting and writing news is like researching in history.
Unit 5 First aid
1、①If possible,discuss what kind of first aid you should give in these situations.②First degree burns turn white when pressed.
③Remove clothing using scissors if necessary unless it is stuck to the burn. ④If burns are on arms or legs, keep them higher than the heart, if possible.
⑤While ironing clothes, Miss Good accidentally touched the iron.
⑥ Tie a bandage firmly over the burnt area, when necessary.(=when a bandage is necessary.)⑦He went to the doctor because he had to .⑧She could not decide whether to send him to hospital or not.
⑨Only some of the students have done a first aid course but most haven't.⑩To her teacher's surprise ,she did better in her first aid exam than expected .⑪ I don't think they have returned from the hospital , but they might have.⑫You can borrow my first aid notes if you want to.⑬When congraulating John, she said,"......"
⑭A:Can I visit you after the ceremony is over?
B:Yes, I'd love you to.
⑮Unplug electric blankets when not in use.
⑯Have a telephone near the bed, especially if ill.
⑰Don't plug in an electrical appliance or use it while standing in water.⑱When cooking, do not let oil touch flames or other sources of heat.⑲When carrying out rescue breathing, how many times a minute should you blow air into the victim's mouth?
2、①But there are other times when giving first aid quickly can save lives.②It is where you feel cold, heat or pain.
③So as you can imagine, if your skin gets burned it can be very serious.④Do not rub, as this may break any blisters and the wound may get infected.⑤Never put butter, oil or ointment on burns as they keep the heat in the wounds and may cause infection.
⑥There is no doubt that John's quick thinking and the first aid skills he learned at school saved Ms Slade's life.
⑦The instructions are written step by step,in the order that they are meant to happen.⑧He who has health has hope;and he who has hope has everything.
3、It was John's quick action and knowledge of first aid that saved Ms Slade's life.
4、①Would you have done the same as John?②What advice should the operator have given Mrs Grant to avoid making the accident worse?③What could Mrs Grant have done to avoid the accident happening?④How do you think the accident could have been prevented?
5、①And always keep a first-aid kit in your home—just in case there is an accident.②Use heaters very carefully as they can set objects on fire.
6、①You should have her lie down and rest.
②After your performance, get your classmates to tell you if you left out any important information.
模块六
Unit 1 Art
1、①If you could have three of these paintings on the walls of your classroom, which would you choose?
②If you were an artist, what kind of pictures would you paint？
③Have you ever wished you could paint as well as a professional artist?④If the rules of perspective had not been discovered, no once would have been able to paint such realistic pictures.
⑤Without the new paints and the new technique,we would not be able to see the many great masterpieces for which this period is famous.
⑥He would come to the party if he did not have to work.
=He wants to come, but he cannot just because he has to work.
⑦If I had enough money, I would buy a new car.
⑧You feel as if you were inside a fragile, white seashell.
⑨Who first suggested they visit art galleries?
⑩Why did Steve Lee wish they had talked to Mr Hang's wife before they went shopping? ⑾She wishes she were beautiful.⑿I wish I were an architect because then I would be able to design my own house.⒀If I were a butterfly, I would fly to drink nectar in the most beautiful flowers in the world.⒁If I were a big tree, I would grow so tall that I'd touch the sky.
2、①Would you rather have Chinese or Western-style paintings in your home?②What would you rather do—paint pictures,make sculptures, or design buildings?③Liu Hulan would rather die than give in.④Many art lovers would rather visit this small art gallery than any other in New York.
3、①As there are so many different styles of Western art, it would be impossible to describe all of them in such a short text.
②A conventional artist of this period was not interested in showing nature and people as they really were.
③They tried to paint people and nature as they really were.
④The painter does not attempt to paint objects as we see them with our eyes.
⑤As a man looking after Van Gogh's paintings said
：“I would not be surprised if the number (of "masterpieces")grows 
to more than 200.”
⑥As the marble statue is too large for the garden, the housewife won't buy it.
⑦As he looked around him, he noticed how the shadow of the trees were growing longer as time passed.
⑧But sadly I'm not, so I must make the best of life as it is!
4、①The art exhibition is worth seeing.
② Frick's beautiful home and garden are well worth a visit.
5、These art works are not all displayed at the same time.
6、Many were considered to be Van Gogh's own work by important art critics.
7、①But it was evident that ideas were changing in the 13 th century when painters like Giotto di Bondone began to paint religious scenes in a more realistic way.
②It is amazing that so many great works of art from the late 19th century to the 21st century are housed in the same museum.
③Number the presents1- 4 to show the order in which you hear them discussed.
Unit 2 Poems
1、These little poems and songs might have been some of the first poetry you learned.
should / must / may/might/can/could /need have done/been.
2、①There are various reasons why people write poerty.
②Some poems tell a story or describe something in a way that will give the reader a strong impression.
3、①Some rhyme (Like B) while others do not (like C).
②I like tea while my brother likes coffee.
4、①With so many different forms of poetry to choose from, students may eventually want to write poems of their own.
②Mother asked her if / whether she was very hot with so many clothes on.③With the teacher helping me, I worked out the problem easily.④Have you noticed the room with its window open?
5、①If Jack had scored that goal, we would have won our first football match.②If Ben had passed the ball to Joe, we would have won our first football match.③If we hadn't stayed up so late the night before, we would have won our first football match.④If you had come earlier, you would not have missed the exciting scene in the movie.⑤If Rob hadn't injured himself, we would have won.
⑥If she had studied harder, she would have got the diploma.
⑦If Alfred had paid more attention at the time, he would not have missed the teacher's instructions.
⑧If she had been there on time, the bride and bridegroom would have felt happier.⑨We would have won the championship easily if we had got Mr Han to coach us.⑩If I had taken your advice, I would have passed the final exam.
⑾She would have waited for him if he had asked.
⑿I would have been on time if my mother had woken me up.
⒀He would have won the race if he hadn't tripped over.
⒁ If I didn't go to the gym every day, I would put on weight.
If he had worked hard, he would have passed the exam.
⒂If he had not worked hard for a long time, he would not have translated the Chinese poem into English eventually.
⒃I would have loved you if you had behaved better.
⒄If you had called me, I wouldn't have gone.
6、When I was a baby, my mother used to read me nursery rhymes.
7、①Try beating or clapping the strong beats of the rhythm as you read the poem to yourself.
②Then try to use them to talk about your plan.
③ Try to write about 6 lines.④I think I'll try writing a haiku.
8、①Although the future may be difficult for you, whenever you need warmth and love, remember I'll have some to give you.
②While you're away I'll remember your smile and I'll love you always.
9、①Listing words that rhyme is a good way to remember vocabulary.②Writing poems is also a good way to learn vocabulary.
③Singing along with your favourite songs is fun way to practise your English.
Unit 3 A healthy life
1、It的用法
A、形式it：形式主语和形式宾语
①It seems amazing that at my age I am still fit enough to cycle
20 kilometres in an afternoon. ②It is easier to fall than to rise.
③It is no good/use crying over spilt milk.
④He found it difficult to accustom himself to getting up early.
⑤I think it best that you should do more exercise.
⑥It was disappointing that he refused my invitation.
⑦She thought it no good worrying about him.
⑧It is believed that smoking causes cancer by most people.
⑨It is astonishing that China produces one third of world's cigarettes.
⑩It is very likely that you will die if you get infected with HIV.
⑾It is quite probable that you will get stressed.
B、强调it：
①In fact
it is the mental addiction rather than the physical effects
that makes it really hard to quit smoking.
②It is human activity that has caused this global warming.
③It was on a dark and stormy night that the old man started his journey. ④It is only when the disease has progressed to AIDS that a person begins to look sick.
C、非人称代词it：时间、距离、天气、日期、地点、温度、环境等
①It is a beautiful day.②It was time to quit smoking.
③It is 10 kilometres to the castle. ⑤It was beginning to rain.
④It was a dark and stormy night when the old man started his journey.
2、①I think my long and active life must be due to the healthy life I live.②During adolescence I also smoked and became addicted to cigarettes.③First, you can become physically addicted to nicotine, which is one of the hundreds of chemicals in cigarettes.
④This means that after a while your body becomes accustomed
to having nicotine in it.⑤This will prevent sexual fluid from passing from one person to another.
3、①You are finding it difficult to give up smoking.
②If you do, you'll find it very hard to concentrate on your exam the next day.
4、①Did you know that this is because you become addicted in three different ways?②As you know, if you do the same thing over and over again, you begin to do it automatically.③She told me that she wouldn't go out with me again unless I stopped smoking.
④Every time you feel like smoking a cigarette, remind yourself
that you are a non-smoker.
⑤Do some relaxation exercises every time you feel stressed.
⑥You really have no idea just how hopeless cancer can make you feel.
⑦A person cannot get HIV the first time they have sex.
⑧Do you think any of your health habits will change now that you have finished this unit?
5、①I remember feeling bad-tempered and sometimes even in pain.②Anyone who has sex with a person infected with HIV/AIDS risks getting the virus.③After having practised giving advice on health issues, would you now be able to advise on……about?
6、①But I did finally manage.
②It is not easy to stop smoking, but millions have managed to quit and so can you.③Neither did I know that my cigarette smoke could affect the health of non-smokers.④However, what I did know was that my girlfriend thought I smelt terrible.⑤I do hope so because I want you to live as long and healthy a life as I have.
7、①It was time to quit smoking.
②It is time for you to go to bed.③It is time for class.
8、①What other information could have been included?
②Blood could have spilt on it.
③This may have been true in the past.
9、①Having lived in Hawaii all his life, he was not used to the cold of Northern Europe.②Giving up smoking is difficult.
③Do not share anything else that a person has used while injecting drugs.
④When answering open-ended questions, don't worry about whether your answer is right or wrong.
⑤However, today, the number of young people becoming infected through
sexual activity is increasing.
Unit 4 Global warming
1、①But it is a rapid increase when compared to other natural changes.
②This is when small amounts of gases in the atmosphere, like carbon dioxide, methane and water vapour, trap heat from the sun and
therefore warm the earth.
③The problem begins when we add huge quantities of extra carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
④It is clear what the effects of global warming will be.
2、①There is no doubt that the earth is becoming warmer.
②All scientists subscribe to the view that the increase in the earth's temperature is due to the burning of fossil fuels like coal, natural gas and oil to produce energy.
③What are some ways that plastic bags could be reused?
④However, I still think people should advocate improvements in the way we use energy today.
⑤Apart from the fact that butts spoil the beauty of the environment, they contain some very toxic chemicals.
⑥Underline the evidence Tom gives to support his argument that cigarette butts are an environmental problem.
3、①It is human activity that has caused this global warming rather than a random but natural phenomenon.
②It was a scientist called Charles Keeling, who made accurate measurements of the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere from 1957 to 1997.
③They also agree that it is the burning of more and more fossil fuels that has resulted in this increase in carbon dioxide.
④It is fossil fuels that much of the energy used to light and heat
our homes comes from.
⑤It is for centuries that carbon dioxide has the tendency to stay in the atmosphere while other greenhouse gases stay in the atmosphere only for a day or less.
⑥It is their very existence that low-lying countries feel is in danger from rising sea levels.
⑦It is future climate changes and their effects on our environment that scientists want to find out about.
⑧It was by several metres, in the years ahead, that the level of the sea could rise because of global warming.
⑨It was during the 20th century that the temperature of the earth went up about one degree Fahrenheit.
⑩Who is it that runs Millennium Kids?
⑾Where is it that the young people decide which projects to concentrate on?
⑿It is at this conference that we decide which projects we want to work on in the following year.
⒀It was through one of these projects about five years ago that I first became involved in Millennium Kids.
4、①It is OK to leave an electrical appliance on so long as you are using it—if not, turn it off.
②Recycle cans, bottles, plastic bags and newspapers if circumstances allow you to.
③If you can, buy things made from recycled materials.
④You can add more suggestions if you like.
5、It is up to people not to let plastic bags become litter.
Unit 5 The power of nature
1、①Have you ever considered how weak humans are comparedwith a volcano, hurricane or earthquake?
②I was appointed as a volcanologist working for the Hawaiian
Volcano Observatory (HVO) twenty years ago.
③Having collected and evaluated the information, I help other scientists to predict where lava from the volcano will flow next and how fast.④Having worked hard all day, I went to bed early.
⑤Having experienced quite a few earthquakes in Hawaii already, I didn't take much notice.
⑥Having earlier collected special clothes from the observatory,we put them on before we went any closer.
⑦Having studied volcanoes now for many years, I am still amazed at their beauty as well as their potential to cause great damage.⑧But this being my first experience, I stayed at the top and watched them.⑨Having learned a little more about the work of a volcanologist,do you think it is an occupation you would enjoy?
⑩Fred Spears works in a wildlife park looking after wild animals.
⑾Charles Wild works in a laboratory doing research on disease.
⑿Looking carefully at the ground, I made my way to the edge of the crater.
⒀Having taken the wrong bus, Martin found himself in
an unfamiliar district.
⒁Havig given her opinion about protecting the environment, she left the meeting.
⒂Having bought the precious necklace, she had no money left.
⒃Having spent all day at home writing, the novelist went out for a walk in the evening.
⒄Having arrived early for his date, Mark spent time reading the
newspaper. ⒅Because I had experienced earthquakes before, I wasn't frightened.→Having experienced earthquakes before,……
⒆After we had stopped the car, we found ourselves trapped in thick fog and couldn't see clearly ahead.→Having stopped the car,……
⒇Because I had spent all night reading the documents I was very tired the next day.→Having spent all night reading the documents,……(21)As the child had never seen a rainbow before, he was very excited.→Never having seen a rainbow before, the child was very excited.(22)Having taken a drink, I felt rather uncomfortable.(23)Having rested for a while I felt better.
(24)Having heard a scream, I rushed downstairs only to see my hostess lying unconscious on the floor, surrounded by her guests.
(25)Having swallowed the fruit, the girl became pregnant and later gave birth to a handsome boy.
(26) I told Peter not to be late, I was very angry when he still wasn't home at midnight.→Having told Peter not to be late,……
(27)Having put on my blue dress I carried a bunch of flowers.
(28)After the wedding, I left the church walking slowly behind my aunt and her husband.
(29)Using the car seat as a step she climbed first onto the front of the car and then onto the roof.
2
、①Yet, however weak we are, we are not completely powerless=Yet, no matter how weak we are,……
②As long as you have ten minutes warning, you will survive no matter how powerful the actual tsunami may be.
3、①Can you imagine climbing into a live volcano in order to measure the temperature of the boiling rock inside?
②Can you imagine doing such dangerous work as part of your job?③Do you think you would enjoy studying volcanoes as a job?
④Do you dislike doing the same thing every day?
⑤Do you like working outside as well as inside?
⑥My job is collecting information for a database about Mount Kilauea.⑦Would you mind me opening the windows?
⑧I prefer glancing through the headlines first to reading the articles carefully.
4、①I was about to go back to sleep when suddenly my bedroom became as bright as day.
②They heard the volcano was about to erupt.
5、It was at that moment that I realized something was wrong.
6、①It is said that this boy, who had a great gift for language and persuasion, is the father of the Manchu people.
②It is believed that John will help us with some money.
③It is hoped that it won't rain on our camping day.
7、①She had planned to cook him a nice meal.
had wanted/ meant/hoped/planned to do sth、had thought of doing sth
②Is there anything else that you think Sara should have done.
8、①Sara dressed baby James in warm clothes.
②In the morning I went to my aunt's house to get dressed.
9、①Make a timeline to show the order in which the events happened.②Listen and write 1—7 beside the events to show the order in which they happened.
10、①What preparations has your community made in case of a natural disaster?
in this case、in that case、in any case、in no case、in case of emergency、in case 从句
②Please bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.
模块七
Unit 1 Living well
1、①Does this disability make it difficult for them to, do some things? ②She is proud to have taken part in competitions and to have broken a record by running two laps (800 metres) this year.
③Her ambition is to become part of the national team for the next Paralympic Games.④Now his ambition is to become an actor.
⑤He hopes to become a teacher.
hope/wish/promise/agree/expect/want/decide/determine/plan/would like/refuse/prepare/offer to do sth
⑥The doctors don't know how to make me better.
teach/show/train sb how to do sth、do not know how to do sth/what to do/which to choose/where to go/ when to start.
⑦It is difficult to know what the future holds.
⑧I was too weak to go to school.
⑨I am happy to have found many things I can do.
⑩My ambition is to work for a firm.
⑾To look after my pets properly takes a lot of time but I find it worthwhile.⑿I am sorry to have kept you waiting.
⒀I seem to have forgotten so many things now that Christmas is here.⒁I was supposed to have finished all my shopping by now.
⒂Nobody is said to have finished till there's no more left to buy.
⒃He is known to have spent eighteen years fighting for slaves.
⒄To free slaves was his ambition.⒇What do you plan to do next?⒅Have you ever wished to go back in time?
⒆In pairs discuss who you would like to have met.
(21)But my next climbing ambition is to go up Mount Qomolangma one day.
(22)You are to be the architect for the new Bankstown cinema.
(23)For disabled customers it would be more convenient to place
the toilets near the entrance to the cinema.
(24)I had wanted to clean out the basement in his absence, but unfortunately I didn't have time.(25) The bench was hard to sit on.
(26)The question is difficult to answer.
(27)a、He had forgotten to bring his raincoat and he was wet through. b、I shall never forget seeing the Potala Palace for the first time. forget to do、forget doing、remember to do、remember doing、stop to do、stop doing、try to do、try doing、regret to do、regret doing、mean to do、mean doing
(28)The doors should be wide enough to enter.
(29)She is old enough to go to school.
(30)This would allow hearing-impaired customers to enjoy the company of their hearing friends. allow sb to do sth
(31)Polite forms are used to encourage the reader to take the ideas seriously. encourage sb to do sth
2、①He had the questions read to him.
②Having a book published is a great achievement for anyone.
3、①Sally leads a busy life.②I have to work hard to live a normal life but it has been worth it.③Just accept them for who they are, and give them encouragement to live as rich and full a life as you do.④In other words they can lead a more fulfilling life.
4、①I used to climb trees, swim and play football.
②In fact, I used to dream about playing professional football.
③They used to sit around in their own homes after being educated in special schools.
5、I have a very busy life with no time to sit around feeling sorry for myself.
6、①What do you think is the most difficult thing that Marty has to deal with in his life?
②There was a time when children with mental disabilities were
prevented from living a normal life in many ways.
③A master was able by law to treat his servants as he wished—even working them to death if he wanted to.
④What is it that first attracted you to working with guide dogs?
⑤What do you think is the most frustrating thing that a person with a disability has to live with?
7、①As well as going to the movies and football matches with my friends, I spend a lot of time with my pets.
②She has to adapt to training programmes as well as mixing with other able-bodied athletes.
③Most also explain rules for using the words as well as giving the meaning.
8、①Where on earth could you have put it?
②I might have left it on the kitchen table.
③Do you think the weak-sighted or blind climbers could have climbed the mountain without them?
④So I'd like to suggest that the seats at the back be placed higher than those at the front so that everyone can see the screen easily.⑤The situation would not have happened if a qualified architect had been employed to design a building with wheelchair access.⑥Do you think your article would have been better or worse if you had written it by yourself.
9、①Living well means enjoying the same rights and the same opportunities for a good life.②I hope you will not mind me writing to ask if you have thought about the needs of disabled customers.
③a、I regret to tell you that Mr Brown has already left using the back exit. b、It cost me a great deal, but I don't regret spending a year travelling around the world.
Unit 2 Robots
1、① It was going to be tested out by Larry's wife, Claire.
②The robot wouldn't harm her or allow her to be harmed.
③It was ridiculous to be offered sympathy by a robot.
④How awful to be discovered by her.
⑤Tony expected the house to be completely transformed.
⑥What a sweet victory to be envied by those women.
⑦Tony would have to be rebuilt.
⑧The company's new car is going to be designed in the coming months.⑨Since Claire had become attached to Tony,the robot needed to be rebuilt.⑩Tim refused to be accompanied by his father when he went for a haircut.⑾The desire to be known as a great writer inspires many young authors.⑿He felt it was absurd to be filled with hatred for someone he had never met.⒀The new product is available to be tested out by interested customers.
⒁She was very beautiful but she did not like to be envied by so many people.⒂Since these aprons are of such poor quality, they need to be set aside and taken back to the shop.⒃She was to be accompanied by her neighbour, Sally.⒄A robot must not injure human beings or allow them to be injured.⒅I did not expect to be interviewed by the general manager.⒆The magazines are not allowed to be taken out of the reading room.
⒇She hates to be laughed at by her classmates.
(21)He doesn't want to be interrupted while writing.
(22)These rules are to be obeyed by everyone.
(23)These are the issuses to be discussed tomorrow.
(24)It is wrong for him to be made to work all night.
(25)The mail needs to be sent right away.
(26)The singer refused to be photographed.
(27)We seem to be losing the fight against landmines.
(28)The students are to be accompanied to the theatre.
(29)It was terrible for her to be embarrassed in such a way.
2、①It was then that Claire realized that Tony had opened the curtain of the front window.②It was when Asimov was eleven years old that his talent for writing became obvious.③What is worse is that they keep causing damage for decades after wars have ended.
3、①You cannot have women falling in love with machines.
have sb/sth doing sth、have sth done、have sb do sth=make/let sb do sth=get sb to do sth②Have one member of your group explain your design to the rest of the class.
③Asimov began having stories published in science fiction magazines in 1939.
4、①While some owners were firm with their robot's suggestions, others would turn around and walk out of the shop,feeling embarrassed.②While, every year, about 100,000 landmines are removed, 2,000,000 more are buried in the ground.
5、Who thinks taking Tony away must have hurt Claire?
6、①How often do you write in English?
how often、 how soon、how long、how many、how much、how old、how high、how heavy、how big.
②It is 4 metres long, 18 metres wide, 1 metre high，and weighs 900 kilograms, about the size of a small car.
7、 ①As with anything, the more you practise, the better you become.②It is the same with writing in English—the more you write, the better your writing will be.
Unit 3 Under the sea
1、① I had already heard that George didn't like being kept waiting.②I could see a whale being attacked by a pack of about six other killers.③Being badly wounded, the whale soon died.
④I could see he was terrified of being abandoned by us.
⑤I saw James being firmly held up in the water by us.
⑥James was afraid of being attacked by sharks.
⑦Being held up in the water by old Tom, James was confident he would survive.
⑧Being included in the hunt was a great thrill for Clancy.
⑨Having been accepted by the whalers, the killers were able to
get a good feed from the whale.
⑩Clancy didn't mind being told what to do .
⑾Being helped out by the killer whales, the whalers were able to make a successful kill.
⑿The children enjoyed being taken to the aquarium.
⒀It seemed the sea lion didn't mind being photographed with the tourists after all.
⒁"In fact, the chances of anybody being swallowed by a whale are rather low," said the researcher.
⒂Second, nets are in danger of being cut loose by fisherman.
⒃So many animals being caught in driftnets make many think that it is necessary to have a worldwide ban on all driftnet fishing.
⒄When I was young I used to dislike being told to lay the table
for dinner while I was watching my favourite TV programme.
⒅Peter is excited about being invited to the party.
⒆The woman doesn't like being kept waiting by anyone.
⒇The boy is afraid of being attacked by the dog.
(21)The audience is delighted to see the girl being awarded a prize.(22)The man is tired of being shouted at by his boss.
(23)After being blamed for failing the exam, the child started crying.(24)Many people tend to be attracted by climbing a high mountain.(25)I don't think that needs to be changed.
(26)Some species need to be protected.
(27)The chance of being bitten by a shark is actually very small.
(28)After having heard the shark expert talk about sharks, how would you answer that question now?
(29)She doesn't like being told what to do.
(30)She didn't like to be told what to do.
2
、①What evidence was there that Old Tom was helping the whalers out?
②It was the most fantastic thing I have ever done.
③The first thing I became aware of was all the vivid colours surrounding me.④Number the places where these attacks happened in the order you hear them.⑤Then listen and number the statements in the order that you hear them.
⑥It is said that Sedna has power over all the animals in the sea.
3、①I might have been swallowed instead.
②A large wise-looking turtle was passing so close to me that I could have touched it.③What do you think happened or should have happened to Sedna's father?
4、①I 'm sitting in the warm night air with a cold drink in my hand.②There were other creatures that I didn't want to get too close to—an eel with its strong sharp teeth, with only its head showing from a hole, watching for a tasty fish (or my tasty toe!)
5、①The fish didn't seem to mind me swimming among them.
② I'm looking forward to talking to you.
③Which new words and phrases would you like to practise using?
6、①When they arrived at the island, Sedna looked around and could see nothing except bare rock with a kind of nest made from seaweed, animal hair and feathers.②No matter how angry she felt, she had no choice but to stay with him.
7、①There was one day when we were out in the bay during a hunt and James was washed off the boat.
②They are about the days when Clancy was a whaler and
hunted whales.
③It was a time when the killer whales, or "killers" as they were then called,helped the whalers catch the baleen whales.
④And then Old Tom was off and back to the hunt where the other killers were still attacking the whale.
⑤And Sedna, when she could no longer fight to keep herself alive, sank to the bottom too, where she became the goddess of the sea.
Unit 4 Sharing
1
、①Thanks for your letter, which took a fortnight to arrive.
②I've included some photos which will help you picture the places I talk about.
③The boys who had never come across anything like this before started jumping out of the windows.
④Sometimes I wonder how relevant chemistry is to these students, most of whom will be going back to their villages after Year 8 anyway.
⑤But last weekend another teacher, Jenny, and I did visit a village which is the home of one of the boys, Tombe.
⑥We walked for two and a half hours to get there—first up a mountain to a ridge from where we had fantastic views and then down a steep path to the valley below.
⑦When we arrived at the village, Tombe's mother, Kiak, who had been pulling weeds in her garden, started crying "ieee ieee".
⑧The only possessions I could see were one broom, a few tin plates and cups and a couple of jars.
⑨He was the nicest boy she had ever met, otherwise she would not have fallen in love with him.
⑩The reason why he was late for school was that he was watching an interview of the first Chinese astronaut on TV.
⑾The reason why I didn't finish my homework was that I had a terrible headache.
⑿I won't ever forget the day when my team won the soccer competition.
⒀I'd like to go to a place where I can go swimming every day.
⒁I'm thinking of a shape which has four straight sides of different lengths with four 90 °angles.
⒂The gift you give is not something your loved one keeps but a voluntary contribution towards the lives of people who really need it. ⒃Number the items below in the order that you first hear them.
⒄Have you come up with any ways we can raise money to buy a new TV for the school?
⒅I found a sleeping boy in my seat on the train.→
I found a boy who was sleeping in my seat on the train.
⒆Alice had an arranged marriage→Alice had a marriage which was arranged for her.
⒇People in need of a big loan should come to our bank.→People who are in need of a big loan should come to our bank.
(21) 1) The few times that I go swimming in the new swimming pool were very disappointing because it was too cold to swim there.
2) I'll share the little food that I have brought with me with all of you.3) There was nothing that she could do becouse she was very ill.4) Everything that you provided for us was useful.
5) Something that her boyfriend did really upset her.
6) Have you got anything that you don't want anymore?
7) The best thing that I have ever done was to go on a trip overseas.8) It was the most beautiful comb that I have ever had.
9) It is the first time that I have looked at this picture from so many different angles.
(22) Although they still have time to play, they also have to help with daily jobs, which can take up a lot of time.
(23) What are the different ways the patients' eyes are being examined?(24) The film on TV last night was the worst one that I have ever seen.
2、①Science is my most challenging subject as my students have no concept of doing experiments.
②Well, that's actually quite difficult as I don't speak much of the local English dialect yet.
③My muscles were aching and my knees shaking as we climbed down the mountain towards home.
④ As you listen, check your answers.
⑤In this part of the world children grow up fast as they have to make a contribution to the family finances.
3、Tombe's father, Mukap, led us to his house, a low bamboo hut with grass sticking out of the roof.
4、Once the fire was going, he laid stones on it.
5、①We ate inside the hut sitting round the fire.
②I loved listening to the family softly talking to each other in their language.③Later, I noticed a tin can standing upside down on the grill over the fire.④During their spare time, Orlando's family love to sit around their radio with friend, listening to the news and music.
6、①He enjoys playing with toy cars and singing.
②We look forward to writing to you again about Orlando and his family's progress and achievements.
③Shanshan loves practising speaking English.
7
、Here she is having her eyes examined before cataract surgery
at Xinfeng County Hospital, China.
Unit 5 Travelling abroad
1、① It was the first time she had ever left her motherland.
②She is halfway through the preparation year,which most foreign students complete before applying for a degree course.
③"You have to get used to a whole new way of life, which can take up all your concentration in the beginning," explained Xie Lei, who had lived all her life in the same city in China.
④Living with host families, in which there may be other college students, gives her the chance to learn more about the new culture. ⑤I remember the first essay I did for my tutor.
⑥He wanted to know what I thought, which confused me because I thought that the author of the article knew far more than I did.⑦The bird cages, some of which were in poor condition, were sold by the shopkeeper at half price.
⑧Joan passed her exam, which surprised me a great deal.
⑨The dogs, all of which were small and white with long hair,barked loudly.
⑩The battery to which the robot toys were connected failed to work last night.
⑾I asked the doctor to tell me the reason why my hands were numb sometimes.
⑿Peter, who people used to think was quiet, danced and sang all evening.
⒀As far as I'm concerned, Anne, whose daughter is in my class, should not be going to America next year.
⒁He went on a bus tour with a group of people, most of whom had never travelled before.
⒂Jamie, whose parents lived on a remote part of the highlands,hated the idea of travelling overnight to Scotland on the train.
⒃In the high plains area is Lake Titicaca, the highest lake in the world, on which boat can travel.
⒄I cannot remember the name of the travel agency, with which
we booked our trip to India.
⒅There were many cages, in which people keep birds, for sale in that market.
⒆The scientists all agreed that the rules of physics, with which we were all familiar, govern the world.
⒇I thanked my colleagues, to whom I felt very grateful, for letting me join their Rugby team.
(21)My students, most of whom have computers at home, can
search for the information on the Internet.
(22)That tool, with which you mended the kettle, is very useful.
(23) I saw my cousin, with whom I travelled all round India, when she visited China.
(24)Yesterday I talked to my friend, to whom I gave the documents to take back to England.
(25)What is the most interesting thing you have learned about Peru in this unit?
2、It's not just study that's difficult.
3、①The preparation course is most beneficial.
②Besides, as far as he was concerned, what other people thought was not the most important thing.
4、①She deserves to succeed.②Good work deserves good pay.③One good turn deserves another.
5、①Where do you think this article might have been published?②Add two or three other problems she might have had.
6、①Mei Jie is planning a three-week holiday in Italy and France.②During this four-day walking tour, you will be amazed by mountain scenery.③Accommodation is in 4, 5 or 6-bed room.
④You can travel on any lo days in a 2-month period.
7、①So having checked into the Holiday Inn, Mariam settled in and began her tour of the capital city.
②However, having seen the Ming Tombs, she was eager to make a trip to Xi' an to see the terracotta warriors.
8、①No matter where you go to in the world, Youthtravel is there too.②As this is a brainstorming exercise, no matter how unlikely a situation is, you should still list it.
9、①The people did not approve of women walking around in clothes that didn't cover them properly.
②Would you consider studying in a foreign country?
③Would you consider staying with a host family?
④Would you enjoy staying in a youth hostel?
10、①When changing planes,…②…while travelling overseas ③If travelling alone,… ④When travelling,…
⑤…while travelling in a foreign country. ⑥If possible,…
11、It's possible you could have all your money stolen while travelling.
模块八
Unit 1 A land of diversity
1
、名词性从句包括：宾语从句、表语从句、主语从句、同位语从句。后接同位语从句的抽象名词常见的有：fact
、doubt
、truth
、regulation
、idea
、news
、hope
、promise
、decision
、possibility
、chance
、message
、impression
、belief
、assumption
、suggestion
、question
等。同位语从句通常由that
、why
、whether
、what
等引导。①The fact that she seemed to develop normally was very encouraging.②There is also a fierce debate over the question whether human cloning experiments should be allowed.
③I have no idea why he left the party without being noticed.
④He often asked me the question when we would start our project.⑤I had my doubts whether he would be able to arrive.
⑥Exactly when the first people arrived in what we now know as California, no one really knows.
⑦However, it is likely that Native Americans were living in California at least fifteen thousand years ago.
⑧Scientists believe that these settlers crossed the Bering Strait in the Arctic to America by means of a land bridge which existed in prehistoric times.
⑨That is why today over 40% of Californians speak Spanish as a first or second language.
⑩It is believed that before long the mix of nationalities will be so great that there will be no distinct major racial or cultural groups, but simply a mixture of many races and cultures.
⑾What attracts people to California is its pleasant climate and relaxed lifestyle.
⑿Whether Native Americans arrived in California 15, 000
years ago or 14,000 years ago is not important.
⒀The fact that they arrived a long time before Europeans is what matters.⒁ The customs office is where your baggage is inspected when you enter or leave a country.
⒂Why she didn't tell you herself is what I want to know.
⒃It is essential that you get a visa before you travel to the USA.
⒄ What George discovered in California was different from what he saw in the movies.
⒅Where they got all that money is what I can't explain.
⒆It didn't occur to me that there'd be a big festival on at the same time as my holiday.
⒇That Julie became a poet may have been due to her uncle's influene.(21)Why he chose Harvard University to further his studies is clear to everybody.
(22)When he'll return from New York depends a great deal on his health. (23)That is why you have to study the history of your motherland. (24)The problem is that there is nowhere that he wanted to go for his holiday.
2、①California is the third largest state in the USA but has the largest population.
②The Yellow River is the second longest river in China.
③It also has the distinction of being the most multicultural state in the USA, having attracted people from all over the world.
④Today California has the second largest Jewish population in the United States.
3、It was the building of the rail network from the west to the east that brought even larger numbers to California in the 1860s.
4
、When he reached the North Pole, he found nothing exciting except for a sign marking the spot.
5、Not everyone is rich and not everyone lives near the beach.
6、Although some boys in his situation might have turned to crime to get money for food and clothing, Louis never did.
7、①He was sent to a school for problem boys where the music teacher taught him to play drums and the trumpet.
②When he left the school two years later, Louis found work wherever he could and in the evenings went to listen and learn at clubs where jazz musicians played.
③In 1922 he began travelling to other cities in the United States
where he introduced his particular style of jazz to enthusiastic audiences.④From 1882 to 1940 Angel Island was a famous immigration station where many Chinese people applied for right to live in USA.⑤Put the mark "Q" in the places where George has left out some words.⑥This is the district where Italian fishermen first came to San Francisco.
8、①Built in 1873, the cable car system was invented by Andrew Hallidie.
②Born in New Orleans in 1901, Louis was so poor that he often went "shopping" in rubbish bins outside fancy restaurants.
9、①Louis Armstrong continued to live a simple life.
②He continued playing and recording until July 6th, 1971, when he died in his sleep at his home in New York.
Unit 2 Cloning
1、①The fact is that these are both examples of natural clones.
②The fact that she seemed to develop normally was very encouraging.
③Then came the disturbing news that Dolly had become seriously ill.
④Dolly the sheep became a scientific breakthrough when the news that she had been born was announced in 1997.
⑤However, the problem that she later developed a serious lung disease bothered scientists.
⑥On 14th February 2003 scientists made the decision that Dolly should be put to sleep.
⑦The fact that Dolly died when she was quite young disappointed people the world over.
⑧Scientists hold the belief that cloning may lead to many important scientific breakthroughs and medical treatments.
⑨Scientists believe human cloning is just a matter of time but the assumption that human clones have already been born hasn't been proved yet.⑩John told the truth that he failed in the test.
⑾The law that human cloning is forbidden has been passed in our country.⑿Charles agreed to the regulation that he must have safety training.⒀Yesterday I was glad to get a message that the interview went well.⒁I got the impression that everyone in class did well in the performance.
⒂He was working on the assumption that if he produced a clone of the dog, his boss would approve his promotion.
⒃He gave a suggestion in his report that a further investigation should be made.⒄I have some hope that he will soon be well again.
⒅The mayor approved our idea that traffic conditions should be improved.⒆Michael and Sue made a decision that they should buy a new car.⒇So they made a plan that they would save money for six months.(21)So he made the decision that he would study earth sciences at university.
(22) Luckily the possibility that he spoke many languages helped him become a star when the TV company visited Russia.
2、Cloning plants is straightforward while cloning animals is very complicated.
3、It is a difficult task to undertake.
4、Compared with her family, and especially her nephew, her niece Daisy is very honest about her opinions.
5、①So Freddy made up his mind to enjoy his singing and to accumulate as many happy experiences as he could so that when he retired he would be able to look back on his life.
②It seems the benefits are so obvious that we hope you will be able to support our side's point of view.
③It seems that the problems for human cloning will be even more serious as no human has yet been cloned.
6、①She must have left home as she was wandering round the town at midnight.
②She must have gone to the hospital to see her mother.
7、Diversity in a group means having animals with their genes arranged in different ways.
8、①Which extinct animals are worth restoring by means of cloning?②It is too similar to the zebra to be worth the trouble of restoring it.
9、The more you do this, the more you will find yourself becoming comfortable with the sound of the language.
10、①But only last week he succeeded in restoring a dead mouse to life as a clone.
②It has been most successful in cloning some animals—but not all.
11、 ①He was a vain man who enjoyed arriving at a parry in time to have his photographs taken with famous guests.
②Billy's mother will have her pet dog cloned before it dies.
③Getting your pet cloned in America can give you a good holiday.
12、It is a sort of competition with a chairperson in charge to make sure of fair play.
13、①The person who is leading the team that supports the topic will speak first.②The person who is leading the team that disagrees with the topic will speak next.
14、①I would like to suggest that medical cloning is not as simple an issue as my colleague claims.
②Organize it as you have been shown in this unit.
so interesting a book
、such an interesting book.
Unit 3 Inventors and inventions
1、Do you know the stages every inventor must go through before they can have their invention approved?
2、①Snakes seem to have made their home here.
②Nobody seemed to have thought about inventing new ones.
③The most wonderful gifts seem to be given to certain human beings.
3、①The first thing I did was to see if there were any products that might help me, but there only seemed to be powders designed to kill snakes.②Prepared with some research findings, I decided on three possible approaches.③But once picked up, they tried to bite me.④The next morning I carried in my hand a small net used for catching fish.⑤But monitored carefully, the snakes proved to be no trouble and all went according to plan.
⑥Pressed by my friends and relations, I decided to seize the
opportunity to get recognition for my successful idea by sending my invention to the patent office.
⑦The criteria are so strict that it is difficult to get new ideas accepted unless they are truly novel.
⑧In Japan scientists have managed to produce pigs that have a plant gene inserted into their DNA.
⑨She tried to make herself understood while giving her talk.
⑩I was embarrassed to see our team beaten by a weaker team.
⑾If you want to be an inventor you must have a plan designed to solve a particular problem.⑿Many ideas, developed after weeks of research, may not prove successful.⒀Each idea tested by you will need to be improved until it leads you closer to a new invention.
⒁You will find your new invention adopted on all sides.
⒂We saw the play performed on TV yesterday.
⒃She couldn't get the car started.
⒄ Mary wants her paintings displayed in the gallery.
⒅You'd better have your courtyard tidied.
⒆I felt myself thrown forward when the bus stopped.
⒇I won't have my time taken up with useless discussion.
(21)The host found some guests invited to the party were late because of traffic jams.(22)I would like to live in a well- designed house surrounded by trees.
(23)One day as he was experimenting with one end of a straw joined to a deaf man's ear drum and the other to a piece of smoked glass, Bell noticed that when he spoke into the ear, the straw drew sound waves on the glass.
(24)The scientist could not explain his theory clearly.
The audience was confused. The lecture was confusing.
(25)The performance was amusing. We were amused.
(26)My favourite singer is inspiring. I am inspired by her singing.(27)Leonardo gradually learned the skills needed to be a great artist.(28)Based on the gear, he came up with numerous designs.
4、This was in the expectation that the snake would bite again.
5、①Only after you have had that recognition can you say that
you are truly an inventor.
②Nor will you receive a patent until a search has been made to find out that your product really is different from everyone else's.
6、①Remember to include one change to your invention in case it doesn't work the first time.
②Every time you do you will be certain to find something that you have never seen before.
7、①I set about researching the habits of snakes to find the easiest way to trap them.
②I set about my studies on developing my product, for which I hope I will succeed in applying for a patent.
③Bell never set out to invent the telephone and what he was trying to design was a multiple telegraph.
④Zhang Lijuan agreed to move and set about packing all her goods.
⑤He set out to write the first systematic explanation of how machines work.
8、①It was this exploring around problems and his dynamic spirit that led to his most famous invention—the telephone in 1876.
②It was not until five days later that Bell sent his first telephone message to his assistant Waston.
9、Being very stable, it has proved invaluable in the design of bridges.
10、①He might have been a scientist if he had not been so skilled in other areas.
②If he had never been a paint,we would still appreciate him as one of the greatest inventors of his time.
Unit 4 Pygmalion
1、①If not, look at the pictures=If you do not know the story, look at the pictures.②If you have, did you like it? =If you have seen the film, did you like it?③While watching, he makes notes=While he is watching, he makes notes.④What if I was?=What would happen if I was born in Lisson Grove.
⑤Has his attitude changed? If yes, how?
⑥While acting, make sure you speak more slowly.
2
、①A man is hiding from the rain listening to people's
language and watching their reactions.
②Nearby a flower girl wearing dark garments and a woollen scarf is also sheltering from the rain.
③Now once taught by me, she'd become an upper class lady.=Now once she were taught by me,……
④But once educated to speak properly, that girl could pass herself off in three months as a duchess at an ambassador's graden party.=But once that girl were educated to speak properly,……
⑤What is the name of the man hiding from the rain?
⑥Being taught by the two gentlemen, Eliza made great progress.⑦Having been awarded so many prizes in literature,George felt that his years of efforts were well deserved.
⑧Bitten by the snake in the bush, Susan was sent back to the camp.⑨Having been punished by his boss, he was in a very bad mood.⑩Having been cheated by that company, he lost all his possessions.⑾Having found a hole in her stocking, Mandy said to her friend,"……".⑿Having been forced to leave his own company,he set up his own company.⒀Having been caught, the thief was taken to the police station by the police.⒁Forced to earn money herself because her family was poor,she dreamed of working in a proper flower shop.⒂Knowing it was impossible to be acceped in ……English, she asked Professor Higgins to give her lessons.
⒃Having been trained for several months, Eliza began to speak in a more attractive accent.
⒄Being set among many lovely trees, the Buddhist temple is calm and peaceful.
⒅Its walls, having been dec, orated by red paint, appear more attractive.
⒆Placed inside the rooms, statues of Gods seem to guard the large sleeping Buddha.
⒇Having rested there for several hours, I felt refreshed and ready to go
back to Beijing.(21)Eliza comes into the room shyly following Mrs Pearce.(22)Now in pairs use the ideas suggested in the previous exercise.(23)Amused by Eliza's funny "small talk", Freddy couldn't help laughing.(24)Laughed at by Freddy, Eliza felt very strange.
(25)Worn out in the language class, Eliza fell asleep early at night.(26)Fascinated by Eliza's charm and beauty, Freddy fell in love with her.(27)Stared at by all the guests, Eliza felt rather uneasy.
(28) Ignored by Henry Higgins all the time, Eliza decided to leave him.(29)Very surprised, Henry discovered the next morning that Eliza had gone.(30)My friend, born in India, moved to England.
(31)The room, connected to the rest of the house by a long passage, was completed empty.(32)This acquaintance, introduced by my friend, has promised to help me buy a jeep.
(33)Their leader, well experienced in cave expeditions, led the way.(34)Determined not to leave him for the terrible monster to find, the group rushed at the animal shouting and waving their arms.
3、Do buy a flower off me.
4、①Will that be of any use to you? ②She is no use at all.
be of great use=be very useful, be of no use=be useless
be of great value=be very valuable, be of great help=be very helpful, be of great importance=be very important
5、①But they betray themselves every time they open their mouths.②Lower class people betrayed themselves with their remarks whenever they spoke.③What are we going to do once the experiment is over?
6、①Perhaps I could even find her a place as a lady's maid or a shop assistant, which requires better English.
②John does not know much English, which makes it difficult for him to find a good job.③G ·B ·Shaw was interested in the way people spoke.④You see the difference between a lady and a flower girl is the way she's treated.
7、①But she'll need to be cleaned first.②What still needs to be improved?③Now help professor Higgins decide what still needs to be done to turn Eliza into a lady.
8、I'd never have come if I'd known about this disgusting thing you want me to do. 9、What/ How about beginning with the alphabet? 10、①What's to become of me?
②I wouldn't like to be accused of stealing when I leave.
11、①He treats a flower girl as if she were a duchess.
②And I treat a duchess as if she were a flower girl.
12、Only then does she discover that the man wants to marry her because she is rich. 13、①The humour lies in the fact that Emma thinks she understands everybody around her.②I enjoyed this book because it showed me that people can make themselves believe that what they want to happen will happen!
Unit 5 Meeting your ancestors
1、①Make a tentative guess about what Peking Man may have
done and used thousands of years ago.
②Compare their life with ours today.
③It must have been very uncomfortable.
④ That would have kept them warm.
⑤What else do you think it might have been used for?
2、①You must be aware that it's here that we found evidence of some of the earliest people who lived in this part of the world.
②It was his assistant, Bei Wenzhong, who made the discovery of these primitive bones and sharpened stone tools.
3、①We have been excavating here for many years.
②We have found human and animal bones in those caves higher up the hill as well as tools and other objects.
③We have discovered fireplaces in the centre of the caves where they made fires.
④We have been excavating layers of ash almost six metres thick, which suggests that they might have kept the fire burning all winter.
⑤We haven't found any doors but we think they might have hung animal skins at the cave mouth.
⑥How long have you been driving , Mrs Smith?
⑦Since the famine broke out, the number of people dying of starvation has been increasing.
4、①They couldn't have mats, blankets or quilts like we do.
②They didn't have material like we have today.
③Did early people really care about their appearance like we do?
5、①It seems that they used the sharpened stone tools to cut up
animals and remove their skin.
②Then smaller scrapers were probably used to remove the fat and meat from the skin.
③As the botanical analyses have shown us, all the fields around
here used to be part of a large shallow lake.
④He used to spend all his summers excavating sites in Egypt.
6、Why don't we go and visit the caves?
=Why not go and visit the caves?
=What/ How about going and visiting the caves?
=Let's go and visit the caves.
=Would you please go and visit the caves?
7、Sam made a tentative guess that six months of his flying course lay ahead of him.
8、①Sam has just finished learning to fly an airplane in a six-month course.②The nurses in the kindergarten have been busy looking after the sick children all day.
③Do you mind telling what your next film is about?
④Then consider using the reading passage to find out…….
⑤After that I never minded moving soil—after all you never knew what you might find in it !⑥They couldn't help asking themselves.
9、①If only it could be just like last year!
②If only she had looked ahead and planned better this year!
③Then she wouldn't have been feeling so worried now.
10、①Worried about the preparations for her feast, Lala quickly turned for home.
②Having heard wolves howling in the forest, Lala accelerated
her walk up the path to the caves fearing that there might be wild beasts lying in wait for her.
③Abruptly she sat down, only to be scooped up by her laughing, shouting sister, Luna.
④He chose one large stone and began to use it like a hammer striking the edge of the scraper that needed sharpening.
⑤She had no man with his spear to protect her.
11、①a large Chinese vase. ②a beautiful new car.
③a short slim black British girl.
④a small blue Chinese serving dish.
12、①The oldest building is B.
②The second oldest building is C.
③The most recent building is building A.
13、①Except for a few marks, the watch is well preserved.
②There is no other choice but to fight against the enemy.
14、A farmer found them entirely by chance but little did he know they would be such a source of wonder and delight.
15、We were astonished by the beauty and refinement of the art displayed by the objects, which was greater than we could have imagined.
16、①He saw a corridor completely filled with stones and rubbish.
②Their first impression was of a room filled with treasure from another civilization. 2012/4/16（周一）下午
第三编 校本教材系列之二
<<高中英语写作入门>>
平凉二中校本课程教材
《高中英语写作入门》
简要介绍
人类具有文字记载的历史已经数千年，自从语言文字产生以来到现在，写作在传播继承人类文明成果方面建立了不可磨灭的丰功伟绩，因此，在语言学习和教学中，培养学习者的写作能力就成为重中之重的任务。英语学习和教学也不例外，中国中学生在高中阶段学习英语的过程中，写作教学既是重点又是难点。正如《高中英语新课程标准》所表述的那样，“语言技能包括听、说、读、写四个方面的技能以及这四种技能的综合运用能力。”。也就是说，写作技能是英语教学中，必须着力培养的四大能力之一。一个语言学习者的写作能力是语言水平的集中体现和最高标志。
《高考考试大纲》和《高考考试说明》对高中英语写作都提出了具体的要求，对考核的方法做出了详尽地规定，人教版新课程标准高中《英语》教材在编排过程中，每单元都设计有于单元话题相关的足量的写作任务和练习。高考英语试卷中英语写作，也叫书面表达，占总分值150分中30分，即五分之一。综上所述，英语写作在英语学习和高考英语中至关重要，值得师生花大气力，下苦功夫去勇于探索，敢于实践，创出一条行之有效的模式。
本课程以《高中英语新课程标准》、《高考考试大纲》和《高考考试说明》为理论依据，紧扣人教版新课程标准高中《英语》教材，在总结归纳笔者将近四十年学习、教授英语的经验基础上，紧密结合高中学生的实际水平和平凉二中学生的特点，力图做到“以理论与实践相结合为基本原则，以实用性和可操作性为第一要义，以多快好省提高写作能力为直接目的，以高考英语书面表达得高分为最高宗旨”。
本教材主要包括高中英语教学纲领性文献中有关写作的理论表述；高中英语教学实践中，写作技巧的训练和写作模式的强化；常见文体和体裁的仿写套写范本；以及中学英语教材中，在写作实践过程中，经常运用的英语知识：必备词汇，必备句式和经常引用的谚语、名言警句。理所当然，最多的笔墨倾注到了写作技巧的强化之中。
本教材即可以作为高中三年英语写作课程的讲义，在进行每单元的写作教学时穿插选用，也可以在高三高考总复习阶段进行专项训练时，集中使用，对高考英语书面表达加以强化训练。本教材建议采用10到15个小时完成。本教材配套有电子版PPT课件，旨在为使用者提供一定的便利。
在本教材编写过程中，平凉二中教研室高文奎主任给予了热情鼓励，提出了许多中肯的修改意见，教研室潘小妮老师耐心细致地打印、校正并排版，使用过本教材的学生也指出过许多印刷错误，在此，借本教材成书之际，笔者对他们的辛勤的工作和无私的帮助，表示诚挚的感谢并致以崇高的敬意。
由于笔者才疏学浅，孤陋寡闻，加之成书时间仓促，所以对于教材中难免所出现的纰漏和不足，我诚恳地希望各位读者和使用者不吝赐教，以便及时修正，本人将不胜感激。
高中英语写作入门
---七步骤三节式三层次写作模式
甘肃省平凉市第二中学 王臣相
前 言
《高中英语新课程标准》指出：按照基础教育阶段英语课程分级总体目标的要求，高中课程标准对语言技能、语言知识、情感态度、学习策略和文化意识等五个方面分别提出了相应的具体内容和标准。
语言技能是语言运用能力的重要组成部分。语言技能包括听、说、读、写四个方面的技能以及这四种技能的综合运用能力。听和读是理解的技能，说和写是表达的技能；这四种技能在语言学习和交际中相辅相成、相互促进。学生应通过大量的专项和综合性语言实践活动，形成综合语言运用能力，为真实语言交际打基础。因此，听、说、读、写既是学习的内容，又是学习的手段。
《高中英语新课程标准》对于不同级别和模块提出的具体内容和标准如下。
|
英语级别 |
对应模块 |
语言技能目标 |
|
六级 |
模块3 |
1、能用恰当的格式写便条和简单的信函；
2、能简单地描述人物和事件，并简单地表达自己的意见；
3、能用适当的语言书写问候卡；
4、能给朋友、笔友写信，交流信息和情感；
5、能对所写内容进行修改。 |
|
七级 |
模块5 |
1、能用文字及图表提供信息并进行简单描述；
2、能写出常见体裁的应用文，例如：信函和一般通知等；
3、能描述人物或事件，并进行简单的评论；
4、能填写有关个人情况的表格，例如：申请表等；
5、能以小组形式根据课文改编短剧。 |
|
八级 |
模块8 |
1、能根据所读文章进行转述或写摘要；
2、能根据用文字及图表提供的信息写短文或报告；
3、能写出语意连贯且结构完整的短文，叙述事情或表达观点和态度；
4、能在作文中做到文体规范、语句通顺。 |
|
九级 |
模块11 |
1、能用英文书写摘要、报告、通知和公务信函等；
2、能比较详细和生动地用英语描述情景、态度或感情；
3、能阐述自己的观点和评论他人的观点，文体恰当，用词准确。 |
《考试大纲》中“考核目标与要求”部分指出：“写作 要求考生根据提示进行书面表达。考生应能（1）清楚、连贯地传递信息，表达意思。 （2）有效运用所学语言知识。”
《考试说明》中“语言运用”部分指出：
“写作是四项语言技能中不可分割的一个重要部分，更是语言生成能力的重要表现形式。该部分要求考生根据提示进行书面表达。考试应能：
（1）准确使用语法和词汇
语言的准确性是写作中不可忽视的一个重要方面，因为他直接或间接地影响到信息的准确传递。应用语法结构和词汇的准确程度是写作部分评分标准中的一项重要内容。
（2）使用一定的句型、词汇，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思
任何一篇文章都需要一个主题，作者应该围绕该主题，借助一些句型、词组等的支持，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。”
《考试说明》中“关于考试形式与试卷结构的说明”部分指出：
第四部分 写作
第二节：满分25分。要求考生根据所给情景，用英语写一篇100个单词左右的短文。情景包括目的、对象、时间、地点、内容等；提供情景的形式有图画、图表、提纲等。
本部分所需时间约为25分钟。
第一部分 基础理论常识
一、高中英语写作，按 “功能意念项目”分类，包括下面这些方面：
1、社会交往（Social Communications ）
(1) 问候（Greetings ）
(2)介绍（Introduction ）
(3)告别（Farewells ）
(4)感谢（Thanks ）
(5)道歉（Apologies ）
(6)邀请（Invitation ）
(7)请求允许（Asking for permission ）
(8)祝愿和祝贺（Expressing wishes and congratulations ）
(9)提供帮助（Offering help ）
(10)接受和拒绝（Acceptance and refusal ）
(11)约会（Making appointments ）
(12)打电话（Making telephone calls ）
(13)就餐（Having meals ）
(14)就医（Seeing the doctor ）
(15)购物（Shopping ）
(16)问路（Asking the way ）
(17)谈论天气（Talking about the weather ）
(18)语言交际困难（Language difficulties in communication ）
(19)提醒注意（Reminding ）
(20)警告和禁止（Warning and prohibition ）
(21)劝告（Advice ）
(22)建议（Suggestions ）
2、态度（Attitudes ）
(23)同意和不同意（Agreement and disagreement ）
(24)喜欢和不喜欢（Likes and dislikes ）
(25)肯定和不肯定（Certainty and uncertainty）
(26)可能和不可能（Possibility and impossibility）
(27)能够和不能够（Ability and inability）
(28)偏爱和优先选择（Preference）
(29)意愿和打算（Intentions and plans）
(30)希望和愿望（Hopes and wishes）
(31)表扬和鼓励（Praise and encouragement）
（32）责备和抱怨（Blame and complaint)
（33）冷淡（Indifference）
(34)判断与评价（Judgement and evaluation）
3、情感（Emotions）
(35)高兴（Happiness ）
(36)惊奇（Surprise ）
(37)忧虑（Worries ）
(38)安慰（Reassurance）
(39)满意（Satisfaction ）
(40)遗憾（Regret ）
(41)同情（Sympathy ）
(42)恐惧（Fear ）
(43)愤怒（Anger ）
4、时间（Time）
(44)时刻（Point of time ）
(45)时段（Duration ）
(46)频度（Frequency ）
(47)时序（Sequence ）
5、空间（Space）
(48)位置（Position ）
(49)方向（Direction ）
(50)距离（Distance ）
6、存在（Existence）
(51) 存在与不存在（Existence and Non- existence ）
7、特征（Features）
(52) 形状（Shape）
（53）颜色（Colour ）
（54）材料（Material ）
（55）价格（Price ）
（56）规格（Size ）
(57) 年龄（Age ）
8、计量（Measurement）
(58)长度（Length ）
(59)宽度（Width ）
(60)高度（Height ）
(61数量（Number）
9、比较（Comparison）
(62)同级比较（Equal comparison ）
(63)差别比较（Comparative and superlative）
(64)相似比较（Similarity and difference）
10、逻辑关系（Logical relations）
(65)原因和结果（Cause and effect）
(66)目的（Purpose ）
11、职业（Occupations ）
（67）工作（Jobs ）
（68）单位（Employer ）
(注：《新课标考纲》“功能意念项目表”包括68条)
二、高中英语写作，按“话题项目”分类，包括下面这些方面：
1、个人情况（Personal information ）
2、家庭、朋友与周围的人（Family ,friends and people around ）
3、周围的环境（Personal environments）
4、日常活动（Daily routines ）
5、学校生活（School life ）
6、兴趣与爱好（Interests and hobbies ）
7、个人感情（Emotions ）
8、人际关系（Interpersonal relationships ）
9、计划与愿望（Plans and intentions ）
10、节假日活动（Festivals, holidays and celebrations）
11、购物（Shopping）
12、饮食（Food and drink）
13、健康（Health）
14、天气（Weather）
15、文娱与体育（Entertainment and sports）
16、旅游和交通（Travel and transport ）
17、语言学习（Language learning ）
18、自然（Nature ）
19、世界与环境（The world and the environment ）
20、科学知识与现代技术（Popular science and modern technology ）
21、热门话题（Topical issues ）
22、历史与地理（History and geography ）
23、社会（Society ）
24、文学艺术（Literature and art ）
(注：《新课标考纲》“话题项目表”包括24条)
三、高考英语试卷中“书面表达”，根据“呈现方式”分类可以分为：
1、文字说明（提纲式、开放式、半开放式）
2、图表解析（柱状图、坐标图、饼状图）
3、看图作文(图画、漫画、连环画)
4、表格类
5、材料阅读类（先读后写，读写结合）
6、夹文夹图 , 夹文夹表
四、高中英语写作，依据“体裁格式”分类可以分为：
1、记叙文（Who What Where When Why How ）
2、应用文(书信、日记、通知、发言稿、演讲词等)
3、说明文
4、议论文（正方、反方、我方、综述）
5、夹叙夹议
6、命题作文(Guided Writing )
7、自由写作(Free Writing )
五、“新课标高中英语教材”写作内容，编排序列可以归纳为：
|
模块 |
单 元 |
写 作 |
|
Module
1 |
Unit 1 Friendship |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 2 English around the world |
Factual writing: poster |
|
Unit 3 Travel journal |
Personal recount: email |
|
Unit 4 Earthquakes |
Recount: newspaper article |
|
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela---a modern hero |
Description of a famous person |
|
Module
2 |
Unit 1 Cultural relics |
Report writing: class debate |
|
Unit 2 The Olympic Games |
Descriptive writing: favourite sport |
|
Unit 3 Computers |
Imaginative writing: describing an android |
|
Unit 4 Wildlife protection |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 5 Music |
Practical writing: asking for advice |
|
Module
3 |
Unit 1 Festivals around the world |
Narrative: a story |
|
Unit 2 Healthy eating |
Persuasive writing: an advertisement |
|
Unit 3 The million pound bank note |
Creative writing: a scene for a play |
|
Unit 4 Astronomy: the science of the stars |
Expository writing: solving a problem |
|
Unit 5 Canada---“The True North” |
Descriptive writing: a report |
|
Module
4 |
Unit 1 Women of achievement |
Descriptive writing: short article |
|
Unit 2 Working the land |
Persuasive writing: poster |
|
Unit 3 A taste of English humour |
Humorous writing: story |
|
Unit 4 Body language |
Reflective writing: letter of concern |
|
Unit 5 Theme parks |
Explanatory writing : brochure |
|
Module
5 |
Unit 1 Great scientists |
Persuasive writing: letter |
|
Unit 2 The United Kingdom |
Non-chronological report: tourist guide |
|
Unit 3 Life in the future |
Imaginative writing: life in the future |
|
Unit 4 Making the news |
Non-chronological writing : newspaper article |
|
Unit 5 First aid |
Instructional writing: first aid instructions for particular injuries |
|
Module
6 |
Unit 1 Art |
Persuasive writing: letter of suggestion |
|
Unit 2 Poems |
Creative writing: simple poems |
|
Unit 3 A healthy life |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 4 Global warming |
Persuasive writing: poster |
|
Unit 5 The power of nature |
Descriptive writing: description of a tourist attraction |
|
Module
7 |
Unit 1 Living well |
Practical writing: letter of suggestion |
|
Unit 2 Robots |
Science fiction genre: imaginative writing |
|
Unit 3 Under the sea |
Practical writing: making complaints |
|
Unit 4 Sharing |
Narration: school magazine article |
|
Unit 5 Travelling abroad |
Personal writing: letter to a pen-friend |
|
Module
8 |
Unit 1 A land of diversity |
Non-chronological report: description of a place |
|
Unit 2 Cloning |
Discussion: an argument |
|
Unit 3 Inventors and inventions |
Practical writing: letter of application |
|
Unit 4 Pygmalion |
Creative writing: a scene for Pygmalion |
|
Unit 5 Meeting your ancestors |
Description of archaeogical finds |
|
也就是说：1、书信、便条、摘要、日记、通知；2、申请表、简短的叙事、描述、说明、讨论、报告、新闻报道、评论、广告、故事、小诗、短剧、传记、海报 3、文艺作品：科幻小说等。 |
六、写前“三背诵”
1、背诵词语
2、背诵句式（包括谚语）
3、背诵范文
七、写中“三层次”：
1、连词成句
2、连句成段
3、连段成篇
八、高考英语“书面表达”评分原则和标准：
评分原则如下：
1.本题总分为25分，按5个档次给分。
2.评分时，先根据文章的内容和语言初步确定其所属档次，然后以该档次的要求来衡量，确定或调整档次，最后给分。
3.词数少于 80和多于 120的，从总分中减去2分。
4.评分时，应注意的主要内容为：内容要点、应用词汇和语法结构的数量和准确性、上下文的连贯性及语言的得体性。
5.拼写与标点符号是语言准确性的一个方面，评分时，应视其对交际的影响程度予以考虑。英、美拼写汉词汇用法均可接受。
6.如书写较差，以至影响交际，将分数降低一个档次。
7.内容要点可用不同方式表达，对紧扣主题的适当发挥不予扣分。
评分标准如下：
|
所属档次 |
评语 |
给分 |
评分依据 |
|
第五档 |
很好 |
(21-25分) （25-30分） |
1.完全完成了试题规定的任务。
2.覆盖所有内容要点。
3.应用了较多的语法结构和词汇。
4.语法结构或词汇方面有些许错误，但为尽力使用较复杂结构或较高级词汇所致；具备较强的语言运用能力。
5.有效地使用了语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
6.完全达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第四档 |
好 |
(16-20分)（19-24分） |
1.完全完成了试题规定的任务。
2.虽漏掉1、2个次重点，但覆盖所有主要内容。
3.应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
4.语法结构或词汇方面应用基本准确，些许错误主要是因尝试较复杂语法结构或词汇所致。
5.应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
6.达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第三档 |
适当 |
(11-15分) （13-18分） |
1.基本完成了试题规定的任务。
2.虽漏掉一些内容，但覆盖所有主要内容。
3.应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
4.有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，但不影响理解。
5.应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文内容连贯。
6.整体而言，基本达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第二档 |
较差 |
(6-10分) （7-12分） |
1.未恰当完成试题规定的任务。
2.漏掉或未描述清楚一些主要内容，写了一些无关内容。
3.语法结构单调、词汇项目有限。
4.有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响了对写作内容的理解。
5.较少使用语句间的连接成分，内容缺少连贯性。
6.信息未能清楚地传达给读者。 |
|
第一档 |
差 |
(1-5分)
（1-6分） |
1.未完成试题规定的任务。
2.明显遗漏主要内容，写了一些无关内容，原因可能是未理解试题要求。
3.语法结构单调、词汇项目有限。
4.较多语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响对写作内容的理解。
5.缺乏语句间的连接成分，内容不连贯。
6.信息未能传达给读者。 |
|
不得分 |
很差 |
（0分） |
1、未能传达给读者仟何信息。
2、内容太少，无法评判。
3、写的内容均与所要求内容无关或所写内容无法看清。 |
第二部分 实践操作程序
在全面、系统理解掌握了前文所展示的方方面面的理论知识的坚实基础之上，从本部分开始，我们将扎扎实实、一步一个脚印地训练同学们的英语写作技能，也就是说手把手地教学生如何写英语作文，说得更具体一些，就是在各级各类英语考试中，多快好省的完成“书面表达”，英语作文取得最佳的成绩。
本课程中，采用笔者总结归纳的“高中英语七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”，所谓的七步骤是指，写作过程中要一步一步地遵循七个环节；所说的三节式是指一篇完整的作文习作一般必须包括“引入话题+文章主体+总结或升华中心”三个组成部分，或曰“总写+分写+总写”；所谓的“三层次”是说写作过程中的三个层面，即， 连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。下面，让我们逐一展开实践操作，“七步骤”分别是
步骤一 审题立意巧构思
1、功能意念
2、话题题材
3、呈现方式
4、体裁格式
5、内容要点
6、词数要求
7、特殊要求 （识图 读表 背景知识 可适当增加细节 不能逐条翻译）
步骤二 遣词造句忙准备
1、高级词汇 高中词汇 专用词汇 提示词汇 关键词 主题词
2、短语词组 动词短语、介词短语
3、复杂句式 时态语态、从句、强调句、倒装句、感叹句 、with 的复合结构、非谓语动词、句式多样化 、谚语、格言
4、逻辑关系 递进、转折、因果、目的、归纳
5、连贯顺序 and but so in order to in one word
Firstly Secondly Thirdly Fourthly
First Next Then And then Finally
步骤三 谋篇布局列提纲（主题句 分段 总写 分写）
1、The first paragraph /sentence
2、The second paragraph/sentence
3、The third paragraph /sentence
4、The fourth paragraph /sentence
在这一步骤中，要淋漓尽致地采用“三节式”的写作技巧，也就是说，
“引入话题+文章主体+总结或升华中心”，或曰“总写+分写+总写”。
步骤四 奋笔疾书著文章
按照“审题”的要求，采用“准备”阶段的成果，依据“提纲”线索，开始写作。
在这一步骤中，要淋漓尽致地采用“三层次”的写作技巧，也就是说，连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。
万丈高楼平地起，高中英语写作从高一到高三，在平时的教学中，不妨从造句练起。
Examples 1:
He is an astronomer.
He is intelligent, had-working and knowledgeable.
He is an intelligent, had-working and knowledgeable astronomer.
Examples 2:
S1：The school was very large.
S2: The school in which I learned judo was very large.
Examples 3:
S1: What’s a letter box?
S2: It’s a box with a hole through which the postman puts the letters.
Examples 4: The boy bought a bicycle.
S1: The boy bought a bicycle that was stolen from his neighbor.
S2: The boy bought a bicycle which was newly repaired.
S3: The boy who is wearing a red jacket bought a bicycle.
S4: The boy whose glasses were broken bought a bicycle.
Examples 5:
It can be proved that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she had nothing to gain from her story.
=It is most likely that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she had nothing to gain from her story.
步骤五 千锤百炼多修改
反复修改时，要从下面几个方面考虑：
第一、内容要点是否涵盖全面，有无遗漏，有无重复赘述。
第二、文体、体裁、风格、语汇是否相宜。
第三、词数是否适当，篇幅不易过长，也不易过短。
第四、行文是否流畅，结构是否严谨，过渡是否自然，文理是否通顺。
第五、语言知识、词汇句型、语法结构是否有错误。
第六、大小写、单词拼写、标点符号、冠词、时态和语态以及名词单复数有无笔下错误。
第七、是否运用了高级词汇、复杂句式，是否引用了名言警句、成语谚语，词汇句型是否多样化。
反复修改后，必须达到的最佳和最终效果是，整洁的卷面、丰富的词汇、 流畅的结构和独到的思想
步骤六 一丝不苟誊定稿
在誊写的过程中，力求做到：字迹工整、书写规范、版式美观、卷面清爽、赏心悦目
步骤七 孤芳自赏总复核
衡量一篇作文优劣的最终标准是什么呢？请你记住这36个字：
功能凸显 、主题鲜明 、体裁符合 、要点齐全 、词数恰当 、行文流畅 、结构严谨 、前呼后应 、符合要求
笔者建议誊写复核完毕以后，能够吟诵数遍，是否达到了朗朗上口，动听悦耳。
为了看上去一目了然，操作起来得心应手，上文的七个步骤图示如下
在各级各类考试中，考场上如果时间实在来不及，可以简化为三个步骤：
第三部分 范例写作 (说明文)
我们以下面这篇书面表达为例，示范一下“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”的实际操作流程
假如你是高三学生李华，在某国际学校学习。你的美国朋友John 即将到你所在的学校学习，应他的要求，请你写一封email ,介绍学校体育馆的基本情况。
写作内容：1、历史：于2007年初建成并投入使用；
2、位置：教学大楼的后边，大操场的东边；
3、结构：占地面积为2800平方米，共两层，一楼有游泳池，二楼有排球、篮球、羽毛球、乒乓球场，可容纳人数2500左右；
4、特点：环境优美，设备先进，
5、开放时间：早上6:00至晚上9:30, 周末照常开放；
6、体育馆的其他用途。
注意：1、词数100左右，可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
2、开头和结尾已经为你写好，不计入总词数。
参考答案：
Dear John，
I am very glad to hear that you will come to our school to study. Now let me tell you something about our school stadium.
The stadium was completed and put into use at the beginning of 2007. Situated behind the teaching building and to the east of the playground, it covers an area of 2800 square meters with two floors .There is a swimming pool on the first floor and a volleyball court, a basketball court, a badminton court and a table tennis court
are on the second floor .It can hold about 2500 people .Besides ,the opening time is from 6:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m. on weekdays and weekends. The stadium has modern equipment and beautiful surroundings.
Sometimes we listen to reports and watch performances in the stadium .You are sure to enjoy yourself her.
Sincerely yours,
Li Hua
高中英语“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”实践操作流程表
具体应用实例
|
试题来源 |
范例写作 2015年3月15日（星期日）
平凉二中 高三第一次周考练试卷"书面表达” （衡水 模拟信息卷I） |
|
审题立意巧构思 |
1、功能意念 |
5、空间（48）位置，（49）方向；
7、特征（56）规格； 8、计量。 |
|
2、话题题材 |
5、学校生活；15、文娱与体育。 |
|
3、呈现方式 |
6、夹文夹图（原题有“体育馆”的图片）
文字说明--提纲式--控制性写作 |
|
4、体裁格式 |
2、应用文-书信体-电子邮件； 3、说明文 |
|
5、内容要点 |
1、历史；2、位置；3、结构；4、特点；
5、开放时间；6、其他用途。
|
|
6、词数要求 |
100个单词左右 |
|
7、特殊要求 |
可适当增加细节；开头和结尾已给出。 |
|
遣词造句忙准备 |
1、高级词汇 |
stadium volleyball badminton two storeys
square meters teaching building advanced
the business hours
|
|
2、短语词组 |
Be put into use ; cover an area of /have a history of/have a population ;
As a proverb says ,-------------------./As a famous saying goes ,-----------------------.;
Lie behind /be located behind /be situated behind ;
At the beginning of ; to /in /on the east of ;
Not only ------but also ------. |
|
3、复杂句式 |
状语从句（since while ）；定语从句（which where ）；强调句型（It is ......that ....... ） |
|
4、逻辑关系 |
以“内容要点”为顺序组织文章。besides in addition |
|
5、连贯顺序 |
以“空间位置方向”为线索组织文章。 |
|
谋篇布局列提纲 |
第一段：引入话题
第二段：文章主体（内容要点）：1、历史；2、位置；3、结构；
4、特点；5、开放时间；6、其他用途。
第三段：总结中心（主题段） |
|
奋笔疾书打草稿 |
Dear John ,
I am very glad to hear that you will come to our school to study . Since you asked me to say something about our school stadium , I would like to introduce it to you .
The stadium was built /constructed /completed /finished at the beginning of 2007 and it has been put into use since then .It lies /is located /is situated behind the teaching building and to the east of the playground. It covers an area of 2800 square meters with two storeys . There is a swimming pool on the first floor while a volleyball court , a basketball court ,a badminton court and a table tennis court are on the second .The stadium which is beautiful and has advanced equipment can hold /contain about 2500 people .Besides ,the business hours are from 6:00 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. not only on weekdays but also on weekends . In addition, it is in our school stadium that sometimes we listen to lectures and watch wonderful performances .
Such is our school stadium where I think you will enjoy yourself and do all kinds of sports and play various games. |
第四部分 高中高考英语书面表达
仿写、套写范本
第一 自我介绍类
(一般现在时)
A brief self-introduction
About myself
My name is……
I was born on……in……
I am a boy/girl.
I am tall./short./thin./fat./handsome./beautiful./cool./clever./cute.
I am in Class …, Grade …., …… Middle School.
I am in Class … , Junior/Senior…, ….. Middle School.
About my hobbies
My favorite food is …… I like eating ….. best.
My favorite fruit is …… I like eating ….. best.
My favorite subject is …… I am good at…… I do well in ……
My favorite sport is …… I like playing ….. best .
My favorite color is …… I like ….. best .
My favorite teacher is …… He/ She is ……
My favorite TV program is …… I like watching ….. best .
My favorite music is …… I like listening to ….. best .
My favorite pet is ……because I think that …… are…..
My favorite is …… I like eating ….. best .
About my family
There are … people in my family.
They are my …… , …… , and my ……
My father is a…… He is … years old. He works at……
My mother is …… She is … years old. She works at ……
About my class
There are …… students in my class. …are boys and …are girls.
The tallest boy in my class is ……
The tallest girl in my class is ……
About my school-life
We study …… subjects at school. They are Chinese , …… and ……
We have …… classes in the morning and ……. In the afternoon.
We have …… P.E. class a week. I like P.E. class best.
I think it is ……and ……
About my future
When I grow up, I am going to be ……
第二 日常行为类
（一般现在时）
My daily routine
I usually get up at …… in the morning.
第三 记日记、编故事 （一般过去时 应用文）
A篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
1、日期：3月26日 星期六
2、天气：多云
3、下午上课时，你老是开小差，因为总是想着晚上7点要去看电影《希望之路》。在放学回家的路上，你遇到了一个迷路的孩子，把他送回了家。你虽然没有能够看上电影，但是心里却很高兴。
Saturday, March 26, Cloudy.
It’s a Saturday again. How time flies! Another week has passed.
This afternoon, I was often absent-minded in class because I was eager to see the new film “The Road To Hope”, which would be shown at 7:00 p.m. on the school playground. As soon as class was over, I hurried out of the classroom.
On the way home, I saw a little child standing by the roadside crying. Obviously, he had lost his way. Forgetting all about the film, I went up to him and asked him to tell me whatever he knew about his family. It took me nearly an hour to send him home. His parents were glad to find their lost child back and thanked me again and again.
I missed the film. However, I felt very happy.
B篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
2月4日，星期天上午，你们班同学骑车到学校附近的公园，组织了一次环保活动。请根据下表内容，写一篇日记，发表你对此次活动的看法。
|
组别 |
任 务 |
|
1组 |
扫除：清理废纸、烟蒂、塑料袋等废弃物。 |
|
2组 |
宣传：树立标牌，告诉游客要爱护花木。 |
|
3组 |
演讲：向游客宣传“白色污染”的害处以及保护环境的重要性。 |
|
你的看法 |
。。。。。。 |
注意：1、日记必须包括表内所有的内容，可以适当增加细节，使内容连贯；
2、日记格式及首句已给出，不计入总词数；
3、词数：100左右；
4、参考词汇：烟蒂 cigarette end
February 4, Sunday Fine
This morning our class organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park. On arriving there, we were divided into three groups. The first group collected the rubbish, such as the waste paper, cigarette ends, plastic bags and so on. The second group set up several poster boards to remind the visitors to take care of the flowers and trees. The last group gave a speech to the visitors on the danger of “white pollution “ and the importance of protecting the environment.
I think it is very important for us to protect the environment. For the sake of people’s health and happiness, measures should be taken to control and prevent pollution and everyone should make a contribution to it.
C篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
五月十日(星期日)，天气晴朗。
这天上午，你去新华书店买书。你买了一些英语读物和参考书。正要离开时，突然发现一个年轻的小伙子站在书柜前面，手里拿着几本书，显得有点不知所措的样子，你走上前去，问他怎么回事，他告诉你他是来买书的，但忘记带钱了。经过打听，知道这位青年原来是你班同学张华的哥哥，你主动借给他钱。他高高兴兴地买了书。下午，张华把你借给他哥哥的钱还给你，并致谢意。
参考答案：
May 10, Sunday， Fine
This morning I went to the Xinhua Bookstore to buy some books. There were a lot of people there, and most of them were middle school students. I chose some English reading materials and a few copies of reference books. I was about to leave when I suddenly saw a young man standing in front of the bookshelves, with a few books in his hand and looking worried. I went over and asked him what was the matter. He told me that he had come to buy books, but had forgotten to bring money. And then I knew he was the elder brother of Zhang Hua, a classmate of mine. I offered to lend him some money. Having got the books he wanted, he felt very thankful to me. In the afternoon Zhang Hua returned me the money with many thanks. I feel very pleased today because I have done something useful for others.
第四 讨论未来生活（一般将来时） Life in the future
A篇 （2014年高考英语全国卷II） 第二节 书面表达 （25分）
一家英语报社向中学生征文，主题是“十年后的我”，请根据下列要求和你的想象完成短文
1、家庭 2、工作 3、业余生活
注意：1、词数 100左右；
2、可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3、开头语已为你写好
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future. I think my life will be very different in ten years. I will be twenty-eight years old by then. I will have my own family，probably with a lovely child. I hope I will work in a computer company as a program designer. I will enjoy my work and get along well with my colleagues. I will do a good job in whatever I do. In my free time, I will continue to take regular exercise, such as swimming, running and various ball games. On my holidays, I will travel around the world. In a word, my life will be much richer and more colorful.
B篇
［写作要求］
根据以下内容，通过合理的想象，以“Our future life”为题，写一篇100词左右的英语短文，展望一下未来的科技生活。
1、有些人可以到月球上度假。
2、有些科学家能在海底生活‘’
3、每家都有可视电话（videophone）,通过可视电话人们可以进行体检和购物。
4、孩子们可以在家通过电视和广播接受教育。
5、机器人为你做家务。
［审题谋篇］
|
体裁 |
想象性作文 |
|
话题 |
描述未来生活 |
|
时态 |
以将来时为主 |
|
人称 |
以第一人称为主 |
［遣词造句］
I词汇
1、梦想（dream of/about）
2、度假 （on holiday/for a holiday）
3、等等（and so on）
4、上学（go to school）
5、实现梦想（come true/realize/achieve one’s dream）
II句式
1、Some people will go to the moon for their holidays.
Some scientists will live under the sea.
(用and连接两个句子)
答案：Some people will go to the moon for their holidays, and some scientists will live under the sea.
2、We will have videophones in every home.
We can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
(用which引导定语从句改写句子)
答案：We will have more videophones in every home by which we can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
［妙笔成篇］
Sometimes I dream about life in the future. What will it be like? Perhaps some people will go to the moon for their holidays, and some scientists will live under the sea. Maybe we will have more videophones in every home by which we can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
I am sure there’ll be more educational programs on the radio or TV. Children will study at home instead of going to school every day.
No people like doing housework. Maybe in the future each family will have a robot. Every day we can ask the robot to doing the shopping, the housework and so on. I believe the dream will come true some day.
第五 制作工艺流程 (说明文)
First Next Then And then Finally
A篇 How do you make a banana milk shake?
First, peel the bananas.
Next, put the bananas in the blender.
Then, pour the milk into the blender.
Finally, turn on the blender.
B篇 How do you make Russian soap for a party on Saturday?
First, buy some beef, one cabbage, four carrots, three potatoes, five tomatoes and one onion.
Then, cut up the vegetables.
Next, put the beef, carrots and potatoes into a pot and add some water.
After that, cook them for 30 minutes.
Then, add the cabbage, tomatoes and onion and cook
Finally, don’t forget to add some salt.
C篇 How do you make a turkey dinner?
Here is one way to make turkey for a Thanksgiving dinner.
First, mix together some bread pieces, onions, salt and pepper.
Next, fill the turkey with this bread mix.
Then, put the turkey in a hot oven and cook it for a few hours.
When it is ready, place the turkey on a large plate and cover it with gravy.
Finally, cut the turkey into thin pieces and eat the meat with vegetables like carrots and potatoes.
D篇
一家宾馆新开业，为了吸引外国宾客，希望在the internet上宣传，请为其写一篇介绍 1。地点，距白山入口处500米
2。单人间(共20)，100元/天; 双人间(共15)，150元/天
3。热水淋浴
4。中西餐厅，咖啡厅
5。游泳池免费开放
6。欢迎预定
范文：
Welcome to Baishan Mountain Hotel.
Baishan Mountain Hotel is now open for business. Our hotel stands 500 meters away from the entrance of Baishan Mountain. It has 20 single rooms and 15 double rooms, all with hot showers. A single room is 100 yuan and double room 150 yuan for one night. You are advised to book in advance. The hotel serves three meals a day and there are Chinese food and western food for you to choose from . You can also enjoy yourself at the café drinking tea or coffee in the evening. We also have a swimming pool, which is open all day and free of charge.
All are welcome!
E篇
［写作任务］
写一篇100词左右的英语短文介绍华山。要点如下：
1、华山位于陕西省华阴县，是我国著名的五岳（Five Sacred Mountains）之一。
2、华山有五座山峰（peak）, 分别为东峰、西峰、南峰、北峰和中峰。
3、可以步行上山，也可以乘索道（ropeway）或缆车（cable car）。
［审题谋篇］
|
体裁 |
说明文 |
|
话题 |
景点介绍 |
|
时态 |
一般现在时 |
|
人称 |
第三人称 |
［遣词造句］
I词汇
1、位于 （lie in/be located in/be situated in）
2、作为......而闻名（be famous as）
3、吸引你的目光（attract your attention/catch your eyes）
4、在......的路上（on the way to）
5、欣赏美丽风景（enjoy/appreciate the beauty）
II句式
1、It has five main peaks and they are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak ,the North Peak and the Middle Peak.
(用定语从句改写)
答案：It has five main peaks, among which are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak ,the North Peak and the Middle Peak.
2、You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, and along the way you can enjoy the scenery.
(用定语从句改写)
答案：You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, where you can enjoy the scenery.
［妙笔成篇］
Mount Hua
Mount Hua is located in Huayin, Shaanxi Province. It is famous as one of the Five Sacred Mountains of China. Its five main peaks are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak, the North Peak and the Middle Peak, each of which has an unusual story.
At the foot of the mountain, the waterfall will first attract your attention. On the way to the top, you’ll see a number strange hills and unique rocks. When you arrive at the top, you can look out over a sea of clouds. You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, where you can enjoy the scenery.
Now it is attracting more and more tourists from all over the world. Why not pay a visit there?
第六 议论文
A篇 以约120个字对“用金钱鼓励孩子学习 ”的现象进行议论
1. 你对用金钱鼓励孩子学习的看法
2. 你的父母和亲人是如何鼓励孩子的
3. 你认为怎样才能更好地鼓励孩子学习
范文：
From where I stand, I am not in favor of encouraging kids with cash just because they have got good marks.
My parents used to encourage me like this. Whenever I made progress in studies , they bought me my favorite books ,which not only motivated me to learn ,but also helped me get along well with my studies.
To get kids motivated to learn , I think we should not treat every child in the same way. To some students , oral praise is essential .
Don’t save the praise for only the top score. If possible, involved other adults in praising them. However, this method may not work well with other kids. Maybe what is more important to them is to water a movie or go on a trip together with their parents. It just depends.
B篇 （说明文和议论文综合）
鼠标是计算机时代最佳的人机交互工具之一。它极大地方便了人们的计算机操作。
但是，过分依赖鼠标的习惯也会带来一些不利影响。
请你以鼠标为切入点，根据下面所提供的情况，写一篇短文。
鼠标的必要性 操作计算机，上网冲浪
鼠标的便利性 点击，移动，插入，拷贝，删除 编辑文本，搜索信息收发邮件，选购商品
点播音乐，下载电影
如果过分依赖鼠标，会------?
范文：
The mouse is a most effective device used by people to communicate with a computer.
For most people, it’s almost impossible to operate computer without a mouse, let alone surf the internet . A well-chose mouse is really handy, flexible and convenient in controlling the screen. With the functions of inserting , deleting ,moving and copying ,it enables us to edit text ,browse web pages and download what we want . It can even bring us a flood of music , movies and PC games . Just imagine , all these can be done with a cute mouse.
A convenient tool can certainly make our work easier , but it doesn’t help in a positive way . Too much information on our fingertips leaves little room for knowledge pursuing . Too many ready answers make us less excited in finding truth . Relying too much on mouse makes us lazier and less creative both mentally and physically.
C篇
目前，学校存在少数学生考试作弊现象。请以“ My opinion on cheating in examinations”为题，写一篇短文。
主要原因: 考试偏多、偏难；不用功, 懒惰 ；取悦父母、老师。
个人看法: 作弊不对，违反校规， 要诚实，努力学习
----其他看法
范文： My opinion on cheating in examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
As students ,we often take examinations at school, but sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us . On the one hand, some of us are lazy and don’t work hard at their lessons. So when taking examinations , they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers .
In my opinion , it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools. We students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard instead of cheating in exams. What’s more, we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.
第七 人物传记
A篇Write a description of Helen Keller
Write a life story of someone→
Choose a familiar person→
Make a plan→
Write down all the ideas→
Choose an interesting example to show the person's character→
Add examples of their difficulties and problems→
Show their achievements
Each idea will help to make a paragraph.
List the related words and expressions that will help you write the description.
汉语提示：
1、海伦凯勒于1880年6月27日出生在Tuscumbia, Ala.，USA , 她于1968 年6月 1日谢世。
2、她是闻名世界的盲聋作家、教育家、慈善家、社会活动家。
3、她在19个月大的时候，由于一场大病，被迫失去了视力和听力。
4、在安妮莎莉文（Anne Sullivan）老师的帮助下，克服重重困难，她学会了说话、读书、写字，最终，掌握了英、法、德等五种语言。
5
、她曾在哈佛大学学习并毕业于1904
年，完成了她的一系列著作，主要著作有《假如给我三天光明》、《我的生活》、《我的老师》等。6、她走遍世界各地，结交要人，为盲人学校募集资金，把自己的一生献给了盲人福利和教育事业。
7、在她一生中，她获得了世界各国人民的赞扬，并得到许多国家政府的嘉奖，以表彰她的成就。
8、海伦凯勒勤奋、聪明、乐观、学识渊博、意志坚强，她为我们树立了光辉的榜样。
范文
1, Helen Keller was born on June 27th, 1880 in Tuscumbia, Ala., USA. She died on June 1st, 1968.
2, She was a world-famous deaf-blind writer, an educator, a philanthropist and a social activist.
3, When she was 19 months old, she was forced to lose her hearing and sight because of a serious illness.
4, With the help of her tutor, Anne Sullivan, having overcome so many difficulties, she learned to speak, read and write. Finally, she mastered English, French, German and other two languages.
5, She studied in Harvard University and graduated in 1904.She finished a series of works. Her best-known works included Give me three days to see, The story of my life, My teacher and so on.
6, She travelled around the world, made friends with very important persons, collected money for deaf-blind schools and in the end devoted all her life to the cause of deaf-blind's welfare and education.
7, During her lifetime, she won a high praise of the people all over the world and she was awarded by the governments of many countries in recognition of her accomplishments.
8, Helen Keller was hard-working, intelligent, optimistic, Knowledgeable and strong-willed. She set a good example to us all.
B篇 比尔·盖茨小传
2000
年，比尔·盖茨成立比尔和梅琳达·盖茨基金会，2008
年比尔盖茨宣布将580
亿美元个人财产捐给慈善基金会 ，2014
年比尔·盖茨辞去董事长一职 并击退卡洛斯·斯利姆重回世界首富。 2015
年美国当地时间9
月29
日，《福布斯》发布美国富豪400
强榜单显示，微软公司创始人盖茨凭借760
亿美元净资产，连续第22
年高居榜首。 2016年3月1日，福布斯公布了最新一期全球富豪榜单，虽然比尔·盖茨的个人财富比2015年少了42亿美金，但他这次以750亿美金个人财富仍连续三年位居榜首。 2016年10月，《福布斯》发布“美国400富豪榜”，比尔·盖茨以资产810亿美元，第23年蝉联榜首。
William Henry "Bill" Gates III (born October 28, 1955) is an American business magnate, investor, author and philanthropist. In 1975, Gates and Paul Allen co-founded Microsoft, which became the world's largest PC software company. During his career at Microsoft, Gates held the positions of chairman, CEO and chief software architect, and was the largest individual shareholder until May 2014. Gates has authored and co-authored several books.
C篇
假设Thomas Edison是你最喜欢的人，请根据信息写篇短文
1. 对该人物的简单介绍
2. 喜欢该人物的理由
3. 从该人物身上得到的启示
范文： Thomas Edison
Born in America, Thomas Edison was a great scientist and inventor. He was once thought to be a boy who was not worth educating . In fact , he was a man full of imagination.
I admire Edison a lot because of his great contribution to the world . He had more than 1000 inventions . In his life time, he was always eager to know how things worked, which helped him to own the nickname “ the wizard of Melo park” . He was also so diligent that he worked day and night . And this explained why he had so many great inventions .
What impresses me most is his famous saying : “Genius is one percent inspiration and ninety-nine percent perspiration”. Probably I can’t be an Edison myself , but I can be a hardworking teamer . From him, I realize the secret to success is not when and where you were born ,but what you are doing and how you do it in your life.
第五部分 高中英语写作必备词语
|
1、表示罗列增加 |
|
first second third; first then/next after that finally;
for one thing..., for another...; on the one hand..., on the other hand...;
besides/what’s more/in addition/furthermore/moreover/another/also;
especially/in particular; worse still, to make matters worse等。 |
|
2、表示时间顺序 |
|
now, at present, recently, after, afterward, after that, after a while, in a few days, at first,
in the beginning, to begin with, later, next, finally, eventually, immediately, soon, suddenly, all of a sudden, at that moment, as soon as, the moment, from now on, from then on, at the same time, meanwhile, till, not...until, when, while, as, during等。 |
|
|
3、表示解释说明 |
|
for example , for instance, in this case , in fact , as a matter of fact , to tell you the truth , actually，that is to say , that is, namely , in other words, to put it another way, according to等。 |
|
4、表示转折关系 |
|
but，however, while, or, otherwise, on the contrary , on the other hand , except (for ), instead, nevertheless, yet, otherwise等。 |
|
5、表示并列关系 |
|
or , and, not only ...but also..., as well as , both ...and..., either ...or ..., neither ...nor ..., together with等。 |
|
6、表示因果关系 |
|
because，because of , since, now that, as, for, thanks to , owing to , due to , on account of , therefore , so, thus , as a result (of ), so ...that..., such ...that ...,等 |
<, TD vAlign=top width=876>
7、表示条件关系
|
as (so ) long as , on condition that , if , unless , once , now that 等。 |
|
8、表示让步关系 |
|
though , although , as, even if , even though , despite , in spite of , whether ...or ..., however , whoever , whatever , whichever , wherever , whenever , no matter (who ,what ,which, where, when, whom )等。 |
|
9、表示举例 |
|
for example, for instance , such as , like, take ...for example 等。 |
|
10、表示比较 |
|
similarly , the same as , in contrast, compared with (to ), just like , just as 等。 |
|
11、表示目的 |
|
for this reason , for this purpose , so that , in order that , in order to , so as to 等。 |
|
12、表示强调 |
|
indeed，surely , certainly , no doubt , without any doubt , truly , obviously , above all , first of all, in the end, in the beginning 等。 |
|
13、表示概括归纳 |
|
in a word , in short , in brief ,on the whole , in general, generally speaking , in my opinion , all in all , as has been stated , as I have shown , finally , at last , in summary , in conclusion , to sum up, as far as I am concerned, as far as I know 等， |
|
14、其他 |
|
|
第六部分 高中英语写作必备句式
|
一、文章主题句 |
|
1、It goes without saying that ... 不用说------。
2、There is no denying the fact that ... 不可否认这个事实------。
No one can deny ... 谁也不可否认这个事实------。
There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问------。
It can’t be denied that ... 不可否认的是------。
3、I am greatly convinced that ...=I am greatly assured that ... 我深信------。
4、Among various kinds of ...=Of all the ... 在各种------之中，
5、As far as I am concerned ,... 在我看来/就我所知，------。
6、According to my personal experience ...，=Based on my personal experience ...，
根据我的个人经验------，
7、Of all the people I know , perhaps none deserves my respect more than ...
在我认识的人当中，也许没有一个人比------更值得我尊敬。
8、In the course of my schooling ,I will never forget ....
在我的求学过程中，我永远都忘不了------。
9、With the increase /growth of the population ,... 随着人口的增加，------，
With the advance of science and technology ,... 随着科技的进步，------，
With the rapid development of our economy, ... 随着我国经济的快速发展，------。
10、In the age of information and communication , ... plays an important role.
在这个信息时代，------扮演着重要的角色。
11、Nothing in the world can delight me so much as ....
世界上没有什么比------更令我高兴。
12、It is necessary /important /proper that sb. (should ) do ...
某人做------是必要的/重要的/适当的。
13、It is said /thought /reported /believed that ... 据说/人们认为/据报道/人们相信------。
14、The main reason why /for ...is that .... ------的主要原因是------。
15、As we can see from the above table ,... 从上表可知------。
16、It is estimated /predicted that .... 据估计/预测------。
17、It is generally agreed that ... 大家通常认为------。
It is commonly accepted that ... 人们普遍认为------。 |
|
二、上下承接句 |
|
1、We have reasons to believe that ... 我们有理由相信------。
2、As a matter of fact ,... 事实上，------
3、Besides (In addition ),we should not neglect ... 另外，我们不应忽视------。
4、On the contrary ,...=In contrast,... 相反的是，------。
5、On the one hand ..., on the other hand,... 一方面------，另一方面------。
6、However ,it is a pity that ... 然而，遗憾的是------。
7、In other words ,...=To put it differently,... 换言之，------。
8、When it comes to ... 当谈到、涉及------。
9、Compared with ..., 和------相比，------。
10、In common with sb. ... 和某人一样------。
11、As far as we know , ... 据我们所知，------。
12、As everybody knows/As is known to all ,.../It is well known that ... 众所周知------。
13、As the proverb says ,... 正如谚语所说，------。
14、As the saying goes ,... 俗话说------。
15、As has been already discussed ,... 正如已经讨论过的，-----。
16、Despite the fact that ..., 尽管------。
17、However ,the difficulty lies in ... 然而，问题在于------。
18、Therefore ,we should realize that ... 因此，我们应该意识到------。 |
|
三、文章结构句 |
|
1、If one can really put the three points into action (practice ) ,...
如果能实践者三点，------。
2、In this way ,I believe that ... 如此，我相信------。
3、Only with combined efforts ,can we ... 唯有通力合作，我们才能------。
4、For these reasons , I ... 基于这些理由，我------。
5、In conclusion ,...=To sum up ,... 总而言之，------。
6、We can ,therefore ,come to the conclusion that ... 因此，我们可以得出如下结论------。
7、Therefore ,we should realize that ... 所以，我们应该意识到------。
8、Nothing is +比较级+than to do ... 没有比------更------了。
9、People are less likely to ... 人们不太可能------。
10、It must be admitted /pointed /emphasized that ... 必须承认/指出/强调的是------。
It can be said with certainty that ... 可以肯定地说------
11、We must recognize the fact that ... 我们必须承认------。
12、What calls for special attention is that ... 需引起特别注意的是------。
13、We should spare no effort to do ... 我们应该不遗余力地------。
14、Due to /Owing to /Thanks to ... 因为/由于/多亏了------，
15、It was not until ...that he realized .... 直到------他才意识到------。
16、This story reminds me of an experience that ... 这故事使我想起了------的经历。
17、It is high (about ) time that we did sth . 我们早该------了/是时候我们该------了。 |
|
四、常用的结尾句 |
|
1、All in all /In a word /In conclusion /In general /In summary /To sum up ...
总的来说------， On the whole... 总的来看------，
2、In brief /In short ... 简言之------
3、As a consequence result ... 因此------
4、From this point of view ... 从这一点来看------。
5、If we can do as mentioned above ,there can be no doubt that ....
如果我们能做到如上所述，毫无疑问------。
6、Last but not least ... 最后但同等重要的是------。
7、Therefore ,we have the reason to believe that ... 因此，我们有理由相信------。
8、We ,therefore , can make it clear from the above discussion that ...
因此，从上面的讨论中我们可以明白------。 |
|
五、其他 |
|
1、强调句型：It is /was /will be +被强调部分+that /who +句子其余成分。
2、It is no doubt that ...=There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问------。
3、As the saying goes ,no pains, no gains. Only through hard work can we achieve our goals.
正如谚语所云，一分耕耘，一分收获，只有通过辛勤的努力我们才能实现目标。 |
第七部分 高中英语写作经常引用的经典谚语
1、Nothing is impossible. 万事皆有可能。
2、If I think I can, I can. 我说我行，我就行。
3、Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者事竟成。
4、No pains, no gains. 一分耕耘一分收获。
5、God helps those who help themselves. 自助者神助。
6、He laughs best who laughs last.
谁笑在最后，谁笑得最好。
7、Time and tide wait for no man. 时不我待。
8、Nothing is too difficult if you put your heart into it.
世上无难事只怕有心人。
9、Failure is the mother of success. 失败乃成功之母。
10、He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
不到长城非好汉。
11、Never too old to learn. 活到老学到老。
.12、Well begun, half done. 良好的开端成功的一半。
13、One boy is a boy, two boys half a boy, three boys no boy.
一个和尚挑水喝，两个和尚抬水喝，三个和尚没水喝。
14、Practice makes perfect. 熟能生巧。
15、Study hard and make progress every day.
好好学习，天天向上。
16、Knowledge is power. 知识就是力量。
17、Great hopes make great man. 伟大的抱负造就伟大的人物。
18、Honesty is the best policy. 做人诚信为本。
19、If you venture nothing, you will have nothing.
不入虎穴，焉得虎子。
20、It never rains but it pours. 不鸣则已，一鸣惊人。
21、 Like father, like son. 有其父必有其子。
22、Like knows like. 惺惺相惜。
23、Love me, love my dog. 爱屋及乌。
24、Many hands make light work. 众人拾柴火焰高。
25、Many heads are better than one.
三个臭皮匠，赛过诸葛亮。
26、Money isn't everything. 金钱不是万能的。
27、 No cross, no crown. 不吃苦中苦，难为人上人。
28、No news is good news. 没有消息就是好消息。
29、Rome is not built in a day. 冰冻三尺，非一日之寒。
30、A fall into a pit, a gain in your wit. 吃一堑，长一智。
31、A bird in the hand is worth than two in the bush.
一鸟在手胜过双鸟在林。
32、All roads lead to Rome. 条条大路通罗马。
33、All that glitters is not gold. 闪光的不一定都是金子。
34、Great minds think alike. 英雄所见略同。
35、Health is happiness. 健康就是幸福。
36、It is no use crying over spilt milk. 覆水难收。
37、It is the first step that costs troublesome. 万事开头难。
38、It takes three generations to make a gentleman.
十年树木，百年树人。
39、Jack of all trades and master of none.
门门精通，样样稀松。
40、Learning makes a good man better and ill man worse.
好人越学越好，坏人越学越坏。
41、Like tree, like fruit. 羊毛出在羊身上。
42、Never say die. 永不言败。
43、One swallow does not make a summer. 一燕不成夏。
44、Reading is to the mind while exercise to the body.
读书健脑，运动强身。
45、Proverbs are the daughters of daily experience.
谚语是日常经验的结晶。
46、Birds of a feather flock together. 物以类聚，人以群分。
47、Better late than never. 不怕慢，单怕站。
48、Barking dogs seldom bite. 吠犬不咬人。
49、A year's plan starts with spring. 一年之计在于春。
50、A stitch in time saves nine. 小洞不补，大洞吃苦。
51、A rolling stone gathers no moss.
滚石不生苔，转业不聚财。
52、An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.
一日之计在于晨。
53、A new broom sweeps clean. 新官上任三把火。
54、All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.
只会用功不玩耍，聪明孩子也变傻。
55、A friend in need is a friend indeed. 患难见真情。
56、Actions speak louder than words. 事实胜于雄辩。
57、East or west, home is the best.
金窝银窝，不如自己的土窝。
58、Strike the iron while it is hot. 趁热打铁。
59、Speech is silver, silence is gold. 能言是银，沉默是金。
60、Blood is thicker than water. 血浓于水。
61、Never put off until tomorrow what may be done today.
今日事今日毕。
62、The longest journey begins with the first step.
千里之行，始于足下。
63、Constant dripping wears away a stone.
水滴石穿，绳锯木断。
64、More haste, less speed. 欲速则不达。
65、Early to bed, early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise. 早睡早起，健康富有聪明。
66、When in Rome, do as the Romans do. 入乡随俗。
67、Lost time is never found again. 光阴一去不复返。
68、Follow your own course, and let people talk.
走自己的路，让别人说去吧。
69、The early bird catches the worm. 早起的鸟儿有虫吃。
70、Diamond cuts diamond. 强中更有强中手。
71、A bad workman quarrels with his tools.
拙匠常怨工具差(人笨怨刀钝)。
72、Every dog has his day. 片瓦也有翻身日；人人都有得意时。
73、Easier said than done. 说易行难。
74、Don't count your chicken before they are hatched.
不要过早乐观。
75、Ask not what your country can do for you; ask what you can do for your country.
不要问你的国家能为你做什么，而要问你能为你的国家做什么。
76、Good medicine for health tastes bitter to the mouth.
良药苦口利于病。
77、An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
一天一苹果，不用请医生。
78、Books and friends should be few but good.
读书如交友，应求少而精。
79、Confidence in yourself is the first step on the road to success.
自信是走向成功的第一步。
80、Eat to live, but not live to eat.
人吃饭是为了活着，但活着不是为了吃饭。
81、Fools learn nothing from wise men, but wise men learn much
from fools. 愚者不学无术，智者不耻下问。
82、Four eyes see more than two. 集思广益。
83、Genius is nothing but labor and diligence.
天才不过是勤奋而已。
84、Heaven never helps the man who will not act.
自己不动，叫天何用。
85、He knows most who speaks least. 大智若愚。
86、He that will not work shall not eat. 不劳动者不得食。
87、Learn to walk before you run. 先学走，再学跑。
88、No man can do two things at once. 一心不可二用。
89、The world is but a little place, after all.
海内存知己，天涯若比邻。
90、The pot calls the kettle black. 五十步笑百步。
91、A man should not bite the hand that feeds him. 不要恩将仇报。
92、Out of office, out of danger. 无官一身轻。
93、Health is better than wealth. 家有万贯财，不如一身健。
94、Man proposes, God disposes. 谋事在人，成事在天。
95、All shall be well, Jack shall have Jill. 有情人终成眷属。
96、The tongue cuts the throat. 祸从口出/言多必失。
97、The remembrance of the past is the teacher of the future .
前事不忘，后事之师/前车之覆，后车之鉴。
98、A young idler, an old beggar . 少壮不努力，老大徒伤悲。
99、Pride goes before a fall. 骄者必败。
100、Misfortunes never come alone. 祸不单行。
101、A man is known by his friends. 什么人交什么朋友。
102、A wise head makes a close mouth. 真人不露相，露相非真人。
103、Bad news has wings. 好事不出门，坏事传千里。
104、Every man is the architect of his own fortune.
自己的命运自己掌握。
105、Beauty lies in the love's eyes. 情人眼里出西施。
106、One false move may lose the game. 一着不慎，满盘皆输。
107、Penny wise, pound foolish. 贪小便宜吃大亏。
108、Promise is debt. 一诺千金。
109、Still water run deep. 静水常深。
110、Talk of the devil and he will appear. 说曹操，曹操就到。
111、To know oneself is true progress. 人贵有自知之明。
112、Two dogs strive for a bone, and a third runs away with it.
鹬蚌相争，渔翁得利。
113、Two of a trade seldom agree. 同行是冤家。
114、Where there is life, there is hope.
留得青山在，不怕没柴烧。
115、You can take a horse to the water but you cannot make him drink. 强扭的瓜不甜。
116、You cannot burn the candle at both ends.
蜡烛不能两头点，精力不可过分耗。
117、Tomorrow never comes. 我生待明日，万事成蹉跎。
118、The wise man knows he knows nothing, the fool thinks he
knows all. 清者自清，浊者自浊。
119、The finest diamond must be cut. 玉不琢，不成器。
120、One hour today is worth two tomorrow. 争分夺秒效率高。
第八部分 结束语
写作是语言输出---语言输入---博览群书
写作是日积月累---厚积薄发
写作是创新能力---异想天开
写作是文思灵感---熟能生巧
写作是语言实践---勤学苦练
写作是语言天赋---以勤补拙
读书破万卷 下笔如有神
熟读唐诗三百首 不会写诗也会吟
天下文章一大套 ，就看你会套不会套。
天下文章几乎毫无例外地回答who、what、when、where、why和how的问题。
No language input, no language output
第九部分 附录 高中英语“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式 ”实践操作流程表
|
试题
来源 |
|
|
审题立意巧构思 |
1、功能意念 |
|
|
2、话题题材 |
|
|
3、呈现方式 |
|
|
4、体裁格式 |
|
|
5、内容要点 |
|
|
6、词数要求 |
|
|
7、特殊要求 |
|
|
遣词造句忙准备 |
1、高级词汇 |
|
|
2、短语词组 |
|
|
3、复杂句式 |
|
|
4、逻辑关系 |
|
|
5、连贯顺序 |
|
|
谋篇布局列提纲 |
|
|
奋笔疾书打草稿 |
|
第十部分 参考文献：
1、《高中英语新课程标准》
2、《高中英语高考考试大纲》
3、《高中英语高考考试说明》
4、人教版高中《英语》教材，必修1至必修5，选修6至选修8.
第四编 校本教材系列之三
《王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中<英语>教科书解读讲义经典句式剖析》
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 必修第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 1 第一单元 Life Choices
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Did you enjoy leaning English? 2I like reading books of all kinds.
2、1What difficulties did you have in learning English?
2In Video 1, what difficulties did the boy have in learning English?
3In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time (in) enjoying real life.
3、1My new school life is very exciting.
2I feel excited because this school differs in many ways from my previous one.
4、What is also very different is that students in the same class can have different class schedules.
5、1Surfing the Internet is definitely a big part of my life.
2Studying is definitely a big part of my life.
3I like reading books of all kinds.
4I like to set goals for myself. 5I like being busy.
6Making a prediction is guessing what is going to be mentioned.
7Skimming means reading very quickly to get a, general idea of what a text is about.
6、1You’ll often find me sitting in front of my laptop.
2Do you find these situations stressful or relaxing?
3I find waiting for exam results very stressful.
4In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful-like going to parties.
5I also plan to do more long-distance running because I find it very relaxing.
7、1It’s so convenient to be able to compare the quality and prices from different online shops before I buy.
2It’s important to meet friends in person from time to time, not just on social media.
3It always makes me excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together.
4It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
5It takes me less than 15 minutes to wash, get changed, have breakfast and leave home.
6You may think that it is boring to do the same thing every day, but I like being busy.
7It’s always good to have a friend, right? 8It is good they were all over.
8、According to them, there is a danger that I may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends.
9、Actually, I do know I need to drag myself away from the online world sometimes, especially because real life can be just as interesting.
10、1 I like to set goals for myself.
2When I set out to do something, I do my best to achieve it.
3I tend to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of each term.
4My aim is to do well in every subject this term.
5My target is to prepare myself for my degree in biology at university.
6To achieve all I want, I must use my time well.
7After school, I try to use any possible time to revise the things I have learnt during the day.
8What she tries to achieve is to prepare herself for university.
9I’m always the first person to get to my class.
10I usually find time to do my paperwork and preview the lessons.
11、I am always attentive in all classes and think actively ,so that I can have more free time to do other things that I’m interested in after school.
12、As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
13、Write the aspects mentioned in the left column in Activity 4.
14、Dr. King ends his talk by advising people who become too stressed and can’t function properly to seek professional help.
15、1After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired.
2Bringing with him lots of books, clothes, and two pairs of trainers, Zhang Tian travelled to the village with an eager heart.
3Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
4I have to get up very early in the morning and often go back home late, feeling tired.
5In the afternoon, I stay in my office, doing lots of paperwork or working on the computer.
16、1Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
2Living in the village was also more challenging than he had thought.
3They enjoy playing football in the playground, as well as singing songs they’ve learnt.
4He has enjoyed working with the children.
5Going or yum cha or dim sum is a practice that has become increasingly popular in the world
17、He was inspired by them to go and teach where he was needed the most.
18、However, not everything lived up to Zhang Tian’s hopes.
19、1 He could only shower every three or four days.
2At the moment, we meet twice a week and we’re preparing to attend a competition.
20、1 It is not surprising that PE is the kids’ favourite subject!
2 What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read, speak and write in English. 3He feels so happy that he followed his heart when choosing what to do with his life, even though it may not be what others expected of him.
4Although he had only intended to stay for one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year. 5Your life is what you make it.
6I look forward to hearing all about what’s happening with you soon.
21、1People believe that an English Duchess first introduced the idea of afternoon tea.
2It is believed that the custom began thousands of years ago when tea houses started cropping up along the Silk Road to provide rest for weary travelers.
3Later, it was discovered that tea aids digestion, so tea house owners started offering snacks with their tea and yum cha was born.
22、1Afternoon tea parties soon became popular social occasions, which is a trend that continues today.
2The most popular time to go for yum cha is late morning---or what is known in the West as brunch.
23、1Also, as I live close to public libraries and bookshops, I always have a good book to read.
2People who live in the country say that city life is stressful because of all the noise and traffic, but I like being in the middle of things.
3I live in a city for now, but thanks to our island holiday, I’m sure I could be just as happy living in the country.
4I’ve been moving from one city to the next because of my dad’s job.
5Due to the stress, I cannot sleep well at night.
6But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study.
24、1By the end of the week, I loved living in a rural area.
2I didn’t miss going online because I was too busy connecting with nature.
25、1You don’t need to visit zoos when there are animals all around you.
2 You don’t need to visit museums, cinemas or community centres because you can explore forests, caves and beaches. 3I think I will need to play more ports.
26、1Now, how to spend the next three years more wisely is a new challenge for me.
2My job is to take care of people’s health.
3It was my dream to become a volunteer teacher.
4It is exciting to work with kids.
5Besides, it is inconvenient to go outside because the public transportation is not well connected.
6But it is always so hard for me to chat with new classmates.
7My usual routine is to read the news before eating breakfast.
8And when I get home, I’m usually too tired to do anything.
27、1One thing I really want to change is the time I spend in the digital world and it’s time to get out of it and make a difference in the real world.
2It supports children who struggle to read and write and they have volunteers who spend time with children who need help.
3But it is not surprising that being a in the village can be challenging.
4It’s not surprising that he won the race, but I was surprised that he broke the world record.
28、1I spent hours surfing the web, watching films and chatting with friends online rather than in person. 2It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
3Then it takes half an hour for me to get to the office.
29、Parents report that their children are just watching this series and neglecting everything else, using Escape to a New Life as an excuse for not completing homework, or refusing to revise for exams, citing a need for a happier and less stressful life.
30、She no longer completes he homework saying it doesn’t matter as she just wants to “escape to a new life”.
31、Paediatrician, Dr. Elisa Carhart who specializes in child mental health, says that TV can influence a young people’s decision in life, but believes that if a young person reacts as strongly as Charlotte, it’s likely there are other reasons for the change in her behaviour.
32 1Being a doctor means I have to make correct decisions all the time, which puts a lot of pressure on me.
2Although being a doctor keeps me very busy, with little time for leisure, I have no regrets as I love solving problems and I get to help people recover from illnesses and injuries.
3On the plus side, I get to travel a lot to different countries for matches and of course, hearing people cheer you on is great.
33、Quietude promotes learning, frugality cultivates virtue. One can’t show high ideals without simple living; one can’t have lofty aspirations without a peaceful state of mind.
静以修身，俭以养德。非淡泊无以明志，非宁静无以致远。
本句出自诸葛亮《诫子书》。（课本P94）
34、The Summary of the Reading Text---I’m a … digital native of Lesson 1, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 10:
Joe is a “digital native”. He does lots of things online, for example, chatting with his friends. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict”, because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with online friends. They are also worried that he may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
35、The Summary of the Listening Text---The Topic of Stress ---The Interview of Lesson 2, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 13:
Dr. King is an expert on stress. In his talk, he believes everyone suffers from stress at some point in their lives, from teachers, doctors and factory workers to newspaper editors. However, some jobs may be more stressful than others, like some positions in the police or the military. Dr. King thinks there are different causes of stress. But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study. Students with lots of homework can feel very stressed when they don’t have enough time to finish everything. Dr. King also discusses social pressure and how to some extent it can also cause stress. In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful---like going to parties. Dr. King also suggests some ways to reduce stress and tension, for example, you can organize your work or studies, you must eat well and exercise often and you can also talk to people about your problem. Dr. King ends his talk by advising people who become too stressed and can’t function properly to seek professional help.
36、The Summary of the Reading Text---Your Life Is What You Make It of Lesson 3, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 16:
Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
However, the teaching and living conditions were more challenging than he had thought. The playground was dusty and the power and water supplies were unstable.
Besides English, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school---music, art and PE. The kids’ school lives are now more attractive and interesting, and the school is now full of laughter and music. The contribution he made to the village made him very popular among the villages. He also decided to stay for another year.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Sports and Fitness
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1I prefer to play sports with friends rather than exercise by myself.
2I would rather do anything other than exercise.
2、1One’s health and wellness are dependent not only on diet, but also on sport and exercise.
2That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal n the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
3、Paul’s favourite player was Tyrone Bogues, a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets, although we actually agree that they are both champions.
4、1When we weren’t playing on the court which was next to our building, we were watching a game on TV.
2Paul’s favourite player was a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets.
3Bogues was only 1.6 metres tall, which made the shortest player ever in the NBA. 4He was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
5Paul was someone who worked really hard for the team.
6This week, The Lions were playing our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect.
7Paul didn’t know he‘d soon get the chance that he’d been waiting for.
8And clearly, all the extra hours that he’d spent practicing alone paid off.
5、Paul knew that being shorter than other players meant that he had to practice more.
6、The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points.
be about to do sth. be to do sth. be going to do sth.
7、1“I don’t think I can play anymore, coach,” I said quietly as the doctor put an ice pack on my knee.
2“Well,” said the coach as he hit Paul on the shoulder, “you’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!” 3A player must bounce the ball as he or she moves down the court.
8、The team gather around, looking worried.
9、1Paul was a basketball who was usually on the bench being a replacement.
2His favourite player was a guy who was also only 1.6 metres tall.
3He played in the team which was called The Lions.
4He helped his team win the game which made him a hero.
10、1Have you found the keys (that)/(which) you lost?
2We stayed at a hotel (that)/(which) Tom recommended to us.
3The people who/that work in the office are very friendly.
4What’s the name of the man whose car you barrowed?
5The man (who)/(that) I was sitting next to on the plane talked all the time.
11、Context is the situation, language or information that is related to something and helps you to understand.
12、Audiences are reminded to turn off the phones or put them on silence.
13、1When taking photos during the match, please turn off your flash.
2Don’t drink too much while running.
3Make a list of the feelings you may have when playing or watching sports.
4Don’t read every word when looking for specific information.
5Please turn off your flash when taking photos.
6You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
7Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
14、You are prohibited from hitting the other person with your head, shoulder or arm.
15、Focus on function: Expressing Emotions(1)
1I feel disappointed when my team loses. 2And I feel awkward failing PE exams.
16、1As people often say, any exercise is better than none.
2You are also somebody who worries about getting sick.
3Besides, anybody who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
4Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress.
5It’s never too late to start getting into running and exercising ---after all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible!”
6Later, Esteban, who won the bronze medal, tried to give his medal to Navarro.
17、1Scanning a text means reading it as quickly as possible to find specific information. 2Offering me the prize was worth more than what I did for him.
18、Nothing gives one more satisfaction than realising that all the sweat and hard work were worth it in the end.
19、1There will be times when you want to give up.
2That’s when I realized that running is a great way to make friends and kill time when you’re alone and there’s nothing better a good run to clear your head when things get stressful.
20、1Ismael Esteban, in third place, was just ahead of his competitor, Agustin Navarro, only 300 metres to the finishing line. 介词with的复合结构
2Esteban had been cycling as hard as he could for hours and with the finishing line in bight all the cyclists began to speed up to cross it.
3The two cyclists reached the finishing line with Esteban ahead on foot, Navarro just behind him.
21、Navarro had let Esteban finish in third place, while he came fourth.
22、1If so, how much time do you normally spend practicing in a week?
2If left alone, the younger members of the species are more physically active.
3Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
23、Coaches can have children imitate what mature dancers do and children are often able to do that. have/make/let sb. do sth. get sb. to do sth.
24、The real goal of encouraging children to participate in physical activity is not to look for talented athletes but to encourage children to have fun being active.
25、Martial arts are often referred to as either soft or hard.
26、1The most popular martial arts today originated in Asia, especially in China.
2But did you know that its roots are derived from Fujian Province?
27、In the 14th century, a community of Chinese migrants from Fujian settled in what was then the Kingdom of Okinawa.
28、1The Chinese migrants used to gather in a park to enjoy cultural activities---one of which was Kung fu.
2This soon caught the attention of local youths, who started learning Kung fu from their Chinese neighbours.
3They adopted a training methodology from a Chinese military manual called Ji Xiao Xin Shu written by the famed Chinese general, Qi Jiguang, who had himself defeated Japanese pirates.
29、What are the main reasons why people learn martial arts?
30、Spin classes are a safe and effective way to work out---it doesn’t matter how much you weigh, how old you are, or how fit you are.
31、It’s great for beginners or people recovering from an injury because of its low impact---that means it won’t hurt your joints.
32、1You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
2Wear gloves and mouth guards in case something happen.
33、1My favourite sports star is a tennis player who is energetic and skilful.
2She is a talented tennis player who has won many awards.
3That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal in the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
4She is an excellent player whose fans all support her and wish her the best.
34、1My uncle was a fan who tried to attend every game. 定语从句
2The baseball team which my cousin plays for is doing really well this year.
3I am a friend of the girl whose brother is such a great baseball player.
4My cousin has the ball that was used during last year’s championship.
35、1I enjoy doing sports that are competitive.
2I like meeting people who are fun and interesting.
3I often listen to music which is popular at the moment.
4I have a friend whose brother won a TV talent show. 定语从句
36、I suggested that she keep a journal of all her new activities, and how she felt about them and about herself. 虚拟语气
37、It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
38、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Underdog of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 32: 《教师用书》P62
Paul was a basketball player on the team, The Lions. He loved basketball so much. Paul was shorter than most basketball players; in fact he was only 1.6 meters. One of his NBA favourite players was Tyrone Bogues who was also the same height.
Paul had to practice much harder than others because of his height. He was always very determined and focused but unfortunately the coach never picked him for the team. Recently, Paul finally got his chance. During a game against The Lions’ biggest competitor, The Bears, a player on the team was injured and Paul pleaded with the coach for a chance. The coach was unsure but allowed him to play. Paul proved that he was skilled and talented by scoring shot after shot. When the game ended, the coach told Paul that he had earned his place on the team.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 3 第三单元 Celebrations
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、I love celebrating the Mid-autumn Festival. It is celebrated on the 15th day of the eighth lunar month. We usually celebrate it by having a family dinner, eating moon cakes, chatting and enjoying the moon.
2、1Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family.
2First, the house was cleaned from top to bottom.
3Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to our front door.
4It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
5Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
6Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
7Most of the Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
3、1My host mother Mrs. Chen said this was to sweep away the dirt of the past year and get ready for the next year.
2 Mrs. Chen said that it was to scare away the monster Nian.
3Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
be to do sth.
4One of their favorite family traditions is to make jiaozi. 动词不定式短语充当表语。
4、It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
It is believed/said/reported/suggested/proved/hoped/thought/discovered/......that+真正的主语从句。
5、Children were covering their ears but with an expectant look on their faces.
介词with的复合结构
6、1 Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
2We then sat together to enjoy a big dinner, wishing everyone a happy new year.
现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
3Our grandchildren run around shouting and playing. 现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
7、1Tom Jenkins is a 16-year-old exchange student living in Nanjing.
2Xu Gang is a 28-year-old computer engineer working in Shanghai.
3Li Yan is a 70-year-old grandmother from Heilongjiang.
8、1I usually start planning my trip home to Shanxi weeks before Spring Festival, as train tickets or flights have to be booked as early as possible.
as=because=since 原因状语从句
2As I get older, coming home and being with my entire family is the most important part of it.
3We always have jiaozi during this time, as they mean something special on this occasion.
4Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
5As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class, and then for the whole school. （九年级全一册U4P27阅读课文）
9、1Every year, the moment I got on the train, I am surrounded by Shanxi accents---I know that I am heading home to my family.
2We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
the moment=as soon as 时间状语从句
10、1I don’t get to travel back to Shanxi very often, so when I get home , my parents will fill me in on what’s been happening---who has got married or had children or gone to university.
2However, what we eat isn’t the most important thing.
3What’s important is who we eat it with.
4We think about what the children would like to eat, what we need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared.
11、1Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
2Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
动名词的复合结构，充当主语。
3Listening for specific information means to listen for specific words like names, numbers or dates.
12、1Tens of thousands of visitors are being attracted by the Lantern Show in Datong.
2Traditional lanterns and ice lanterns are mixed to create a special and happy atmosphere
3The ancient walls in this city were rebuilt by the government last year.
4The Lantern Show was organized by the government under the ancient walls for the first time this year.
5More people are expected to visit in the coming days.
13、1On Christmas Eve, Granny took a seat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. 2I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents.
14、1I still remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us.
2That was also the day Granny moved in.
3I loved the bit that went “Thumpety-thump-thump......Frosty go!”
4“That’s the most beautiful tree I’ve ever seen.” Granny said.
5Each year, I took out the music box she gave me.
6Inside I keep Granny’s paper hat and the letter she helped me write that Christmas. 7Now I’m the one who makes sugar biscuits each year.
8Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
9Can you find any hints in the story that suggest Grandma was in poor health condition?
10It is a wonderful birthday celebration and I’ve got the best gift I have ever received.
11I checked the special gift I had made for Grnadpa.
15、1I remember Granny sitting on my bed and singing softly until I fell asleep.
2I remember catching her eye through the window.
16、It was a music box with a ballet dancer inside. 介词with的复合结构，充当后置定语。
17、1When I write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny made an effort to help me. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语。
2We put on silly paper hats and had a big turkey with potatoes, followed by Christmas pudding. 过去分词短语充当伴随状语。
18、1David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
2Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
3I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
so......that...... ，“如此......以致于......”，结果状语从句。
19、When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
B1U2 Workbook P85
20、1The whole family had been preparing for it for quite some time.
2For weeks I had been working on this, listening to Grandpa’s stories, selecting his favorite music and collecting photos from the family album. 过去完成进行时态。
21、1Dad was nowhere to be seen.
2“That seems to be done right----” he began. 动词不定式的被动式。
22、The shape of jiaozi is also similar to the currency used in ancient China, so it is believed that they will bring wealth and prosperity.
23、As well as being a writer, he was also a mathematician and photographer, amongst other things.
24、1 “At least,” she corrected herself, “a beautiful scarf, I should have said ---no, a belt, I mean---I beg your pardon!”
should have done sth. should not have done sth.;
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.;
need have done sth. need not have done sth.;
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth. ;
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
2It must have been a long flight for her! (Reading and Writing P89)
25、1She began to wish she hadn’t chosen that subject.
2 “If only I knew,” she thought to herself, “which was neck and which was waist!”
虚拟语气
26、When he did speak again, it was in a deep growl. 助动词did，强调谓语动词。
27、1“It’s a scarf, child, and a beautiful one, as you say.”
2“They gave it to me,” Humpty Dumpty continued thoughtfully, as he crossed one knee over the other and wrapped his hands round it.
3Alice couldn’t help smiling as she took out her notebook, and worked the sum for him. 4“To be sure I was” Humpty Dumpty said happily, as she turned it round for him. 5As I was saying, that seems to be done right.
6As it was an informal party, I wore a T-shirt and jeans.
7Mind you, he looked pretty handsome himself as you entered the reception together. (Reading and Writing P89)
8The starter of Eight Treasure Chicken was delicious, as was the main meal of fried prawns and rice which came afterwards. (Reading and Writing P89)
9I have to admit that I had tears in my eyes as we said goodbye to you and James as you left on your honeymoon. (Reading and Writing P89)
As 一词用法小结
28、1I’d rather see that done on paper. 2 Dad was nowhere to be seen.
3 That seems to be done right.
29、1I’m too excited to fall asleep.
2I felt excited but also a little nervous because I didn’t know the rules for attending a party held by someone from England.
30、1When I entered David’s house, what caught my eye first was the word “Welcome” , made from many colorful balloons.
2It was one of the best parties I have ever attended.
3And I loved the way you had done your hair. (Reading and Writing P89)
4You know the one that come all the way from Australia for the wedding. (Reading and Writing P89)
31、1The Water Splash Festival is celebrated among the Dai people in Xishuangbanna. 2Water is splashed everywhere to wash away the old and welcome the new.
3Buckets of water are carried around the streets.
4The festival is related to Buddhist traditions.
5Over three days, Buddha statues are washed, dragon boats are raced and rockets are launched in celebration.
32、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
1His clerk, poor Bob Cratchit, was working, when Scrooge’s nephew came in.
2That evening, Scrooge was sitting by the fire at home when a ghost appeared.
33、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
1Later two men came to the office, asking for money for the poor. 现分短，伴随状语。
2I am wearing these chains.
3He was a large man wearing a green robe. 现分短，后置定语。
4He was dressed in black.
34、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
“In that case, I’m afraid I’m going to...increase your salary! Merry Christmas! ”
in this case in that case in any case in no case in case of fire/emergency
in case+从句
35、Projects 1, 2 and 3 on PP74-76, U3, B1
1You may check by the end of the semester to find out whether you have stuck to your plan.
2Who are the most famous or important athletes that play this sport?
3Think about how you will organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form.
4You are going to make a presentation on how different cultures celebrate special occasions or events.
5Identify specific aspects of the celebration that interest you and your group.
6Gather your research and decide which special aspect of the celebration you would like to highlight.
36、There is a lot of meaning attached to the colors and decorations at a Chinese wedding. (P86)
37、We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
the moment=as soon as 引导时间状语从句。
38、Now that you have grown up, you must stop this inappropriate behavior.
now that “既然，因为”；once“一旦”，引导条件状语从句。(P87)
39、Workbook on Page 87 L3 U3 B1
4The Passive Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1The moon cakes are being made with bean paste.
2She was being shown around New York yesterday morning.
3She is said to be one of the greatest living writers.
4This is an imitation of the painting because the original was destroyed.
5The roofs of many houses in the area were blown off by strong winds.
6The foreign guests were given a warm welcome by the children
7The film is being translated into several foreign languages.
8She was invited to give a speech at the conference by one of the former students.
40、1I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
2The music had everyone on the dance floor the whole night. (Reading and Writing P89)
41、Looking forward to spending time with you when you get back.
42、Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
43、While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
44、The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
45、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: （3Underline the writer’s memories of her grandma and tell your partner.）
《教师用书》P112
※Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas.
※Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey.
※The writer sat on her granny’s lap and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite song over and over.
※Granny and the writer left a plate of sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas, and put a stocking at the end of bed. Granny sat on the writer’s bed and sang softly.
※Granny gave the writer a music box with a ballet dancer inside.
※Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
46、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: （5Use the subjects, verbs or verb phrases and adverbial phrases to make sentences ）
《教师用书》P114
※The writer and Cousin David raced around the garden.
※Cousin David couldn’t swallow the pudding.
※The writer and Cousin David rolled a snowball.
※Granny gave the writer a music box with a ballet dancer inside.
※The writer caught Granny’s eye through the window.
※The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a s, toking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimistic and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew, the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in, your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have with Graham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respect, ing the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB B3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选必第三册B3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句, ）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选必第四册XB B4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an addi, tional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室完成电脑录入
, > ③Frederick I had the Amber Room made.
6、①Sadly,although the Amber Room was considered one of the wonders of the world,it is now missing.
②The people there were very happy and without doubt consider it one of the treasures of their collection.
③An artist is a person who creates things which can be considered works of art.
7、①There is no doubt that the boxes were then put on a train for Konigsberg.
②I don't doubt that the gold ring belongs to her.
③People doubt that they were dragged over the land,which is too rough.
8、①How did the Amber Room get lost? ②She got so angry.
③He does not make speeches to get others to help him in his projects.
9、①Is it worth rebuilding lost cultural relics?
②To them,it was worth much more than Chen Lei paid.
③Do you think it was worth spending so much money to move a cultural relic such as Abu Simbel?
④They are worth the cost of entry alone.
10、①The old man saw some Germans taking apart the Amber Room and removing it.②She saw Nazis burying something near her home.③In April 1954 I heard something explode at midmight. ④Now you are going to hear another two people talk about what happened to the Amber Room.
11、①Is it something that people believe?
②A fact is anything that can be proved.
12、①It can be proved that Chian has more people than any other country in the world.
②It can be proved that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she has nothing to gain from her story.
13、①An opinion is what someone believes is true but has not been proved .②What happened to the Amber Room remains a mystery.③He told me not to tell anyone what I had seen.
14、①It may be true,but it is difficult to prove.
②I think it might be so,as the Amber Room has never been found.③That can't be true.④That must be true.
15、To my surprise the entrance to the mine was closed.
16、①Discuss each question in trun.
②Each side takes turns to debate and gives reasons for their opinion.
17、Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
18、①The search has cost them a lot of time and money.
②That is a great deal of money?
③It cost a lot to restore the building to its former glory.
19、①It will not only give you a chance of practising your English but also of developing an interest in local history at the same time.②He knows that the past is not only for us to enjoy but also for the children of the future.
20、 Why did Abu Simbel need to be moved and rebuilt?
21、He told them how he saw the maid come out of the entrance carrying a bag filled with the stolen treasure.
22、It was here that the city was first built during the Song Dynasty.
23、①Classifying words is a good way to learn English vocabulary.②To Feng,digging down into the earth is like reading page after page of a book.
24、Although the city government rebulit this street,they did save its oldest building.
25、He persuaded the city government to buy some land in the centre of the city.
Unit 2 The Olympic Games
1、①When and where did the modern Olympic Games start?
②When and where will the next Olympic Games be held?
2、①I lived in what you call“Ancient Greece”and I used to write about the Olympic Games a long time ago.
②Our Greek cities used to compete against each other just for the honour of winning.
3、①A：How often do you hold your games?
B:Every four years.
②Both are held every four years on a regular basis.
4、①How can the runners enjoy competing in winter?
②They have already started planning for it.
③She practised running to compete in the Olympic Games.
5、①That's why they are called the Winter Olympics.
②At first he understood why men ran against her.
③Give reasons why you like it so much.
6、It's in the Summer Olympics that you have the running races,together with swimming ,sailing and all the team sports.
7、①No other countries could join in,nor could slaves or women. ②Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
8、Women are not only allowed,but play a very important role in gymnastics.
9、①A special village is built for them to live in.
②It's a great responsibility but also a great honour to be
chosen.
③So she practised hard every day in order to be admitted as a competitor.④We can make this world a better place in which to live.
10、①That sounds very expensive.②Your suggestion sounds reasonable.
11、There is as much competition among countries to host the Olympics as to win Olympic medals.
12、All the stadiums will be built to the east of London.
in/to/on the east of.
13、Why do many countries want to host the Olympic Games while others do not?
14、①Pay attention to the intonation,as that can change the meaning.②This was a serious problem as she needed the pole to help her travel quickly through the deep snow.③He said that he had only behaved as any good sportsman should.
15、It didn't take her long to reach the standard for entering the Olympic Games.
16、①Children will not be allowed to make a noise and upset the competitors. If they do,they will be taken away from the stadium.
②They will be told to leave and will be punished.
17、Don't forget to use the passive voice in your poster.
=Remember to use the passive voice in your poster.
18、She was very beautiful and could run faster than any man in Greece.
19、①She was so angry that she said to her father that she would not marry anyone who could run faster than her.
②Her father said that she must marry.
③When a man says he wants to marry me,I will run against him.
④Atlanta married him and they lived happily ever after.
⑤She was married to a young engineer in June.
20、She was so angry about the fact that she could not run in the Olympics.
21、She made as many men as she could share her pain.
22、①Apart from playing at school I go to sports school every weekend.②What was Phidippides' job as well as running?
③We know they will provide us with wonderful examples of skill and sportsmanship as well as friendship and cross -cultural understanding.
23、①I especially like playing on the wing like Beckham but being a striker is good as well.
②We are looking forward to seeing you at the magical show too/as well.
24、①This is important because the more you speak English,the better your English will become.
②Truly old friends are like wine;the older, the better.
③The busier he is, the happier he feels.
25、Make sure that you all get equal turns in talking to the class.
26、Some people suggest that the Chinese martial arts should be included in the Olympic Games.
27、Winning the race against Atlanta seemed impossible to him until he got help from the goddess.
28、This does not stop him from taking a part in the Olympics.
29、I have been competing in the Special Olympics ever since I was at high school.
30、It was no wonder that Kip Keino became the only Kenyan sportsman ever to appear on the cover of the world famous sports magazine Sports Illustrated.
31、He ran from his room and arrived at the race track a few minutes before the race was about to begin.
Unit 3 Computers
1、①In pairs discuss what they have in common.
②Can you put them in an order according to the time when they appeared?
2、I could“think”logically and produce an answer quicker than any person.
3、I could be made to work as a “universal machine”.
4、①As time went by ,I was made smaller.
②These changes only became possible as my memory improved.
③As I have grown older I have also grown smaller.
④As time went by,I did research into how to make my radio.
⑤As I grow older I realize how much my life has been connected with my interest in radios.
⑥I jump from spaceships and as I fall I turn,dive,circle and dance until I softly land as close as I can to the finishing line.
⑦My heart stopped beating as I landed heavily on a mountain covered with snow.
5、①Over time my memory has developed so much that,like an elephant,I never forgot anything I have been told.
②And my memory became so large that even I couldn't believe it.
③Instead of flying softly to earth I began to fall faster and faster so that I could not turn,dive,circle or dance.
④The chip could actually operate the bike itself so that the rider doesn't have to worry.
6、①I have also been put into robots and used to make mobile phones as well as help with medical operations.
②He used to download information from the Internet and made good use of it.
7、①Anyhow,my goal is to provide humans with a life of high quality. ②This year I had the honour to be chosen again.
8、①We have made a plan. A plan has been made.
②My friend has bought a new personal copmuter.
A new personal computer has been bought by my friend.
③The shop has repaired my computer very quickly.
My computer has been repaired by the shop very quickly.
9、①Look at the way your face has been washed.
②Look at the way your hair has been combed.
10、①So we need to encourage our programmer to improve our intelligence too.②They need to be rewritten using the present perfect passive voice.③I need the factory to build me two new legs and an even bigger head.
11、We are determined to create an even better system.
12、She programs us with all the possible moves she has seen while watching human games.
13、I would really like to play against a human team,for I have been programmed to act just like them.
14、After all, with the help of my electronic brain which never forgets anything ,using my intelligence is what I'm all about!
15、①Remember to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each one.②Remember to use the functional items on page 22 in your discussion.
16、A problem that does sometimes arise is the possibility of a computer getting a virus.
17、A decision has been made that we will begin a computer teaching experiment in our school.
18、①The government has decided to give everyone free computer training during the holidays. It has been decided to give everyone free computer training during the holidays (by the govermment.)②It has been decided that the prize for hard work in science will be presented to Wang Xiaoding.
19、The university has suggested that they teach the course with the new computer science textbook.
20、①You are going to hear two androids talking about their jobs and life.One of them works as a maid.The other works in a car factory.②One of you will interview Hua Fei.The other will imagine he/she is Hua Fei.
21、①My programmer fell ill. ②I felt very frightened.
③I no longer felt so confident that I would win.
22、①You have been lucky enough to be allowed to interview Hua Fei in hospital.②Everybody was afraid that he would be too broken to be repaired.
23、He was lying in his hospital bed with two broken legs and a cut on his head.
24、①How did he get injured?
②Look at the following example to get you started.
25、It could keep the bike from running into other bikes.
Unit 4 Wildlife protection
1、Do you know any other endangered wildlife in China that is being protected?
2、①Please take me to a distant land where I can find the animal that gave fur to make this sweater.
②Please show me a place where there's some wildlife protection.
③You should pay more attention to the rainforest where I live.
④At the moment the Milu deer live in centres where they are being well protected and cared for.
3、①Our fur is being used to make sweaters for people like you.
②We used to be an endangered species.
③There were many different kinds of dinosaur and a number of them used to live in China.④The Milu deer,a species with large horns,used to be common in China long ago.
4、①I would like to help as the WWF suggests.
②A monkey watched them as it rubbed itself.
③As they landed,things began to disappear.
④WWF is very concerned about it as this is a very important park for endangered animals.
⑤As they spread illness,there is a good reason for killing them.
⑥They are now being studied as their numbers decrease.
⑦Cans,paper and plastic bags are being thrown away by many tour groups as they pass through Tibet.
5、①I am protecting myself from mosquitoes.
②How can the animals be protected from more people coming into the park?③But soon her smile disappeared because she realized that in protecting the zebra from the lion she had lost her best chance of taking some amazing photographs.
6、①Daisy was amazed.②The news was amazing.
7、What must be done if wildlife protection is to succeed?
8、Although this is not allowed,the coffee is excellent quality and has sold very well.
9、After a while she saw some zebra with black and white lines going beneath their stomachs.
10、①What should you do if your car is being stolen?
②What should you do if your friend is being attacked?
③What should you do if you are being followed by a stranger?
11、These dinosaurs could not only run like the others but also climb trees.
12、They learned this from the way the bones were joined together.
13、Others think the earth got too hot for the dinosaurs to live on any more.
14、He didn't realize who had killed many of his friends until he saw how his friend was being killed by Man.
15、①It is a pity that in the story nobody helped the dodo.
②Is it because its habitat is being threatened?
③It is hoped that one day there will be enough animals to let them live in the wild again.④It is said that 85% of the oil polluting the water comes from the cleaning of engines by small personal boat owners.
16、I suggest making a special park for them.
17、①The wildlife here is under protection.
The wildlife here is being protected.
②I am afraidl that the road to Wolong Nature Reserve is under repair.
I am afraid that the road to Wolong Nature Reserve is being repaired.
③is under discussion=is being discussed
④are under research=are being researched.
⑤is under consideration=is being considered.
⑥is under development=is being developed.
18、①It's so beautiful that I seemed to be taken into a fairyland.②He liked them so much that he took them all the way from China to Britain.③There are now so many of them that a new park has been opened for them in Hubei Province.
19、①The deer certainly seem happy to be back in China.
②Their future seemed secure at that time.
20、What else threatens birds besides oil spills?
Unit 5 Music
1
、①Have you ever dreamed of playing in front of thousands of people at a concert,
at which everyone is clapping and appreciating your music?
②They may start as a group of high-school students,
for whom practising their music in someone's house is the first step to fame.
③Later,they may give performances in pubs or clubs,
for which they are paid in cash.
④The musicians were to play jokes on each other as well as play music,
most of which was based loosely on the Beatles.
⑤However,after a year or so
in which they became more serious about their work,the Monkees started to play and sing their own songs like a real
band.
⑥They produced a new record in 1996,
with which they celebrated their former time as a real band.
2、①Do you sing karaoke and pretend you are a famous singer like Song Zuying or Liu Huan?②So during the broadcasts they just pretend to sing.③Watson liked to pretend he was a spy.④He decided to pretend to be a devoted fan and play a joke on him.
3、①To be honest,a lot of people attach great importance to becoming rich and famous.②They attached great significance to the premier's visit.③He attached a document to a letter.
④That middle school is attached to a university.
⑤The little girl is very much attached to her brother.
4、①Sometimes they may play to passers-by in the street or subway so that they can earn some extra money for themselves.
②They were so popular that their fans formed clubs in order to get more familiar with them.③We decided to form a band so that we could earn some extra money by playing and singing in a pub.
5、①The TV organizers had planned to find four musicians who could act as well as sing.②Freddy thought he could sing as well as the other singing frogs.
6、①They put an advertisement in a newspaper looking for rock musicians.②At last feeling very upset and sensitive,Freddy and his band realized that they must leave the country before it became too painful for them.③While singing a song,you are learning English grammar and vocabulary.④And then throwing off his clothes he jumped into the water at once.⑤Do you often listen to music while studying at home?
7、①As some of these actors could not sing well enough,they had to rely on other musicians to help them.②We wondered if they were playing a joke on us as they were often very humourous to each other.③As you know,our band was formed in a very unusual way.④Freddy felt very excited as he was Jeremy's friend.⑤As the singer was near,Freddy waved,dipped his legs in the water,……
8
、Anyhow their performances were humourous enough to be
copied by other groups.
9、The Monkees seem lively and funny because they play jokes on each other.
10、①They suggested we go to record our songs in a studio.
②Their fans,without whom the Beatles would not have been so successful,at last caused problems for them.③I might not still be alive if it were not for you.④I would like to thank Mr Zhang,without whom I would never have learned to play football well.
11、However,to our great surprise,everything was organized and we made our record.
12、Now whenever we go to the pub,we play our songs and buy drinks for the regulars.
13、①The guitar with which Dave composed our first hit is in a music museum.②The name by which we were to become famous was chosen by Mike's mother.③The musicians in whom we have great interset toured Europe with us.
14、One asks the first question and the other answers it.
15、①Freddy and his band could not go out anywhere without being followed.②Practise singing it with your tapes.
③Listening to classical music improves your memory.
④The“Mozart effect”means listening to Mozart's music.
16、①Their personal life was regularly discussed by people who did not know them but talked as if they were close friends.
②I remember the day when our band was formed as if it was yesterday.
17、Music is more than just sound.
18、Two days is a very brief visit if you are not familiar with our town or the countryside.
19、They both reappeared with Jeremy holding Freddy in his arms.
20、①I don't understand the way in which you solved this problem.
I don't understand how you solved this probem.
②This is the month during which we like to go to outdoor concerts.
when.
③She gave a musical concert in the hall
in which we intervieved a famous violinist last week. where.
④Finding a job as a singer was the reason for which I moved.
why.
⑤I am familiar with your songs and the way in which you compose them. how.
模块三
Unit 1 Festivals around the world
1、①Discuss when they take place,what they celebrate and what people do at that time.
②It is now a children's festival,when they can dress up and go to their neighbours' homes to ask for sweets.
③China and Japan have mid-autumn festivals,when people admire the moon and in China,enjoy mooncakes.
④Its origin is around the 3rd or 4th century AD,when the custom of remembering Jesus' birth on December 25th first started.
2、People eat food in the shape of skulls and cakes with "bones"on them.
3、①The country,covered with cherry tree flowers,looks as though it is covered with pink snow.②Today,of course,many people celebrate Christmas as though it were just a holiday to have fun with family,rather than a holiday about a belief.
4
、①Festivals and celebrations of all kinds have been held everywhere since ancient times.
②Sometimes celebrations would be held after hunters had caught animals.
③Some festivals are held to honour the dead or to satisfy the ancestors,who might return either to help or to do harm.
④Festivals can also be held to honour famous people.
5、I would rather have a mind opened by wonder than one closed by custom.
6、①However big the fool,there is always a bigger fool to admire him.②No matter what the reason,however,festivals are always times for great feasts with lots to eat.
7、①Could/Can/Would/Will you please show me the way to Bei hai Park?②Would you like to join my family for dinner?
③I would love to invite you to a Chinese festival.
④That can't be true→That must be true.
⑤You had better not cry.⑥You can't be serious.
8、①When going by plane,you should arrive at the airport at least one hour early.②Predict what kind of problems someone might have when going to such a carnival.③While admiring the ice sculptures everywhere in the city,you can stop with other tourists….
9、①She could be with her friends right now laughing at him.②Finding that Zhinu was heart-broken,her grandmother finally decided to let the couple cross the Milky Way to meet once a year.
③A group of very cold tourists are sitting in a cafe in Quebec,drinking hot coffee to try to warm up .④One person runs behind the sled,shouting to the dogs to encourage them.
10、He had looked forward to meeting her all day,and now he was alone with his roses and chocolates,like a fool.
11、①It was obvious that the manager of the coffee shop was waiting for Li Fang to leave.②It is obvious that festivals are times of happiness,fun and excitement.③It is amazing how warm these ice houses can be!
12、①They got married secretly,and they were very happy.
②Her granddaughter was married to a human.
13、People in China hope that the weather will be fine on that day,because if it is raining,it means that Zhinu is weeping and the couple won't be able to meet.
14、①As Li Fang set off for home,he thought,"…I don't want them to remind me of her." So he did.
②As he sadly passed the tea shop on the corner on his way home,he heard a voice calling him.
③An old lady just dropped ten yuan as she got off the bus.
④Everyone who comes must be prepared to keep moving,as it is too cold to stand and watch for long.
15、There was Hu Jin waving at him and calling.
16、①Most little girls love to be dressed up in their mothers' clothes and pretend to be grown up.
②Do you think it's true,or did somebody just make it up?
③He set off for the airport about an hour ago.
④You can dance outside to the music of a band,who are all dressed in heavy clothes —even some of their instruments are dressed up for winter.
17、 ①The door is open.Someone must have come in while I was out.②He can't have arrived yet, for it has been raining for hours.
18、What's to be done?=What will be done?=What ought to be done?=What should be done?=What must be done?
19、①Competitors speed down the track and through the air as though they could fly.②If you were to fall in,you would freeze in less than two minutes.
20、①One of the favourite events is the dog-sled race,in which teams of about six husky dogs pull long sleds at great speeds along a snowy track.②Late in the evening, you can go to the snow palace,where Bonhomme the snowman is king,and join the crowd.
21、Besides soft clay,what kinds of things are used to make well-dressings in Derbyshire?
Unit 2 Healthy eating
1、①Wang Peng sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated. ②Suddenly he saw his friend Li Chang hurrying by.
③I saw him put everything in his bag and go out.
④I saw him putting something in the bag.
⑤He saw Yong Hui walking in.⑥Your friend sees someone steal a purse from an old lady's pocket.
2、①What could have happened?
②Something terrible must have happened if Li Chang was not coming to eat in his restaurant as he always did.
③He can't have gone far.His bag is still here.
3、He thought of his mutton,beef and bacon cooked in the hottest,finest oil.4、①Nothing could be better.②It couldn't be worse.③Nobody loved money better than he did.
5、①He could not have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies.②The hunter had the fire burning all night long.
③They got away with damaging the car.
④Would you like to have a McDonald's built in your town?
6、①By now his restaurant ought to be full of people.
②He had better do some research.
7、①His restaurant served far too much fat and Yong Hui's far too little.②Too many young people are getting fat through eating too much fatty food.
8、①Wang Peng felt more hopeful as he drove back home.
② However,as she was so afraid of being laughed at by her friends,she did not consult a doctor.③She felt so sad and hopeless about herself.④She felt very happy.⑤He smiled as he welcomed some customers warmly at the door.⑥She did not look happy.
9、①She didn't dare to face her boyfriend and she was unwilling to visit her friends any more.②I need to take the bus.
③You don't even need to wear a tie if you don't want to.
10、He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular.
11、①I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food.
②Their balanced diets became such a success that before long Wang Peng became slimmer and Yong Hui put on more weight.
12、Neither your restaurant nor mine offers a balanced diet.
13、①You can use this information to help you have a healthier diet as well as increase your vocabulary.
②They boiled the potatoes rather than fried them.
③They often provide salads as well as burgers and chips.
14、①It is too early to tell whether cutting down the cost of production will benefit the company workers or not.
②Think about whether you would like to have such a rest
aurant
or not.
③Many of our young people will be only too happy to work for the company.
15、①I don't mind going as long as I don't have to dress up.
②The doctor told me that I must give up smoking.
③You must stop drinking cola or eating sweet food.
16、 I can see nothing but good if this company comes to build its restaurant in our town.
17、①If,as they say,the workers are happy with them,why should they fear some workers joining a union?
②I am very worried about McDonald's building a restaurant in our hometown.
Unit 3 The Million Pound Bank Note
1、①This unit is a play based on a short story by an American writer—Mark Twain.②This afternoon a man dressed in rags came into the shop.
2、①Mark Twain was born in Florida on November 30th,1835.
②He was brought up in Hannibal.
③He is best known for his novels set in his boyhood world on the river. ④He became engaged to Olivia Langdon. ⑤He married Olivia Langdon on February 2,1870.
3、①Twain loved the river so much that even his pen name is about the river.②He was so lost in reading his book that he missed his train.③He was such a stubborn businessman that he didn't permit anybody to disagree with him.④We are so very glad that you even entered our little eating place.
4、①Imagine that somebody gives you a large sum of money to spend as you like/wish/please.
②The owner,the hostess and the waiter all bow as Henry leaves.③Since it is too long,he decides to get it cut.④He can't pay him right now as he has no small change.⑤We could not change the bank note as it was too large.
5、①What do you think of the film?=How do you like the film?②What do you think of the bet the brothers have made?
6、Would you please come in?
7、①I wonder,Mr Adams,if you'd mind us asking a few questions?②Would you mind waiting just a few minutes?③Just having you sit here is a great honour.④Try writing a play so you can practise your oral English.⑤And acting out the play will help improve your pronunciation and intonation.
8、Well,towards nightfall I found myself carried out to sea by a strong wind.
9、①The next morning I'd just about given myself up for lost when I was spotted by a ship.②The thief was spotted by the police as he was leaving the bank.
10
、①The fact is that I earned my passage by working as an unpaid hand,which accounts for my appearance.
②That's why we've given you the letter.
③It wasn't because I had no patience to listen to him,but because it was still very painful for me to think about my dear grandma who died five years ago.
④I can't understand why the brothers made the bet.
⑤Could you tell me why you are interested in this job?
11、①I am afraid I don't quite follow you,sir.
②I don't think it's very funny.
③You mustn't think we don't care about you.
④I'm afraid it'll cost a large amount of money.
⑤I don't think it can be a fake.
12、 —If you don't mind,may I ask you how much money you have? —Well,to be honest,I have none.
13、①Can you tell me if you like this play?→I must say that I really enjoy it.②Henry doubts if he should take it.
14、①It is well-known that Americans like to eat a lot.
②It's amazing how much pleasure you get out of the simple things in life.
15、I did hear that the Bank of England had issued two notes in this amount.
16、①But it's all I have on me.②That's all we have.
③Give two reasons why the owner is not surprised to hear this news.
17、You must come whenever you want and have whatever you like.
18、①Remember that Henry has an American accent while the owner,the hostess and the waiters all have British accents.
②A lie can travel halfway around the world while the truth is putting on its shoes.
19、①He did not seem to care about it at all.
②I didn't mean to be rude.
20、①It must have been a tiring experience to travel to your mother's village last week.②She should have let us know earlier.
21、①My question is how Henry landed in Britain.
②The brothers ' doubt is whether Henry can stay out of jail.
③Henry's question is what kind of bet the brothers made.
④It seems as if everyone in London becomes interested in Henry.
22、①Dressed in the finest clothes,he drove by the brothers' house in Portland Place and,seeing they were back,went to get Portia at her friend's home.②The two brothers are seated,waiting.
23、①We're both glad to hear it,for now we can decide the bet which Roderick and I made.②I must give you a job,as I promised.
24、I never would have believed it.
25、Portia kisses him on the cheek.
26、The bank note was worth millions of dollars,but not worth one tenth as much as how Henry felt about Portia.
Unit 4 Astronomy:the science of the stars
1、①No one knows how the earth began,as it happened so long ago.②What is even more important is that as the earth cooled down,water began to appear on its surface.③What many scientists believe is that the continued presence of water allowed the earth to dissolve harmful gases and acids into the oceans and seas.④Why they suddenly disappeared still remains a mystery.⑤So whether life will continue on the earth for millions of years to come will depend on whether this problem can be solved, .
2、①What it was to become was uncertain until between 4.5 and 3.8 billion years ago when the dust settled into a solid globe.
②They were in time to produce carbon,nitrogen,water vapour and other gases,which were to make the earth's atmosphere.
③This question is fundamental if students are to show that they understand the nature of astronomy.
be to do、be going to do、be about to do、will/shall do、ought to do、should/must do、plan/arrange to do、be sure to do 、 be supposed/expected to do.
3、①The earth became so violent that it was not clear whether the shape would last or not.②It was not immediately obvious that water was to be fundamental to the development of life.③It was said that only three people in the world could understand it at that time.④Now it is generally accepted that Einstein was the leading scientist of the 20th century.⑤It did not upset Einstein that many of the scientists did not accept his ideas.
4
、①This produced a chain reaction,which made it possible for life to develop.
②They are putting too much carbon dioxide into the atmosphere,which prevents heat from escaping from the earth into space.
③How life began on earth is one of the biggest puzzles that
scientists found hard to solve.
5、①Others,called amphibians,were able to live on land as well as in the water.②You may ask the following questions as well as work out some more.
6、①As a result of this ,many scientists believe that the earth may become too hot to live on.②We are too far from the earth now to feel its pull.
7、①There used to be nine planets in the solar system.
②One of them can no longer be considered a planet.
③He had succeeded in convincing them of his theory.
④The spaceship warned Li Yanping and me to be ready as we were approaching the "black hole".
8、①The evidence for this theory is that the atoms that make up the rocks on the moon seem to be different from those on earth.
②What is clear is that the moon is smaller than the earth and this prevents it from escaping from the earth.
9、①Do the other astronomers accept his idea?It remains a question.→ Whether the other astronomers accept his idea or not remains a question.②Why is the earth becoming warmer?It is an important topic for research.→Why the earth is becoming warmer is an important topic for research.③Pluto is no longer considered a planet in our solar system.What a surprise!→It is a surprise that Pluto is no longer considered a planet in our solar system.
10、①As the rocket rose into the air,we were pushed back into our seats.②We watched,amazed as fire broke out on the outside of the spaceship as the earth's gravity increased.③Again we were pushed hard into our seats as we came back to land.④Please move that curtain as it is blocking out the light.⑤As they lived in a warm and wet climate ,there was plenty of food.⑥As the spaceship moved round the black hole,I felt rather sick.
11、①So we feel as if there is no gravity at all.
②We shall feel its gravity pulling us.
12
、I cheered up immediately and floated weightlessly around
in our spaceship cabin watching the earth become smaller and the moon larger.
13、①I found I was carried twice as far as on the earth and fell over.②But it will not be as strong a pull as the earth's.
14、①Walking does need a bit of practice now that gravity has changed.②Leaving the moon's gravity was not as painful as leaving the earth's.③But returning to the earth was very frightening.
15、①They had few natural enemies besides each other,so each species had to protect their young from being eaten by other dinosaurs.②The dinosaurs were unable to prevent themselves from disappearing altogether.
16、①Who knows what would have happened if the earth's weather had not changed?②I suggest you (should)present it at a public meeting.③Someone watching me would have seen the spaceship flying like a bird away from the "black hole".
17、①We could see some faint lights around what looked like an empty space.②All the stories about what happened when you were caught by the gravity of a "black hole"seemed to be true.
18、①What was the most unexpected thing you found out about"black holes"?②What was the most frightening thing that happened to you on this journey?
Unit 5 Canada——"The True North"
1、①It is the second largest country in the world.
②What is the longest trip you have ever taken?
③The Yellow River is the second longest river in China.
④Canada has more fresh water than any other country in the world.
2、①Rather than take the aeroplane all the way,they decided to fly to Vancouver. ②Liu Hulan would rather die than give in.
③He preferred to stay at home rather than go to see a film.
④Rather than cause trouble,he left.
⑤The colour seems green rather than blue.
⑥A:Would you rather visit Inner Mongolia or Tibet this summer?
B:Oh, I think I'd like to just stay at home and rest rather than go anywhere.
3、①The thought that they could cross the whole continent was exciting.②Some people have the idea that you can cross Canada in less than five days,but they forget the fact that Canada is
5,500 kilometres from coast to coast.
③The girls were surprised at the fact that ocean ships can sail up the Great Lakes.
④Her parents were so pleased to get the news that she won the prize.
⑤The possibility that global warming is increasing
worries scientists.⑥His suggestion that we should take the train from west to east across Canada
sounds very exciting.
⑦The idea that they decided to clone the first human being
surprised many people at the meeting.⑧The story that you made a bicycle trip across Canada in the summer
is very exciting. 常见的后接同位语从句的抽象名词有：fact、news、idea、thought、chance、possibility、promise、wish、will、sign、hint、suggestion、hope、question、reason、doubt、proposal、reminder、rumour、belief、problem、view、proof、evidence、answer、conclusion、decision、discovery、explanation、feeling、information、message、word、knowledge、law、rule、opinion、order、report、risk、story、truth、theory、advice、demand、desire、plan、request、requirement、confidence等，
其中advice、demand、desire、plan、request、proposal、decision、suggestion、idea 、order、requirement+that同位语从句（should+动词原形）
4、①Going eastward,you'll pass mountains and thousands of lakes and forests,as well as wide rivers and large cities.
②People say it is Canada's most beautiful city,surrounded by mountains and the Pacific Ocean.
③Skiing in the Rocky Mountains and sailing in the harbour make Vancouver one of Canada's most popular cities to live in.
④It is so wet there that the trees are extremely tall,some measuring over 90 metres.
⑤My favourite part was seeing the grizzly bear in the mountains.
⑥There was frost on the ground,confirming that fall had arrived in Canada.
⑦Knowing some prefixes and suffixes can help you guess the meaning of words.
5、①They managed to catch sight of some mountain goats.
②But in the end he managed to do the job well.
6、In fact,it has one-third of the world's total fresh water.
7、①That night as they slept,the train rushed across the top of Lake Superior.
②As they walked north from the harbour area,Li Daiyu said,…
③As they sat in a buffet restaurant……,a young man sat down with them.
④That night as the train was speeding along the St Lawrence River…,the cousins dreamed of French restaurants and red maple leaves.
8、①Not all the words will be used.
②Not all the new companies can succed.
9、①In pairs use the nouns above as well as the ones suggested below to make sentences.
②But his business always takes him to France and Spain as well as Germany!
10、China has 14 neighbouring countries while Canada only has one.
11、As far as I can tell,it will take us only about half an hour to drive there.
12、A:I'm glad we've finally settled our holiday plans.
B:So am I .Now I can finally settle down and relax.
13、I knew it would be cold in January,but not this cold!
14、①The old men used to make one in a few hours.
②They used to live in skin tents in summer.
15、That's why it's called "The Land of the Midnight Sun".
模块四
Unit 1Women of achievement
1、①She helped drive the English out of France.
②She helped improve prison conditions.
③She helped found an international campaign to stop the making of landmines. ④Her work helped the Quakers get the Nobel Peace Prize in 1947.⑤Her study of their body language helped her work out their social system.⑥She has helped to set up special places where they can live safely.
2、①She concerned herself with welfare projects.
②She devoted all her life to medical work for Chinese women and children.
3、①Her work encouraged many other women to become doctors.②She also worked hard to make as many countries as possilbe agree not to use them.
4、①She went to Africa and studied chimps instead of going to university.②Why do you think Jane Goodall went to Africa to study chimps rather than to university?
5、①Following Jane's way of studying chimps,our group are all going to visit them in the forest.②Watching a family of chimps wake up is our first activity of the day.③This means going back to the place where we left the family sleeping in a tree the night before.
④Other Quaker women helped her and went around the country raising money for her work.
6、①We watch the mother chimp and her babies play in the tree.
②Then we see them go to sleep together in their nest for the night.
③She actually observed chimps as a group hunting a monkey
and then eating it.④She saw many poor people living near her.
7、She spent years observing and recording their dailyactivities.
8、①Only after her mother came to help her for the first few months was she allowed to begin her project.
②Only when we understand their difficulties and problems,can we better understand their achievements.
9、She is leading a busy life.
10、①Her work changed the way people think about chimps.
②She has achieved everything she wanted to do.
③So the first thing Elizabeth did was to provide food.
11、①Once I stop,it all comes crowding in and I remember the chimps in laboratories.
②Once you have seen that you can never forget…….
12、①Women can live in the forest as men can.
②She had not behaved as a woman should.
13、①Our group are all going to visit them in the forest.
Our group is going to be very tired and dirty by the afternoon.
②The family is very big.
The family are very early risers.
③This class has eighteen girls and twenty-five boys.
This class is very bright especially in science subjects.
④Neither the weather nor the food is good.
None of them carry/carries an umbrella.
14、①It seemed that she had been very busy in her chosen career,travelling abroad to study as well as writing books and articles.
②When the Quaker Elizabeth married Joseph Fry,it seemed as if her life would be comfortable and peaceful.
15、Who were the women that Lin Qiaozhi thought needed this advice?
16、Further reading made me realize that it was hard work and determination as well as her gentle nature that got her into medical school.
17、①This way of thinking prevents some girls from training for a career.②Unless women are given the opportunity, they will never be able to show that they can run companies successfully.③These are women's responsibilities while men do ont have this problem.
18、You will find it more interesting to read this than a list of the person's achievements.
19、①This is because we are interested in what people do and what they think.②I only see what remains to be done.
③That's because she believed God had sent her.
20、①Email,as well as letters, is playing an important part in daily communicating.②Nobody but Jane knows the secret.
③Not only I but also Li Juan and Mary are tired of taking so many exams.
④Either you or the headmaster is to hand out the prizes to the gifted students.
⑤The numberr of people invited was thirty,but a number of them were absent.
⑥The professor, as well as some of his assistants, is to attend our discussion.
⑦Neither is sure how well
they understand each other.
⑧But neither do they think it can not be resolved.
21、①Other people said she enjoyed being famous too much.
②She continued working to help improve the lives of poor prisoners till she died.
Unit 2 Working the land
1、①Although he is one of China's most famous scientists,Yuan Longping considers himself a farmer, for he works the land to do his research.
②This affects crops and, therefore, animals and humans,since chemicals get inside the crops and cannot just be washed off.
2、①Dr Yuan Longping grows what is called super hybrid rice.②He wrote down his advice in a book called Qi Min Yao Shu,which was considered an important summary of the knowledge of farm.
3、①This special strain of rice makes it possible to produce one-third more of the crop in the same field.
②…which makes it possible for them to use the remaining farmland for planting trees.
③The fine weather makes it possible for us to go for an outing next week.④Wherever he is, he makes it a rule to run for an hour every day.
4、①Now more than 60% of the rice produced in China each year is from this hybrid strain.
②Born in 1930,Dr Yuan graduated from Southwest Agricultural College in 1953.
③These increased harvests mean that 22% of the world's people are fed from just 7% of the farmland in China.
④About 1.8 million people across the world die each year from diseases caused by unsafe food and water.
⑤Equipped with new scientific farming methods, they have been able to use less farmland than in the past.
⑥What are some of the problems caused by chemical fertilizers?⑦In addition,fruit,vegetables and other food grown with chemical fertilizers usually grow too fast to be full of much nutrition.
5、①Using his hybrid rice,farmers are producing harvests twice as large as before.②We got three times as many people as we had expected.③The bedrom is twice as big as the kitchen.
④You are not half as clever as you think you are!
6、①He enjoys listening to violin music.
②And finally practise making at least four sentences with them.
③Paul clearly enjoyed learning about how to farm well.
④He will keep trying out new ideas so he can help farmers around China.⑤His father says that he has never regretted sending his son to study abroad.⑥Organic farmers, therefore, often prefer using natural waste from animals as fertilizer.⑦Some organic farmers prefer planting grass between crops to prevent wind or water from carrying away the soil.⑧…avoid damaging the environment of people's health.⑨I hate paying bills. What do you hate doing?⑩I'm used to getting up late.⑾They kept ploughing from morn till night, turning the soil over again and again.⑿He suggested changing crops in the field every year.
A.后面只能跟不定式作宾语的及物动词：
manage、expect、decide、seem、offer、promise、fail、hope、afford 、plan.
B、后面只能跟动名词作宾语的及物动词：
imagine、suggest、avoid、admit、practise、enjoy、finish、mind、miss、keep.
C、后面既可跟不定式，又可接动名词作宾语的及物动词：
hate
、love
、prefer
、like
、start
、begin
、remember
、forget
、stop
、try
、regret.
7、①He would much rather keep time for his hobbies.
②A person with too much money has more rather than fewer troubles.③Is Dr Yuan more of a scientist or more of a farmer?
④Other than planting trees, what can students do to help turn deserts into green land?
8、①Spending money on himself or leading a comfortable life also means very little to him.
②Just dreaming for things, however,costs nothing.
③Not having enough food leads to poor health.
④It is necessary to get water from wet to dry places.
→Getting water from wet to dry places is necessary.
⑤Over the past half century, using chemical fertilizers has become very common in farming.
⑥Using chemical fertilizers always makes vegetables empty inside.⑦Eating more vegetables might not always be good for us.
⑧But the prolbem is letting people know about your food.
⑨Planting trees is one of the most common ways.
⑩Using a mobile phone on a motorcycle is dangerous.
9、①First,they damage the land by killing the helpful bacteria and pets as well as the harmful ones.
②Remember that using notes is very useful for planning your writing as well as putting down your reasons clearly on a poster.
③However,the discoveries of new ways to use chemicals have brought difficulties as well as benefits.
10、①They often change the kind of crop in each field every few years.②The Olympic Games are usually held every four years.
11、①An old farmer was about to die.②I'm about to leave this life.③He had always been interested in agriculture and intended to do something to make Chinese farming even better.
12、The sons started to spend/spending long hours working in the fields.
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
1、①As Victor Hugo once said,“Laughter is the sun that drives winter from the human face.”
②As time went by,he began making films.
③He grew more and more popular as his charming character, the little tramp,became known throughout the world.
④He is loved and remembered as a great actor.
⑤It was an interesting experience as it was clear that he did not keep to a strict budget.⑥I'm sorry the taxi hasn't come,but don't worry as the plane is always late.
2、①He made people laugh at a time when they felt depressed.
②He lived in England and the USA but spent his last years in Switzerland,where he was buried in 1977.③It is usually a time when children make fun of each other.
3、Not that Charlie's own life was easy.
4、①You may find it astonishing that Charlie was taught to sing as soon as he could speak.
②Do you find it difficult to understand English humour?
5、①Unfortunately his father died, leaving the family even worse off. ②He could mime and act the fool doing ordinary everyday tasks.③He walked around stiffly carrying a walking stick.④In the 1990s,Mr Bean became a star using mime to highlight difficult social situations much as Charlie Chaplin had done.
6、①They are so hungy that they try boiling a pair of leather shoes.②Finally he tries cutting and chewing the bottom of the shoe.③The acting is so convincing that it makes you believe that it is one of the best meals he has ever tasted!④He was such an outstanding performer that when he finished eating his dinner, the waiter offered him the same dish again at no extra charge.
7
、①Charlie first picks out the laces and eats them as if they
were spaghetti.
②Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe as if it were the finest steak.
8、He always managed to pick out those things that people are afraid of doing because they do not want to appear a social failure.
9、①I observed him directing as well as acting in it.
②Then I found him picking out the scences he liked best.
see/hear/watch/observe/find/notice/feel sb doing sth
③The boy sitting on the sofa is a friend of my brother.
④That actress eating her dinner has acted in four films.
⑤The man holding a mobile phone thinks it very convenient
to keep in touch with his friends.
10、①Seeing is believing=To see is to believe.
②His job is looking after the animals.
③What he likes is playing chess after supper.
④I am looking forward to visiting Charlie Chaplin Museum.
⑤I missed seeing the beginning of the film.
⑥I wouldn't mind seeing The Gold Rush again with you tonight.
11、①Watson tried a third time./a second time.
②It should be easily understood the first time you read it.
12、①The reporter showed many noodle trees with the farmer pulling noodles off them and putting them into baskets.
②It was the result of many year's patient research with the trees to produce noodles of exactly the same length.
13、①They may not have heard of noodles from this part of the world.②What did John think Mary should have done with the mess in the pan?
Unit 4 Body language
1、①Yesterday,another student and I, representing our university's student association,went to the Capital International Airport to meet this year's international students.
②I saw several young people enter the waiting area looking around curiously.③I stood for a minute watching them.④She stepped back appearing surprised.⑤Then Akira Nagata from Japan came in smiling.⑥When Darlene Coulon from France came dashing through the door， she recognized Tony Garcia's smiling face.
⑦A tall, dark woman approached her, singing loudly.⑧Joan watched curiously, thinking that the woman seemed a little crazy.⑨Cheng Hui walks around the desk jumping on one foot.⑩Hearing that his wife had been in an accident, Mr Armstrong hurried to the hospital to see her.⑾Being ill, he did not take part in the sports meeting.
2、①As they were introduced, George reached his hand out to the Japanese student.②When we met yesterday,he moved very close to me as I introduced myself.③They shook hands and then kissed each other twice on each cheek, since that is the French custom when adults meet people they know.④As I get to know more international friends, I learn more about this cultural“body language”.⑤When in Rome, do as the Romans do.⑥The car raced past, almost hitting us as it turned the corner.
3、①Not all cultures greet each other the same way,nor are they comfortable in the same way with touching or distance between people.②In the same way that people communicate with spoken language, they also express their feelings using unspoken“language”through physical distance, actions or posture.③These actions are not good or bad, but are simply ways in which cultures have developed.④Not all members of a culture behave in the same way.⑤Not all cultures use the handshake, and people in many Asian cultures do not always touch another person.
4、①The first person to arrive was Tony Garcia from Colombia,closely followed by Julia Smith from Britain.
②What was the most interesting body language discussed in this unit?
5、①Do you agree with the author's statement that body language is not good or bad?②We know that a smile is usually a sign that people feel friendly and happy.
6、①Its function is to show happiness and put people at ease.
②However,the general purpose of smiling is to show good feelings.③I think the whole purpose of the author was to show that our facial expressions can make our statements have no meaning.
④The traditional greeting in China was to cover the left hand with the right and bow.⑤In almost all cultures, to smile and show an open right hand means,“Welcome, you are safe with me.”
7、①Frowning and turning one's back to someone shows anger.②Making a fist and shaking it almost always means that someone is angry and threatening another person.③Nodding the head up and down is used for agreement almost worldwide.④Shaking the head from side to side means disagreement or refusal.⑤Looking away from people or yawning will,in most cases ,make me appear to be uninterested.⑥Being respectful to people is subjective, based on each culture.⑦Standing at a little distance with open hands will show that I am willing to listen.⑧What are some jobs in which using body language is extremely important?
8
、①Some cultures use other greetings as well.
②It is an amazing thing that we understand each other as well as we do!③Why is it important to watch as well as listen to others?④Watch what people do as well as what they said.⑤Use your own ideas as well as the information on the tape.
9、①While cleaning out her dormitory room on her last day at university,she received an unexpected phone call.
②But today I felt quite at ease when giving a speech to the school.③When meeting people at the airport,most people smile and shake hands with people they meet.④People shake their hands when meeting people to show that they can be trusted.⑤To show respect Muslim people will touch their heart and mouth when greeting someone.⑥You have fallen and hurt your foot while hiking in the mountains.
10、①It seemed that he avoided getting too close to her.
②It is clear that your spoken English will greatly improve if you can practise speaking whenever you can.
③Driving his car around is his main hobby.
④Showing our hands means that we are not armed.
11、①What if we don't know who the new person is?
②What if we are not introduced by a friend?
③What if we are meeting a stranger in an unfamiliar place?
Unit 5 Theme parks
1、①Whichever and whatever you like,there is a theme park for you.②It will bring you into a magical world and make your dreams come true, whether you are travelling through space,visiting a pirate ship or meeting your favourite fairy tale or Disney cartoon character.
2、①As you wonder around the fantasy amusement park,you may see Snow White or Mickey Mouse in a parade or on the street.②Plan your trip well before starting, since Futuroscope has so many shows.③Not all words can be converted,so be sure to memorize them as you find them.④We girls wanted to go to the zoo,but since we were in the minority,we lost to the boys,who all wanted the safari.⑤As we took the ride through the park's dark jungle,we could see the eyes of many creatures looking out at us.
3、①With all these attractions,no wonder tourism is increasing wherever there is a Disneyland.
②Tourism develops where a Disneyland is built.
③Where there is a river, there is a city.
④Where there is a will,there is a way.
⑤The PCC is set in 42 acres of beautiful countryside where visitors can see seven different traditional Polynesian island villages.
4、①Take a ride on the only steam-engine train still working in the southeast USA.②Visitors can get close to parts of the world they have never experienced,going to the bottom of the ocean,flying through the jungle or visiting the edges of the solar system.
③For anyone coming from out of town, Futuroscope had many excellent hotels nearby.④We know that in their history they were sea travellers moving from island to island.⑤They were able to find their way using the smell of the wind.
5、One day,news came that Britain's old king had died without a son.
6、①Opened in 1987,Futuroscope is one of the largest space-age parks in the world.②Polynesian is the name given to the many groups of small islands that are spread about the Pacific Ocean.
7、①The amazing,up-to-date information together with many opportunities for hands-on learning makes the world come to life in a completely new way for visitors.
②Learning centers throughout the park let visitors try their own scientific experiments, as well as learn more about space travel,the undersea world and much more.
③Futuroscope is not only for individuals,but is also the perfect mix of fun and learning for class outings.
④We got the admission rate for students,which was great since I still had enough money to buy a brochure about the park as well as something at the souvenir shops.
8、①Be sure to wear some comfortable sneakers or other walking shoes.②Be sure to include what kind of park it is.
9、①Then practise reading the first paragraph aloud.
②I don't mind having a dog in the house, if it's clean.
③What kind of nail do carpenters want to avoid hitting?
④Don't miss going to see our fashion shows.
10、I don't think it's because he dislikes me.
11、①Some theme parks are not only amusing but also educational.②It not only shows visitors the Polynesian way of life but also protects their skills and culture for the future.
12、①If driving,Futuroscope is within easy reach of the freeway.
②If possible, make a small model of your theme park and display it to the class.
模块五
Unit 1 Great scientists
1、①Who wrote a book explaining how animals and plants developed as the environment changed ?②He attended Queen Victoria as her personal physician .③As the disease spread quickly through poor neighbourhoods, he began to gather information.④Yet he could not tell anyone about his theory as the powerful Christian Church would have punished him for even suggesting such an idea⑤He also suggested that the earth was spinning as it went around the sun.⑥Then it spread to the richer areas as the servants passed it on.⑦As he loved mathematical puzzles, he wanted to know why this one wouldn't work.⑧As three and five are odd numbers, he called them"odd"points.⑨Name as many scientific subjects as you can.
2、①But he became inspired when he thought about helping ordinary people exposed to cholera.②He found that it came from the river polluted by the dirty water from London.③He/She will look in a special book written by Carl Linnaeus.
3、Neither its cause nor its cure was understood.
4、①terrified people.②the affected person.③the astonished people.④polluted water.⑤reserved seats.⑥excited people.⑦a boy called Jackie.⑧the tired boy.⑨the exhausted boy.⑩a mathematician called Leonhard Euler.⑾a whole new branch of mathematics called"topology".⑿your chosen scientist.
5、①became inspired.②became interested.③was determined to find out why.④were astonished at. ⑤was frightened.⑥was confused.⑦felt excited.⑧felt frightened.⑨became very excited.
6、①It seemed that the water was to blame.
②Some planets in the sky seemed to stop.
③Many doctors suspected that polluted water was to blame.
7、①She had it delivered to her house every day.
②He had the handle removed from the water pump.
8、①To prevent this from happening again, John Snow suggested that the source of all the water supplies (should) be examined.②The first suggested that cholera multiplied in the air.
9、①Read the passage and number these events in the order that they happened.②What order would you put them in?③Do not forget to put your ideas in a logical order.
10、①Do you think John Snow would have solved this problem without the map?②I had expected the film to be better.③If you were Nicolaus Copernicus, would you have hidden your theory for so many years?
11、Only if you put the sun there did the movements of the other planets in the sky make sense.
12、He placed a fixed sun at the centre of the solar system with the planets going round it and only the moon still going round the earth.
13、He did not want to be attacked by the Christian Church, so he only published it as he lay dying in 1543.
need、want、require、deserve
14、①So between 1510 and 1514 he worked on it, gradually improving his theory until he felt it was complete.②The Christian Church rejected his theory, saying it was against God's idea.③Now write a short letter asking Copernicus to publish his ideas.
15、①Then you will find it easier to do your persuasive writing.②Educated people in the twenty-first century find it hard to believe that two hundred years ago people did not link illness to problems in the envioronment.
16、John Snow's investigation proved that the dirtier the water, the more severe the illness.
17
、①I was afraid to expose my true feelings in case he laughed at me.
②I was never exposed to ballet until I was sixteen.
③Mushrooms do not grow well if expose, d to light.
④Potatoes turn green when exposed to light.
18、①why Euler is considered to be a great mathematician.
②why they are considered important in science history.
19、No! Well, don't worry, Euler didn't either!
20、To his surprise, he found that he could cross six of the bridges.
21、①He joined these points together using curved lines to go over the bridges.②He noticed that some points had three lines going to them.③He counted the lines going to points A,B,C and D.④Using this new diagram Euler started at point A.⑤He had been able to go over the figure visiting each point but not going over any line twice or lifting his pencil from the page.⑥Now do these problems using Euler's rule.
22、Not all of them do.
23、Was it because of his/her talent, intelligence, hard work, persistence, confidence, curiosity, enthusiasm or luck?
Unit 2 The United Kingdom
1、①How many countries does the UK consist of？
The UK consists of four countries.
=The UK is made up of four countries.
②England can be divided into three main areas.
③Wales was linked to it in the thirteenth century.
④The countries that make up Great Britain are England，Wales and Scotland。
2、①Now when people refer to England you find Wales included as well . ②…by getting Ireland connected in the same peaceful way.
③You find most of the population settled in the south.④We have got the house mended now？
have/get/find/……+object+past participle（object complement）→ have/get/find sth done ⑤Have you had your hair cut？
⑥Do you want to have the dictionary delivered to your house？
⑦You had better get the computer repaired.
⑧They found the window broken.
⑨To her great surprise，Zhang Pingyu found the Queen's jewels guarded by special royal soldiers.
⑩so Pingyu had a photo taken standing on either side of the line.
⑾Who had the two princes killed?
⑿I found Shanghai changed a lot after such a long time.
⒀When I enter the house I found the telephone disconnected,the windows broken and the door opened.
⒁I had to get the kitchen cleaned,the cooker repaired and the floor washed. ⒂Mrs Smith had had the house examined and locked a few months ago. ⒃I'll get the broken window repaired. (P.51)
3
、①This was shown to the world in a new flag called the Union Jack.
②It is a pity that the industrial cities built in the nineteenth century do not attract visitors .
③You have to go to older but smaller towns built by the Romans .
④It has the oldest port built by……
，the oldest building begun by ……and the oldest castle constructed by……in 1066.
⑤There followed St Paul's Cathedral built after……in 1666.
⑥But she was thrilled by so many wonderful treasures……displayed in the museum .⑦It is an imaginary line dividing the eastern and western halves of the world.
4、①What geographical factors make it difficult to invade England successfully ? ②You may have a few problems understanding the guide.
③How long does it take to fly from Beijing to London Heathrow Airport？
5、①Worried about the time available，Zhang Pingyu had made…….
②It looked splendid when first built！
③Fawkes，disappointed at the government's behaviour ,agreed.
6、①It seemed strange that the man who had developed communism should have lived and died in London. ②What interested her most was the longitude line. ③That is why，even today，when people can follow any religion they like，families still have firework parties and burn cloth dolls of Guy Fawkes on a bonfire.
④They remember a time in England when people were not as tolerant of each other's ideas as they are now.
⑤Do you think Guy Fawkes or King James were right to behave the way they did？ 7、Not all dates will have information.
8、Finally discuss what might have happened if King James had kept his promise. 9、The broken window needs repairing.
Unit 3 Life in the future
1、Which problems do you think people will have overcome in one thousand years?
2、①I have to remind myself constantly that I am really in AD 3008. ②Many people need to be reminded of the job opportunities in space stations.
3、①Worried about the journey, I was unsettled for the first few days. ②Well-known for their expertise,his parents' company,called "Future Tours", transported me safely into the future in a time capsule.
③Hit by a lack of fresh air, my head ached.
④Having said this, he spread some food on the table.
⑤Exhausted, I slid into bed and fell fast asleep.
⑥Arriving at a strange-looking house,he showed me into a large,bright clean room. ⑦Frightened by the loud noise,I went to see what was happening. ⑧Built in 1910,the museum is almost 100 years old.
⑨Very astonished by the amount of work in the new timetable, Lucy decided to leave her job immediately.
⑩Left alone on a desert island,I'd practise swimming so that I could esacpe. ⑪Translated into English, it should sell very well.
⑫Described as an enormous round plate,it spins slowly in space to imitate the pull of the earth's gravity. ⑬I stared at the moving model of the waste machine, absorbed by its efficiency.
4、①……to collect a hovering carriage driven by computer.
②Just relax, since there is nothing planned on the timetable today.
③……because of too many carriages flying by in all directions.
④The room connected to the rest of the house by a long passage is completely empty.
⑤The queen was sitting in a royal carriage drawn by four horses.
⑥The vehicle mentioned in the book is unknown to me.
⑦My first visit was to a space station considered the most modern in space.
5、①I lost sight of Wang Ping when we reached what looked like a large market. ②I realized that I had been transported into the future of what was still my hometown.③That is why we persuade families not to lose sight of the advantages that come from a period of time in space.
④Well, now there's a system where the waste is disposed of using the principles of ecology.
6、①At first people may find the adjustment to space life difficult to tolerate. ②What would you do if you found yourself alone on a desert island?③The sea bottom is deep and this makes it difficult to contact the surface.
7、①The representative from the time travel company gave her the impression that the space capsule was easy to handle.
②No matter how hard she tried,Aunt Betty was unable to restart the engine.
8、①Michael stared as though he had never seen his fatherbefore.
②She walked home as if she was floating on air.
9、①Aprincess once owned a magical chair made of gold and silver. ②On his birthdau he received a mysterious present wrapped in gold paper. ③Interrwpted by the bell,he was unable to finish his speech.
④Awakened by a noise at midnight,she saw a thief in her room.
⑤Having once fallen in love,a mumu will stay with his/her partner for life. ⑥Once disturbed, he was unable to get back to sleep again.
10、Everyone will get twice as much personal space as in flats on land.
11、①There will be no suffering here.
②There has been a problem in the past.
③There will also be computers throughout the city.
④Of course there will be no household worries.
12、①At first I wasn't too worried, as there is a backup system in case things go wrong.
②When that didn't work either, I realized that we had two serious problems.
13、Living under the sea at great pressure has bad effects on the body.
14、①They found the temple destroyed after the earthquake.
②He had a dog called Fifi.
③Left alone, he felt sad and depressed.
④Assisted by his neighbours,Mr Jones finally caught the thief.
Unit 4 Making the news
1、①Never will Zhou Yang forget his first assignment at the office of a popular English newspaper. ②Not only am I interested in photography,but I took an amateur course at university to update my skills.③Only if you ask many different questions will you acquire all the information you need to know. ④I did not know how to use the recorder .Neither did he. ⑤“Is everything ready yet?” asked Hu Xin to the photographer. ⑥Seldom have I seen a situation which made me so angry. ⑦Not once did she miss a jump when she took part in the horse riding competition ⑧Not only did Zhou Jie receive an admission notice to Beijing University,but he also won a scholarship to study in America.
⑨He didn't come again,nor did he write to her.
⑩Little did he realize how disappointed she was.
⑪Hardly had she arrived home when it began to rain heavily.
⑫Not until I saw his letter did I find out he was a liar.
⑬No sooner had he got home than he had to go out to see his sick mother. ⑭Alan doesn't like football and Michael doesn't either.→ …,Nor/Neither does Michael. ⑮He has finished doing his homework.So have I.
2
、①His discussion with his new boss,Hu Xin, was to strongly influence his life as a journalist.
②I felt delighted as I was to assist
him.
③It seemed that the water was to blame.
④No one is to leave this building without the permission of the police.(p.77)
3、①Here comes my list of dos and don'ts:
②There came a loud series of knocks on the door.
③In the doorway stood a small boy and his father.
④Here comes the bus ! There goes the bell!
⑤Now comes your chance to shine. ⑥Off flew the cuckoo.
⑦Following the roar,out rushed a grizzly bear from behind the rock. ⑧Down came the rain. Out came the sun.
here、there、up、down、out、away、off、in.
4、①You 'll find your colleagues very eager to assist you.
②You may find these expressions useful.
5、①They must use research to inform themselves of the missing parts of the story.②Have you ever had a case where someone accused your journalists of getting the wrong end of the stick?
③A footballer was accused of taking money for deliberately not scoring goals so as to let the other team win.
④The law does not allow people to accuse themselves of a crime. ⑤He claimed Alex had robbed him of many bags of gold while he was asleep.⑥He said that he had warned his landlord of this danger.⑦He decided to break him of this habit.⑧But first Alex asked a favour of him.⑨One day his landlord accused him of committing a crime.
6、①He denied taking money but we were sceptical.②He tried to stop us publishing it.③I don't mind acquiring that skill if it is useful.④Practise in pairs making appointments. ⑤I look forward to seeing you.
7、①So we arranged an interview between the footballer and the man supposed to bribe him .②So we wrote an article suggesting he was guilty.③Zhou Yang needs to answer a letter from a student asking how to become a journalist.④ZhouYang also took a copy to the native speaker employed by the newspaper to polish the style.⑤Running after the man he tripped and felt over, pushing the thief to the ground too.
8
、①It was a dilemma because the footballer could have demanded damages if we were wrong.
②In pairs make a list of things that the film
star might have done.
9、①You are supposed to be the secretary of an important person.
②A primary source is more likely to be true than a secondary one.
10、①He needs to have his picture taken for a magazine. ②He would like to have it taken in the morning.③The king had his queen killed.
11、①It is the first time that spotted deer have produced young with entirely white fur!②Fred Smith's photographs support his idea that the Turkish fans started the fight. ③Eyewitnesses said it was the best football tackle they had ever seen!
12、①Alex did not want his landlord to sleep with all his gold under his bed.②Then it developed into a serious fight with everyone involved.
13、①Doing a radio or TV interview is fun and interesting.
②Collecting and writing news is like researching in history.
Unit 5 First aid
1、①If possible,discuss what kind of first aid you should give in these situations.②First degree burns turn white when pressed.
③Remove clothing using scissors if necessary unless it is stuck to the burn. ④If burns are on arms or legs, keep them higher than the heart, if possible.
⑤While ironing clothes, Miss Good accidentally touched the iron.
⑥ Tie a bandage firmly over the burnt area, when necessary.(=when a bandage is necessary.)⑦He went to the doctor because he had to .⑧She could not decide whether to send him to hospital or not.
⑨Only some of the students have done a first aid course but most haven't.⑩To her teacher's surprise ,she did better in her first aid exam than expected .⑪ I don't think they have returned from the hospital , but they might have.⑫You can borrow my first aid notes if you want to.⑬When congraulating John, she said,"......"
⑭A:Can I visit you after the ceremony is over?
B:Yes, I'd love you to.
⑮Unplug electric blankets when not in use.
⑯Have a telephone near the bed, especially if ill.
⑰Don't plug in an electrical appliance or use it while standing in water.⑱When cooking, do not let oil touch flames or other sources of heat.⑲When carrying out rescue breathing, how many times a minute should you blow air into the victim's mouth?
2、①But there are other times when giving first aid quickly can save lives.②It is where you feel cold, heat or pain.
③So as you can imagine, if your skin gets burned it can be very serious.④Do not rub, as this may break any blisters and the wound may get infected.⑤Never put butter, oil or ointment on burns as they keep the heat in the wounds and may cause infection.
⑥There is no doubt that John's quick thinking and the first aid skills he learned at school saved Ms Slade's life.
⑦The instructions are written step by step,in the order that they are meant to happen.⑧He who has health has hope;and he who has hope has everything.
3、It was John's quick action and knowledge of first aid that saved Ms Slade's life.
4、①Would you have done the same as John?②What advice should the operator have given Mrs Grant to avoid making the accident worse?③What could Mrs Grant have done to avoid the accident happening?④How do you think the accident could have been prevented?
5、①And always keep a first-aid kit in your home—just in case there is an accident.②Use heaters very carefully as they can set objects on fire.
6、①You should have her lie down and rest.
②After your performance, get your classmates to tell you if you left out any important information.
模块六
Unit 1 Art
1、①If you could have three of these paintings on the walls of your classroom, which would you choose?
②If you were an artist, what kind of pictures would you paint？
③Have you ever wished you could paint as well as a professional artist?④If the rules of perspective had not been discovered, no once would have been able to paint such realistic pictures.
⑤Without the new paints and the new technique,we would not be able to see the many great masterpieces for which this period is famous.
⑥He would come to the party if he did not have to work.
=He wants to come, but he cannot just because he has to work.
⑦If I had enough money, I would buy a new car.
⑧You feel as if you were inside a fragile, white seashell.
⑨Who first suggested they visit art galleries?
⑩Why did Steve Lee wish they had talked to Mr Hang's wife before they went shopping? ⑾She wishes she were beautiful.⑿I wish I were an architect because then I would be able to design my own house.⒀If I were a butterfly, I would fly to drink nectar in the most beautiful flowers in the world.⒁If I were a big tree, I would grow so tall that I'd touch the sky.
2、①Would you rather have Chinese or Western-style paintings in your home?②What would you rather do—paint pictures,make sculptures, or design buildings?③Liu Hulan would rather die than give in.④Many art lovers would rather visit this small art gallery than any other in New York.
3、①As there are so many different styles of Western art, it would be impossible to describe all of them in such a short text.
②A conventional artist of this period was not interested in showing nature and people as they really were.
③They tried to paint people and nature as they really were.
④The painter does not attempt to paint objects as we see them with our eyes.
⑤As a man looking after Van Gogh's paintings said
：“I would not be surprised if the number (of "masterpieces")grows to more than 200.”
⑥As the marble statue is too large for the garden, the housewife won't buy it.
⑦As he looked around him, he noticed how the shadow of the trees were growing longer as time passed.
⑧But sadly I'm not, so I must make the best of life as it is!
4、①The art exhibition is worth seeing.
② Frick's beautiful home and garden are well worth a visit.
5、These art works are not all displayed at the same time.
6、Many were considered to be Van Gogh's own work by important art critics.
7、①But it was evident that ideas were changing in the 13 th century when painters like Giotto di Bondone began to paint religious scenes in a more realistic way.
②It is amazing that so many great works of art from the late 19th century to the 21st century are housed in the same museum.
③Number the presents1- 4 to show the order in which you hear them discussed.
Unit 2 Poems
1、These little poems and songs might have been some of the first poetry you learned.
should / must / may/might/can/could /need have done/been.
2、①There are various reasons why people write poerty.
②Some poems tell a story or describe something in a way that will give the reader a strong impression.
3、①Some rhyme (Like B) while others do not (like C).
②I like tea while my brother likes coffee.
4、①With so many different forms of poetry to choose from, students may eventually want to write poems of their own.
②Mother asked her if / whether she was very hot with so many clothes on.③With the teacher helping me, I worked out the problem easily.④Have you noticed the room with its window open?
5、①If Jack had scored that goal, we would have won our first football match.②If Ben had passed the ball to Joe, we would have won our first football match.③If we hadn't stayed up so late the night before, we would have won our first football match.④If you had come earlier, you would not have missed the exciting scene in the movie.⑤If Rob hadn't injured himself, we would have won.
⑥If she had studied harder, she would have got the diploma.
⑦If Alfred had paid more attention at the time, he would not have missed the teacher's instructions.
⑧If she had been there on time, the bride and bridegroom would have felt happier.⑨We would have won the championship easily if we had got Mr Han to coach us.⑩If I had taken your advice, I would have passed the final exam.
⑾She would have waited for him if he had asked.
⑿I would have been on time if my mother had woken me up.
⒀He would have won the race if he hadn't tripped over.
⒁ If I didn't go to the gym every day, I would put on weight.
If he had worked hard, he would have passed the exam.
⒂If he had not worked hard for a long time, he would not have translated the Chinese poem into English eventually.
⒃I would have loved you if you had behaved better.
⒄If you had called me, I wouldn't have gone.
6、When I was a baby, my mother used to read me nursery rhymes.
7、①Try beating or clapping the strong beats of the rhythm as you read the poem to yourself.
②Then try to use them to talk about your plan.
③ Try to write about 6 lines.④I think I'll try writing a haiku.
8、①Although the future may be difficult for you, whenever you need warmth and love, remember I'll have some to give you.
②While you're away I'll remember your smile and I'll love you always.
9、①Listing words that rhyme is a good way to remember vocabulary.②Writing poems is also a good way to learn vocabulary.
③Singing along with your favourite songs is fun way to practise your English.
Unit 3 A healthy life
1、It的用法
A、形式it：形式主语和形式宾语
①It seems amazing that at my age I am still fit enough to cycle
20 kilometres in an afternoon. ②It is easier to fall than to rise.
③It is no good/use crying over spilt milk.
④He found it difficult to accustom himself to getting up early.
⑤I think it best that you should do more exercise.
⑥It was disappointing that he refused my invitation.
⑦She thought it no good worrying about him.
⑧It is believed that smoking causes cancer by most people.
⑨It is astonishing that China produces one third of world's cigarettes.
⑩It is very likely that you will die if you get infected with HIV.
⑾It is quite probable that you will get stressed.
B、强调it：
①In fact
it is the mental addiction rather than the physical effects
that makes it really hard to quit smoking.
②It is human activity that has caused this global warming.
③It was on a dark and stormy night that the old man started his journey. ④It is only when the disease has progressed to AIDS that a person begins to look sick.
C、非人称代词it：时间、距离、天气、日期、地点、温度、环境等
①It is a beautiful day.②It was time to quit smoking.
③It is 10 kilometres to the castle. ⑤It was beginning to rain.
④It was a dark and stormy night when the old man started his journey.
2、①I think my long and active life must be due to the healthy life I live.②During adolescence I also smoked and became addicted to cigarettes.③First, you can become physically addicted to nicotine, which is one of the hundreds of chemicals in cigarettes.
④This means that after a while your body becomes accustomed
to having nicotine in it.⑤This will prevent sexual fluid from passing from one person to another.
3、①You are finding it difficult to give up smoking.
②If you do, you'll find it very hard to concentrate on your exam the next day.
4、①Did you know that this is because you become addicted in three different ways?②As you know, if you do the same thing over and over again, you begin to do it automatically.③She told me that she wouldn't go out with me again unless I stopped smoking.
④Every time you feel like smoking a cigarette, remind yourself
that you are a non-smoker.
⑤Do some relaxation exercises every time you feel stressed.
⑥You really have no idea just how hopeless cancer can make you feel.
⑦A person cannot get HIV the first time they have sex.
⑧Do you think any of your health habits will change now that you have finished this unit?
5、①I remember feeling bad-tempered and sometimes even in pain.②Anyone who has sex with a person infected with HIV/AIDS risks getting the virus.③After having practised giving advice on health issues, would you now be able to advise on……about?
6、①But I did finally manage.
②It is not easy to stop smoking, but millions have managed to quit and so can you.③Neither did I know that my cigarette smoke could affect the health of non-smokers.④However, what I did know was that my girlfriend thought I smelt terrible.⑤I do hope so because I want you to live as long and healthy a life as I have.
7、①It was time to quit smoking.
②It is time for you to go to bed.③It is time for class.
8、①What other information could have been included?
②Blood could have spilt on it.
③This may have been true in the past.
9、①Having lived in Hawaii all his life, he was not used to the cold of Northern Europe.②Giving up smoking is difficult.
③Do not share anything else that a person has used while injecting drugs.
④When answering open-ended questions, don't worry about whether your answer is right or wrong.
⑤However, today, the number of young people becoming infected through
sexual activity is increasing.
Unit 4 Global warming
1、①But it is a rapid increase when compared to other natural changes.
②This is when small amounts of gases in the atmosphere, like carbon dioxide, methane and water vapour, trap heat from the sun and
therefore warm the earth.
③The problem begins when we add huge quantities of extra carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
④It is clear what the effects of global warming will be.
2、①There is no doubt that the earth is becoming warmer.
②All scientists subscribe to the view that the increase in the earth's temperature is due to the burning of fossil fuels like coal, natural gas and oil to produce energy.
③What are some ways that plastic bags could be reused?
④However, I still think people should advocate improvements in the way we use energy today.
⑤Apart from the fact that butts spoil the beauty of the environment, they contain some very toxic chemicals.
⑥Underline the evidence Tom gives to support his argument that cigarette butts are an environmental problem.
3、①It is human activity that has caused this global warming rather than a random but natural phenomenon.
②It was a scientist called Charles Keeling, who made accurate measurements of the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere from 1957 to 1997.
③They also agree that it is the burning of more and more fossil fuels that has resulted in this increase in carbon dioxide.
④It is fossil fuels that much of the energy used to light and heat
our homes comes from.
⑤It is for centuries that carbon dioxide has the tendency to stay in the atmosphere while other greenhouse gases stay in the atmosphere only for a day or less.
⑥It is their very existence that low-lying countries feel is in danger from rising sea levels.
⑦It is future climate changes and their effects on our environment that scientists want to find out about.
⑧It was by several metres, in the years ahead, that the level of the sea could rise because of global warming.
⑨It was during the 20th century that the temperature of the earth went up about one degree Fahrenheit.
⑩Who is it that runs Millennium Kids?
⑾Where is it that the young people decide which projects to concentrate on?
⑿It is at this conference that we decide which projects we want to work on in the following year.
⒀It was through one of these projects about five years ago that I first became involved in Millennium Kids.
4、①It is OK to leave an electrical appliance on so long as you are using it—if not, turn it off.
②Recycle cans, bottles, plastic bags and newspapers if circumstances allow you to.
③If you can, buy things made from recycled materials.
④You can add more suggestions if you like.
5、It is up to people not to let plastic bags become litter.
Unit 5 The power of nature
1、①Have you ever considered how weak humans are comparedwith a volcano, hurricane or earthquake?
②I was appointed as a volcanologist working for the Hawaiian
Volcano Observatory (HVO) twenty years ago.
③Having collected and evaluated the information, I help other scientists to predict where lava from the volcano will flow next and how fast.④Having worked hard all day, I went to bed early.
⑤Having experienced quite a few earthquakes in Hawaii already, I didn't take much notice.
⑥Having earlier collected special clothes from the observatory,we put them on before we went any closer.
⑦Having studied volcanoes now for many years, I am still amazed at their beauty as well as their potential to cause great damage.⑧But this being my first experience, I stayed at the top and watched them.⑨Having learned a little more about the work of a volcanologist,do you think it is an occupation you would enjoy?
⑩Fred Spears works in a wildlife park looking after wild animals.
⑾Charles Wild works in a laboratory doing research on disease.
⑿Looking carefully at the ground, I made my way to the edge of the crater.
⒀Having taken the wrong bus, Martin found himself in
an unfamiliar district.
⒁Havig given her opinion about protecting the environment, she left the meeting.
⒂Having bought the precious necklace, she had no money left.
⒃Having spent all day at home writing, the novelist went out for a walk in the evening.
⒄Having arrived early for his date, Mark spent time reading the
newspaper. ⒅Because I had experienced earthquakes before, I wasn't frightened.→Having experienced earthquakes before,……
⒆After we had stopped the car, we found ourselves trapped in thick fog and couldn't see clearly ahead.→Having stopped the car,……
⒇Because I had spent all night reading the documents I was very tired the next day.→Having spent all night reading the documents,……(21)As the child had never seen a rainbow before, he was very excited.→Never having seen a rainbow before, the child was very excited.(22)Having taken a drink, I felt rather uncomfortable.(23)Having rested for a while I felt better.
(24)Having heard a scream, I rushed downstairs only to see my hostess lying unconscious on the floor, surrounded by her guests.
(25)Having swallowed the fruit, the girl became pregnant and later gave birth to a handsome boy.
(26) I told Peter not to be late, I was very angry when he still wasn't home at midnight.→Having told Peter not to be late,……
(27)Having put on my blue dress I carried a bunch of flowers.
(28)After the wedding, I left the church walking slowly behind my aunt and her husband.
(29)Using the car seat as a step she climbed first onto the front of the car and then onto the roof.
2
、①Yet, however weak we are, we are not completely powerless=Yet, no matter how weak we are,……
②As long as you have ten minutes warning, you will survive no matter how powerful the actual tsunami may be.
3、①Can you imagine climbing into a live volcano in order to measure the temperature of the boiling rock inside?
②Can you imagine doing such dangerous work as part of your job?③Do you think you would enjoy studying volcanoes as a job?
④Do you dislike doing the same thing every day?
⑤Do you like working outside as well as inside?
⑥My job is collecting information for a database about Mount Kilauea.⑦Would you mind me opening the windows?
⑧I prefer glancing through the headlines first to reading the articles carefully.
4、①I was about to go back to sleep when suddenly my bedroom became as bright as day.
②They heard the volcano was about to erupt.
5、It was at that moment that I realized something was wrong.
6、①It is said that this boy, who had a great gift for language and persuasion, is the father of the Manchu people.
②It is believed that John will help us with some money.
③It is hoped that it won't rain on our camping day.
7、①She had planned to cook him a nice meal.
had wanted/ meant/hoped/planned to do sth、had thought of doing sth
②Is there anything else that you think Sara should have done.
8、①Sara dressed baby James in warm clothes.
②In the morning I went to my aunt's house to get dressed.
9、①Make a timeline to show the order in which the events happened.②Listen and write 1—7 beside the events to show the order in which they happened.
10、①What preparations has your community made in case of a natural disaster?
in this case、in that case、in any case、in no case、in case of emergency、in case 从句
②Please bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.
模块七
Unit 1 Living well
1、①Does this disability make it difficult for them to, do some things? ②She is proud to have taken part in competitions and to have broken a record by running two laps (800 metres) this year.
③Her ambition is to become part of the national team for the next Paralympic Games.④Now his ambition is to become an actor.
⑤He hopes to become a teacher.
hope/wish/promise/agree/expect/want/decide/determine/plan/would like/refuse/prepare/offer to do sth
⑥The doctors don't know how to make me better.
teach/show/train sb how to do sth、do not know how to do sth/what to do/which to choose/where to go/ when to start.
⑦It is difficult to know what the future holds.
⑧I was too weak to go to school.
⑨I am happy to have found many things I can do.
⑩My ambition is to work for a firm.
⑾To look after my pets properly takes a lot of time but I find it worthwhile.⑿I am sorry to have kept you waiting.
⒀I seem to have forgotten so many things now that Christmas is here.⒁I was supposed to have finished all my shopping by now.
⒂Nobody is said to have finished till there's no more left to buy.
⒃He is known to have spent eighteen years fighting for slaves.
⒄To free slaves was his ambition.⒇What do you plan to do next?⒅Have you ever wished to go back in time?
⒆In pairs discuss who you would like to have met.
(21)But my next climbing ambition is to go up Mount Qomolangma one day.
(22)You are to be the architect for the new Bankstown cinema.
(23)For disabled customers it would be more convenient to place
the toilets near the entrance to the cinema.
(24)I had wanted to clean out the basement in his absence, but unfortunately I didn't have time.(25) The bench was hard to sit on.
(26)The question is difficult to answer.
(27)a、He had forgotten to bring his raincoat and he was wet through. b、I shall never forget seeing the Potala Palace for the first time. forget to do、forget doing、remember to do、remember doing、stop to do、stop doing、try to do、try doing、regret to do、regret doing、mean to do、mean doing
(28)The doors should be wide enough to enter.
(29)She is old enough to go to school.
(30)This would allow hearing-impaired customers to enjoy the company of their hearing friends. allow sb to do sth
(31)Polite forms are used to encourage the reader to take the ideas seriously. encourage sb to do sth
2、①He had the questions read to him.
②Having a book published is a great achievement for anyone.
3、①Sally leads a busy life.②I have to work hard to live a normal life but it has been worth it.③Just accept them for who they are, and give them encouragement to live as rich and full a life as you do.④In other words they can lead a more fulfilling life.
4、①I used to climb trees, swim and play football.
②In fact, I used to dream about playing professional football.
③They used to sit around in their own homes after being educated in special schools.
5、I have a very busy life with no time to sit around feeling sorry for myself.
6、①What do you think is the most difficult thing that Marty has to deal with in his life?
②There was a time when children with mental disabilities were
prevented from living a normal life in many ways.
③A master was able by law to treat his servants as he wished—even working them to death if he wanted to.
④What is it that first attracted you to working with guide dogs?
⑤What do you think is the most frustrating thing that a person with a disability has to live with?
7、①As well as going to the movies and football matches with my friends, I spend a lot of time with my pets.
②She has to adapt to training programmes as well as mixing with other able-bodied athletes.
③Most also explain rules for using the words as well as giving the meaning.
8、①Where on earth could you have put it?
②I might have left it on the kitchen table.
③Do you think the weak-sighted or blind climbers could have climbed the mountain without them?
④So I'd like to suggest that the seats at the back be placed higher than those at the front so that everyone can see the screen easily.⑤The situation would not have happened if a qualified architect had been employed to design a building with wheelchair access.⑥Do you think your article would have been better or worse if you had written it by yourself.
9、①Living well means enjoying the same rights and the same opportunities for a good life.②I hope you will not mind me writing to ask if you have thought about the needs of disabled customers.
③a、I regret to tell you that Mr Brown has already left using the back exit. b、It cost me a great deal, but I don't regret spending a year travelling around the world.
Unit 2 Robots
1、① It was going to be tested out by Larry's wife, Claire.
②The robot wouldn't harm her or allow her to be harmed.
③It was ridiculous to be offered sympathy by a robot.
④How awful to be discovered by her.
⑤Tony expected the house to be completely transformed.
⑥What a sweet victory to be envied by those women.
⑦Tony would have to be rebuilt.
⑧The company's new car is going to be designed in the coming months.⑨Since Claire had become attached to Tony,the robot needed to be rebuilt.⑩Tim refused to be accompanied by his father when he went for a haircut.⑾The desire to be known as a great writer inspires many young authors.⑿He felt it was absurd to be filled with hatred for someone he had never met.⒀The new product is available to be tested out by interested customers.
⒁She was very beautiful but she did not like to be envied by so many people.⒂Since these aprons are of such poor quality, they need to be set aside and taken back to the shop.⒃She was to be accompanied by her neighbour, Sally.⒄A robot must not injure human beings or allow them to be injured.⒅I did not expect to be interviewed by the general manager.⒆The magazines are not allowed to be taken out of the reading room.
⒇She hates to be laughed at by her classmates.
(21)He doesn't want to be interrupted while writing.
(22)These rules are to be obeyed by everyone.
(23)These are the issuses to be discussed tomorrow.
(24)It is wrong for him to be made to work all night.
(25)The mail needs to be sent right away.
(26)The singer refused to be photographed.
(27)We seem to be losing the fight against landmines.
(28)The students are to be accompanied to the theatre.
(29)It was terrible for her to be embarrassed in such a way.
2、①It was then that Claire realized that Tony had opened the curtain of the front window.②It was when Asimov was eleven years old that his talent for writing became obvious.③What is worse is that they keep causing damage for decades after wars have ended.
3、①You cannot have women falling in love with machines.
have sb/sth doing sth、have sth done、have sb do sth=make/let sb do sth=get sb to do sth②Have one member of your group explain your design to the rest of the class.
③Asimov began having stories published in science fiction magazines in 1939.
4、①While some owners were firm with their robot's suggestions, others would turn around and walk out of the shop,feeling embarrassed.②While, every year, about 100,000 landmines are removed, 2,000,000 more are buried in the ground.
5、Who thinks taking Tony away must have hurt Claire?
6、①How often do you write in English?
how often、 how soon、how long、how many、how much、how old、how high、how heavy、how big.
②It is 4 metres long, 18 metres wide, 1 metre high，and weighs 900 kilograms, about the size of a small car.
7、 ①As with anything, the more you practise, the better you become.②It is the same with writing in English—the more you write, the better your writing will be.
Unit 3 Under the sea
1、① I had already heard that George didn't like being kept waiting.②I could see a whale being attacked by a pack of about six other killers.③Being badly wounded, the whale soon died.
④I could see he was terrified of being abandoned by us.
⑤I saw James being firmly held up in the water by us.
⑥James was afraid of being attacked by sharks.
⑦Being held up in the water by old Tom, James was confident he would survive.
⑧Being included in the hunt was a great thrill for Clancy.
⑨Having been accepted by the whalers, the killers were able to
get a good feed from the whale.
⑩Clancy didn't mind being told what to do .
⑾Being helped out by the killer whales, the whalers were able to make a successful kill.
⑿The children enjoyed being taken to the aquarium.
⒀It seemed the sea lion didn't mind being photographed with the tourists after all.
⒁"In fact, the chances of anybody being swallowed by a whale are rather low," said the researcher.
⒂Second, nets are in danger of being cut loose by fisherman.
⒃So many animals being caught in driftnets make many think that it is necessary to have a worldwide ban on all driftnet fishing.
⒄When I was young I used to dislike being told to lay the table
for dinner while I was watching my favourite TV programme.
⒅Peter is excited about being invited to the party.
⒆The woman doesn't like being kept waiting by anyone.
⒇The boy is afraid of being attacked by the dog.
(21)The audience is delighted to see the girl being awarded a prize.(22)The man is tired of being shouted at by his boss.
(23)After being blamed for failing the exam, the child started crying.(24)Many people tend to be attracted by climbing a high mountain.(25)I don't think that needs to be changed.
(26)Some species need to be protected.
(27)The chance of being bitten by a shark is actually very small.
(28)After having heard the shark expert talk about sharks, how would you answer that question now?
(29)She doesn't like being told what to do.
(30)She didn't like to be told what to do.
2
、①What evidence was there that Old Tom was helping the whalers out?
②It was the most fantastic thing I have ever done.
③The first thing I became aware of was all the vivid colours surrounding me.④Number the places where these attacks happened in the order you hear them.⑤Then listen and number the statements in the order that you hear them.
⑥It is said that Sedna has power over all the animals in the sea.
3、①I might have been swallowed instead.
②A large wise-looking turtle was passing so close to me that I could have touched it.③What do you think happened or should have happened to Sedna's father?
4、①I 'm sitting in the warm night air with a cold drink in my hand.②There were other creatures that I didn't want to get too close to—an eel with its strong sharp teeth, with only its head showing from a hole, watching for a tasty fish (or my tasty toe!)
5、①The fish didn't seem to mind me swimming among them.
② I'm looking forward to talking to you.
③Which new words and phrases would you like to practise using?
6、①When they arrived at the island, Sedna looked around and could see nothing except bare rock with a kind of nest made from seaweed, animal hair and feathers.②No matter how angry she felt, she had no choice but to stay with him.
7、①There was one day when we were out in the bay during a hunt and James was washed off the boat.
②They are about the days when Clancy was a whaler and
hunted whales.
③It was a time when the killer whales, or "killers" as they were then called,helped the whalers catch the baleen whales.
④And then Old Tom was off and back to the hunt where the other killers were still attacking the whale.
⑤And Sedna, when she could no longer fight to keep herself alive, sank to the bottom too, where she became the goddess of the sea.
Unit 4 Sharing
1
、①Thanks for your letter, which took a fortnight to arrive.
②I've included some photos which will help you picture the places I talk about.
③The boys who had never come across anything like this before started jumping out of the windows.
④Sometimes I wonder how relevant chemistry is to these students, most of whom will be going back to their villages after Year 8 anyway.
⑤But last weekend another teacher, Jenny, and I did visit a village which is the home of one of the boys, Tombe.
⑥We walked for two and a half hours to get there—first up a mountain to a ridge from where we had fantastic views and then down a steep path to the valley below.
⑦When we arrived at the village, Tombe's mother, Kiak, who had been pulling weeds in her garden, started crying "ieee ieee".
⑧The only possessions I could see were one broom, a few tin plates and cups and a couple of jars.
⑨He was the nicest boy she had ever met, otherwise she would not have fallen in love with him.
⑩The reason why he was late for school was that he was watching an interview of the first Chinese astronaut on TV.
⑾The reason why I didn't finish my homework was that I had a terrible headache.
⑿I won't ever forget the day when my team won the soccer competition.
⒀I'd like to go to a place where I can go swimming every day.
⒁I'm thinking of a shape which has four straight sides of different lengths with four 90 °angles.
⒂The gift you give is not something your loved one keeps but a voluntary contribution towards the lives of people who really need it. ⒃Number the items below in the order that you first hear them.
⒄Have you come up with any ways we can raise money to buy a new TV for the school?
⒅I found a sleeping boy in my seat on the train.→
I found a boy who was sleeping in my seat on the train.
⒆Alice had an arranged marriage→Alice had a marriage which was arranged for her.
⒇People in need of a big loan should come to our bank.→People who are in need of a big loan should come to our bank.
(21) 1) The few times that I go swimming in the new swimming pool were very disappointing because it was too cold to swim there.
2) I'll share the little food that I have brought with me with all of you.3) There was nothing that she could do becouse she was very ill.4) Everything that you provided for us was useful.
5) Something that her boyfriend did really upset her.
6) Have you got anything that you don't want anymore?
7) The best thing that I have ever done was to go on a trip overseas.8) It was the most beautiful comb that I have ever had.
9) It is the first time that I have looked at this picture from so many different angles.
(22) Although they still have time to play, they also have to help with daily jobs, which can take up a lot of time.
(23) What are the different ways the patients' eyes are being examined?(24) The film on TV last night was the worst one that I have ever seen.
2、①Science is my most challenging subject as my students have no concept of doing experiments.
②Well, that's actually quite difficult as I don't speak much of the local English dialect yet.
③My muscles were aching and my knees shaking as we climbed down the mountain towards home.
④ As you listen, check your answers.
⑤In this part of the world children grow up fast as they have to make a contribution to the family finances.
3、Tombe's father, Mukap, led us to his house, a low bamboo hut with grass sticking out of the roof.
4、Once the fire was going, he laid stones on it.
5、①We ate inside the hut sitting round the fire.
②I loved listening to the family softly talking to each other in their language.③Later, I noticed a tin can standing upside down on the grill over the fire.④During their spare time, Orlando's family love to sit around their radio with friend, listening to the news and music.
6、①He enjoys playing with toy cars and singing.
②We look forward to writing to you again about Orlando and his family's progress and achievements.
③Shanshan loves practising speaking English.
7
、Here she is having her eyes examined before cataract surgery
at Xinfeng County Hospital, China.
Unit 5 Travelling abroad
1、① It was the first time she had ever left her motherland.
②She is halfway through the preparation year,which most foreign students complete before applying for a degree course.
③"You have to get used to a whole new way of life, which can take up all your concentration in the beginning," explained Xie Lei, who had lived all her life in the same city in China.
④Living with host families, in which there may be other college students, gives her the chance to learn more about the new culture. ⑤I remember the first essay I did for my tutor.
⑥He wanted to know what I thought, which confused me because I thought that the author of the article knew far more than I did.⑦The bird cages, some of which were in poor condition, were sold by the shopkeeper at half price.
⑧Joan passed her exam, which surprised me a great deal.
⑨The dogs, all of which were small and white with long hair,barked loudly.
⑩The battery to which the robot toys were connected failed to work last night.
⑾I asked the doctor to tell me the reason why my hands were numb sometimes.
⑿Peter, who people used to think was quiet, danced and sang all evening.
⒀As far as I'm concerned, Anne, whose daughter is in my class, should not be going to America next year.
⒁He went on a bus tour with a group of people, most of whom had never travelled before.
⒂Jamie, whose parents lived on a remote part of the highlands,hated the idea of travelling overnight to Scotland on the train.
⒃In the high plains area is Lake Titicaca, the highest lake in the world, on which boat can travel.
⒄I cannot remember the name of the travel agency, with which
we booked our trip to India.
⒅There were many cages, in which people keep birds, for sale in that market.
⒆The scientists all agreed that the rules of physics, with which we were all familiar, govern the world.
⒇I thanked my colleagues, to whom I felt very grateful, for letting me join their Rugby team.
(21)My students, most of whom have computers at home, can
search for the information on the Internet.
(22)That tool, with which you mended the kettle, is very useful.
(23) I saw my cousin, with whom I travelled all round India, when she visited China.
(24)Yesterday I talked to my friend, to whom I gave the documents to take back to England.
(25)What is the most interesting thing you have learned about Peru in this unit?
2、It's not just study that's difficult.
3、①The preparation course is most beneficial.
②Besides, as far as he was concerned, what other people thought was not the most important thing.
4、①She deserves to succeed.②Good work deserves good pay.③One good turn deserves another.
5、①Where do you think this article might have been published?②Add two or three other problems she might have had.
6、①Mei Jie is planning a three-week holiday in Italy and France.②During this four-day walking tour, you will be amazed by mountain scenery.③Accommodation is in 4, 5 or 6-bed room.
④You can travel on any lo days in a 2-month period.
7、①So having checked into the Holiday Inn, Mariam settled in and began her tour of the capital city.
②However, having seen the Ming Tombs, she was eager to make a trip to Xi' an to see the terracotta warriors.
8、①No matter where you go to in the world, Youthtravel is there too.②As this is a brainstorming exercise, no matter how unlikely a situation is, you should still list it.
9、①The people did not approve of women walking around in clothes that didn't cover them properly.
②Would you consider studying in a foreign country?
③Would you consider staying with a host family?
④Would you enjoy staying in a youth hostel?
10、①When changing planes,…②…while travelling overseas ③If travelling alone,… ④When travelling,…
⑤…while travelling in a foreign country. ⑥If possible,…
11、It's possible you could have all your money stolen while travelling.
模块八
Unit 1 A land of diversity
1
、名词性从句包括：宾语从句、表语从句、主语从句、同位语从句。后接同位语从句的抽象名词常见的有：fact
、doubt
、truth
、regulation
、idea
、news
、hope
、promise
、decision
、possibility
、chance
、message
、impression
、belief
、assumption
、suggestion
、question
等。同位语从句通常由that
、why
、whether
、what
等引导。①The fact that she seemed to develop normally was very encouraging.②There is also a fierce debate over the question whether human cloning experiments should be allowed.
③I have no idea why he left the party without being noticed.
④He often asked me the question when we would start our project.⑤I had my doubts whether he would be able to arrive.
⑥Exactly when the first people arrived in what we now know as California, no one really knows.
⑦However, it is likely that Native Americans were living in California at least fifteen thousand years ago.
⑧Scientists believe that these settlers crossed the Bering Strait in the Arctic to America by means of a land bridge which existed in prehistoric times.
⑨That is why today over 40% of Californians speak Spanish as a first or second language.
⑩It is believed that before long the mix of nationalities will be so great that there will be no distinct major racial or cultural groups, but simply a mixture of many races and cultures.
⑾What attracts people to California is its pleasant climate and relaxed lifestyle.
⑿Whether Native Americans arrived in California 15, 000
years ago or 14,000 years ago is not important.
⒀The fact that they arrived a long time before Europeans is what matters.⒁ The customs office is where your baggage is inspected when you enter or leave a country.
⒂Why she didn't tell you herself is what I want to know.
⒃It is essential that you get a visa before you travel to the USA.
⒄ What George discovered in California was different from what he saw in the movies.
⒅Where they got all that money is what I can't explain.
⒆It didn't occur to me that there'd be a big festival on at the same time as my holiday.
⒇That Julie became a poet may have been due to her uncle's influene.(21)Why he chose Harvard University to further his studies is clear to everybody.
(22)When he'll return from New York depends a great deal on his health. (23)That is why you have to study the history of your motherland. (24)The problem is that there is nowhere that he wanted to go for his holiday.
2、①California is the third largest state in the USA but has the largest population.
②The Yellow River is the second longest river in China.
③It also has the distinction of being the most multicultural state in the USA, having attracted people from all over the world.
④Today California has the second largest Jewish population in the United States.
3、It was the building of the rail network from the west to the east that brought even larger numbers to California in the 1860s.
4
、When he reached the North Pole, he found nothing exciting except for a sign marking the spot.
5、Not everyone is rich and not everyone lives near the beach.
6、Although some boys in his situation might have turned to crime to get money for food and clothing, Louis never did.
7、①He was sent to a school for problem boys where the music teacher taught him to play drums and the trumpet.
②When he left the school two years later, Louis found work wherever he could and in the evenings went to listen and learn at clubs where jazz musicians played.
③In 1922 he began travelling to other cities in the United States
where he introduced his particular style of jazz to enthusiastic audiences.④From 1882 to 1940 Angel Island was a famous immigration station where many Chinese people applied for right to live in USA.⑤Put the mark "Q" in the places where George has left out some words.⑥This is the district where Italian fishermen first came to San Francisco.
8、①Built in 1873, the cable car system was invented by Andrew Hallidie.
②Born in New Orleans in 1901, Louis was so poor that he often went "shopping" in rubbish bins outside fancy restaurants.
9、①Louis Armstrong continued to live a simple life.
②He continued playing and recording until July 6th, 1971, when he died in his sleep at his home in New York.
Unit 2 Cloning
1、①The fact is that these are both examples of natural clones.
②The fact that she seemed to develop normally was very encouraging.
③Then came the disturbing news that Dolly had become seriously ill.
④Dolly the sheep became a scientific breakthrough when the news that she had been born was announced in 1997.
⑤However, the problem that she later developed a serious lung disease bothered scientists.
⑥On 14th February 2003 scientists made the decision that Dolly should be put to sleep.
⑦The fact that Dolly died when she was quite young disappointed people the world over.
⑧Scientists hold the belief that cloning may lead to many important scientific breakthroughs and medical treatments.
⑨Scientists believe human cloning is just a matter of time but the assumption that human clones have already been born hasn't been proved yet.⑩John told the truth that he failed in the test.
⑾The law that human cloning is forbidden has been passed in our country.⑿Charles agreed to the regulation that he must have safety training.⒀Yesterday I was glad to get a message that the interview went well.⒁I got the impression that everyone in class did well in the performance.
⒂He was working on the assumption that if he produced a clone of the dog, his boss would approve his promotion.
⒃He gave a suggestion in his report that a further investigation should be made.⒄I have some hope that he will soon be well again.
⒅The mayor approved our idea that traffic conditions should be improved.⒆Michael and Sue made a decision that they should buy a new car.⒇So they made a plan that they would save money for six months.(21)So he made the decision that he would study earth sciences at university.
(22) Luckily the possibility that he spoke many languages helped him become a star when the TV company visited Russia.
2、Cloning plants is straightforward while cloning animals is very complicated.
3、It is a difficult task to undertake.
4、Compared with her family, and especially her nephew, her niece Daisy is very honest about her opinions.
5、①So Freddy made up his mind to enjoy his singing and to accumulate as many happy experiences as he could so that when he retired he would be able to look back on his life.
②It seems the benefits are so obvious that we hope you will be able to support our side's point of view.
③It seems that the problems for human cloning will be even more serious as no human has yet been cloned.
6、①She must have left home as she was wandering round the town at midnight.
②She must have gone to the hospital to see her mother.
7、Diversity in a group means having animals with their genes arranged in different ways.
8、①Which extinct animals are worth restoring by means of cloning?②It is too similar to the zebra to be worth the trouble of restoring it.
9、The more you do this, the more you will find yourself becoming comfortable with the sound of the language.
10、①But only last week he succeeded in restoring a dead mouse to life as a clone.
②It has been most successful in cloning some animals—but not all.
11、 ①He was a vain man who enjoyed arriving at a parry in time to have his photographs taken with famous guests.
②Billy's mother will have her pet dog cloned before it dies.
③Getting your pet cloned in America can give you a good holiday.
12、It is a sort of competition with a chairperson in charge to make sure of fair play.
13、①The person who is leading the team that supports the topic will speak first.②The person who is leading the team that disagrees with the topic will speak next.
14、①I would like to suggest that medical cloning is not as simple an issue as my colleague claims.
②Organize it as you have been shown in this unit.
so interesting a book
、such an interesting book.
Unit 3 Inventors and inventions
1、Do you know the stages every inventor must go through before they can have their invention approved?
2、①Snakes seem to have made their home here.
②Nobody seemed to have thought about inventing new ones.
③The most wonderful gifts seem to be given to certain human beings.
3、①The first thing I did was to see if there were any products that might help me, but there only seemed to be powders designed to kill snakes.②Prepared with some research findings, I decided on three possible approaches.③But once picked up, they tried to bite me.④The next morning I carried in my hand a small net used for catching fish.⑤But monitored carefully, the snakes proved to be no trouble and all went according to plan.
⑥Pressed by my friends and relations, I decided to seize the
opportunity to get recognition for my successful idea by sending my invention to the patent office.
⑦The criteria are so strict that it is difficult to get new ideas accepted unless they are truly novel.
⑧In Japan scientists have managed to produce pigs that have a plant gene inserted into their DNA.
⑨She tried to make herself understood while giving her talk.
⑩I was embarrassed to see our team beaten by a weaker team.
⑾If you want to be an inventor you must have a plan designed to solve a particular problem.⑿Many ideas, developed after weeks of research, may not prove successful.⒀Each idea tested by you will need to be improved until it leads you closer to a new invention.
⒁You will find your new invention adopted on all sides.
⒂We saw the play performed on TV yesterday.
⒃She couldn't get the car started.
⒄ Mary wants her paintings displayed in the gallery.
⒅You'd better have your courtyard tidied.
⒆I felt myself thrown forward when the bus stopped.
⒇I won't have my time taken up with useless discussion.
(21)The host found some guests invited to the party were late because of traffic jams.(22)I would like to live in a well- designed house surrounded by trees.
(23)One day as he was experimenting with one end of a straw joined to a deaf man's ear drum and the other to a piece of smoked glass, Bell noticed that when he spoke into the ear, the straw drew sound waves on the glass.
(24)The scientist could not explain his theory clearly.
The audience was confused. The lecture was confusing.
(25)The performance was amusing. We were amused.
(26)My favourite singer is inspiring. I am inspired by her singing.(27)Leonardo gradually learned the skills needed to be a great artist.(28)Based on the gear, he came up with numerous designs.
4、This was in the expectation that the snake would bite again.
5、①Only after you have had that recognition can you say that
you are truly an inventor.
②Nor will you receive a patent until a search has been made to find out that your product really is different from everyone else's.
6、①Remember to include one change to your invention in case it doesn't work the first time.
②Every time you do you will be certain to find something that you have never seen before.
7、①I set about researching the habits of snakes to find the easiest way to trap them.
②I set about my studies on developing my product, for which I hope I will succeed in applying for a patent.
③Bell never set out to invent the telephone and what he was trying to design was a multiple telegraph.
④Zhang Lijuan agreed to move and set about packing all her goods.
⑤He set out to write the first systematic explanation of how machines work.
8、①It was this exploring around problems and his dynamic spirit that led to his most famous invention—the telephone in 1876.
②It was not until five days later that Bell sent his first telephone message to his assistant Waston.
9、Being very stable, it has proved invaluable in the design of bridges.
10、①He might have been a scientist if he had not been so skilled in other areas.
②If he had never been a paint,we would still appreciate him as one of the greatest inventors of his time.
Unit 4 Pygmalion
1、①If not, look at the pictures=If you do not know the story, look at the pictures.②If you have, did you like it? =If you have seen the film, did you like it?③While watching, he makes notes=While he is watching, he makes notes.④What if I was?=What would happen if I was born in Lisson Grove.
⑤Has his attitude changed? If yes, how?
⑥While acting, make sure you speak more slowly.
2
、①A man is hiding from the rain listening to people's
language and watching their reactions.
②Nearby a flower girl wearing dark garments and a woollen scarf is also sheltering from the rain.
③Now once taught by me, she'd become an upper class lady.=Now once she were taught by me,……
④But once educated to speak properly, that girl could pass herself off in three months as a duchess at an ambassador's graden party.=But once that girl were educated to speak properly,……
⑤What is the name of the man hiding from the rain?
⑥Being taught by the two gentlemen, Eliza made great progress.⑦Having been awarded so many prizes in literature,George felt that his years of efforts were well deserved.
⑧Bitten by the snake in the bush, Susan was sent back to the camp.⑨Having been punished by his boss, he was in a very bad mood.⑩Having been cheated by that company, he lost all his possessions.⑾Having found a hole in her stocking, Mandy said to her friend,"……".⑿Having been forced to leave his own company,he set up his own company.⒀Having been caught, the thief was taken to the police station by the police.⒁Forced to earn money herself because her family was poor,she dreamed of working in a proper flower shop.⒂Knowing it was impossible to be acceped in ……English, she asked Professor Higgins to give her lessons.
⒃Having been trained for several months, Eliza began to speak in a more attractive accent.
⒄Being set among many lovely trees, the Buddhist temple is calm and peaceful.
⒅Its walls, having been dec, orated by red paint, appear more attractive.
⒆Placed inside the rooms, statues of Gods seem to guard the large sleeping Buddha.
⒇Having rested there for several hours, I felt refreshed and ready to go
back to Beijing.(21)Eliza comes into the room shyly following Mrs Pearce.(22)Now in pairs use the ideas suggested in the previous exercise.(23)Amused by Eliza's funny "small talk", Freddy couldn't help laughing.(24)Laughed at by Freddy, Eliza felt very strange.
(25)Worn out in the language class, Eliza fell asleep early at night.(26)Fascinated by Eliza's charm and beauty, Freddy fell in love with her.(27)Stared at by all the guests, Eliza felt rather uneasy.
(28) Ignored by Henry Higgins all the time, Eliza decided to leave him.(29)Very surprised, Henry discovered the next morning that Eliza had gone.(30)My friend, born in India, moved to England.
(31)The room, connected to the rest of the house by a long passage, was completed empty.(32)This acquaintance, introduced by my friend, has promised to help me buy a jeep.
(33)Their leader, well experienced in cave expeditions, led the way.(34)Determined not to leave him for the terrible monster to find, the group rushed at the animal shouting and waving their arms.
3、Do buy a flower off me.
4、①Will that be of any use to you? ②She is no use at all.
be of great use=be very useful, be of no use=be useless
be of great value=be very valuable, be of great help=be very helpful, be of great importance=be very important
5、①But they betray themselves every time they open their mouths.②Lower class people betrayed themselves with their remarks whenever they spoke.③What are we going to do once the experiment is over?
6、①Perhaps I could even find her a place as a lady's maid or a shop assistant, which requires better English.
②John does not know much English, which makes it difficult for him to find a good job.③G ·B ·Shaw was interested in the way people spoke.④You see the difference between a lady and a flower girl is the way she's treated.
7、①But she'll need to be cleaned first.②What still needs to be improved?③Now help professor Higgins decide what still needs to be done to turn Eliza into a lady.
8、I'd never have come if I'd known about this disgusting thing you want me to do. 9、What/ How about beginning with the alphabet? 10、①What's to become of me?
②I wouldn't like to be accused of stealing when I leave.
11、①He treats a flower girl as if she were a duchess.
②And I treat a duchess as if she were a flower girl.
12、Only then does she discover that the man wants to marry her because she is rich. 13、①The humour lies in the fact that Emma thinks she understands everybody around her.②I enjoyed this book because it showed me that people can make themselves believe that what they want to happen will happen!
Unit 5 Meeting your ancestors
1、①Make a tentative guess about what Peking Man may have
done and used thousands of years ago.
②Compare their life with ours today.
③It must have been very uncomfortable.
④ That would have kept them warm.
⑤What else do you think it might have been used for?
2、①You must be aware that it's here that we found evidence of some of the earliest people who lived in this part of the world.
②It was his assistant, Bei Wenzhong, who made the discovery of these primitive bones and sharpened stone tools.
3、①We have been excavating here for many years.
②We have found human and animal bones in those caves higher up the hill as well as tools and other objects.
③We have discovered fireplaces in the centre of the caves where they made fires.
④We have been excavating layers of ash almost six metres thick, which suggests that they might have kept the fire burning all winter.
⑤We haven't found any doors but we think they might have hung animal skins at the cave mouth.
⑥How long have you been driving , Mrs Smith?
⑦Since the famine broke out, the number of people dying of starvation has been increasing.
4、①They couldn't have mats, blankets or quilts like we do.
②They didn't have material like we have today.
③Did early people really care about their appearance like we do?
5、①It seems that they used the sharpened stone tools to cut up
animals and remove their skin.
②Then smaller scrapers were probably used to remove the fat and meat from the skin.
③As the botanical analyses have shown us, all the fields around
here used to be part of a large shallow lake.
④He used to spend all his summers excavating sites in Egypt.
6、Why don't we go and visit the caves?
=Why not go and visit the caves?
=What/ How about going and visiting the caves?
=Let's go and visit the caves.
=Would you please go and visit the caves?
7、Sam made a tentative guess that six months of his flying course lay ahead of him.
8、①Sam has just finished learning to fly an airplane in a six-month course.②The nurses in the kindergarten have been busy looking after the sick children all day.
③Do you mind telling what your next film is about?
④Then consider using the reading passage to find out…….
⑤After that I never minded moving soil—after all you never knew what you might find in it !⑥They couldn't help asking themselves.
9、①If only it could be just like last year!
②If only she had looked ahead and planned better this year!
③Then she wouldn't have been feeling so worried now.
10、①Worried about the preparations for her feast, Lala quickly turned for home.
②Having heard wolves howling in the forest, Lala accelerated
her walk up the path to the caves fearing that there might be wild beasts lying in wait for her.
③Abruptly she sat down, only to be scooped up by her laughing, shouting sister, Luna.
④He chose one large stone and began to use it like a hammer striking the edge of the scraper that needed sharpening.
⑤She had no man with his spear to protect her.
11、①a large Chinese vase. ②a beautiful new car.
③a short slim black British girl.
④a small blue Chinese serving dish.
12、①The oldest building is B.
②The second oldest building is C.
③The most recent building is building A.
13、①Except for a few marks, the watch is well preserved.
②There is no other choice but to fight against the enemy.
14、A farmer found them entirely by chance but little did he know they would be such a source of wonder and delight.
15、We were astonished by the beauty and refinement of the art displayed by the objects, which was greater than we could have imagined.
16、①He saw a corridor completely filled with stones and rubbish.
②Their first impression was of a room filled with treasure from another civilization. 2012/4/16（周一）下午
第三编 校本教材系列之二
<<高中英语写作入门>>
平凉二中校本课程教材
《高中英语写作入门》
简要介绍
人类具有文字记载的历史已经数千年，自从语言文字产生以来到现在，写作在传播继承人类文明成果方面建立了不可磨灭的丰功伟绩，因此，在语言学习和教学中，培养学习者的写作能力就成为重中之重的任务。英语学习和教学也不例外，中国中学生在高中阶段学习英语的过程中，写作教学既是重点又是难点。正如《高中英语新课程标准》所表述的那样，“语言技能包括听、说、读、写四个方面的技能以及这四种技能的综合运用能力。”。也就是说，写作技能是英语教学中，必须着力培养的四大能力之一。一个语言学习者的写作能力是语言水平的集中体现和最高标志。
《高考考试大纲》和《高考考试说明》对高中英语写作都提出了具体的要求，对考核的方法做出了详尽地规定，人教版新课程标准高中《英语》教材在编排过程中，每单元都设计有于单元话题相关的足量的写作任务和练习。高考英语试卷中英语写作，也叫书面表达，占总分值150分中30分，即五分之一。综上所述，英语写作在英语学习和高考英语中至关重要，值得师生花大气力，下苦功夫去勇于探索，敢于实践，创出一条行之有效的模式。
本课程以《高中英语新课程标准》、《高考考试大纲》和《高考考试说明》为理论依据，紧扣人教版新课程标准高中《英语》教材，在总结归纳笔者将近四十年学习、教授英语的经验基础上，紧密结合高中学生的实际水平和平凉二中学生的特点，力图做到“以理论与实践相结合为基本原则，以实用性和可操作性为第一要义，以多快好省提高写作能力为直接目的，以高考英语书面表达得高分为最高宗旨”。
本教材主要包括高中英语教学纲领性文献中有关写作的理论表述；高中英语教学实践中，写作技巧的训练和写作模式的强化；常见文体和体裁的仿写套写范本；以及中学英语教材中，在写作实践过程中，经常运用的英语知识：必备词汇，必备句式和经常引用的谚语、名言警句。理所当然，最多的笔墨倾注到了写作技巧的强化之中。
本教材即可以作为高中三年英语写作课程的讲义，在进行每单元的写作教学时穿插选用，也可以在高三高考总复习阶段进行专项训练时，集中使用，对高考英语书面表达加以强化训练。本教材建议采用10到15个小时完成。本教材配套有电子版PPT课件，旨在为使用者提供一定的便利。
在本教材编写过程中，平凉二中教研室高文奎主任给予了热情鼓励，提出了许多中肯的修改意见，教研室潘小妮老师耐心细致地打印、校正并排版，使用过本教材的学生也指出过许多印刷错误，在此，借本教材成书之际，笔者对他们的辛勤的工作和无私的帮助，表示诚挚的感谢并致以崇高的敬意。
由于笔者才疏学浅，孤陋寡闻，加之成书时间仓促，所以对于教材中难免所出现的纰漏和不足，我诚恳地希望各位读者和使用者不吝赐教，以便及时修正，本人将不胜感激。
高中英语写作入门
---七步骤三节式三层次写作模式
甘肃省平凉市第二中学 王臣相
前 言
《高中英语新课程标准》指出：按照基础教育阶段英语课程分级总体目标的要求，高中课程标准对语言技能、语言知识、情感态度、学习策略和文化意识等五个方面分别提出了相应的具体内容和标准。
语言技能是语言运用能力的重要组成部分。语言技能包括听、说、读、写四个方面的技能以及这四种技能的综合运用能力。听和读是理解的技能，说和写是表达的技能；这四种技能在语言学习和交际中相辅相成、相互促进。学生应通过大量的专项和综合性语言实践活动，形成综合语言运用能力，为真实语言交际打基础。因此，听、说、读、写既是学习的内容，又是学习的手段。
《高中英语新课程标准》对于不同级别和模块提出的具体内容和标准如下。
|
英语级别 |
对应模块 |
语言技能目标 |
|
六级 |
模块3 |
1、能用恰当的格式写便条和简单的信函；
2、能简单地描述人物和事件，并简单地表达自己的意见；
3、能用适当的语言书写问候卡；
4、能给朋友、笔友写信，交流信息和情感；
5、能对所写内容进行修改。 |
|
七级 |
模块5 |
1、能用文字及图表提供信息并进行简单描述；
2、能写出常见体裁的应用文，例如：信函和一般通知等；
3、能描述人物或事件，并进行简单的评论；
4、能填写有关个人情况的表格，例如：申请表等；
5、能以小组形式根据课文改编短剧。 |
|
八级 |
模块8 |
1、能根据所读文章进行转述或写摘要；
2、能根据用文字及图表提供的信息写短文或报告；
3、能写出语意连贯且结构完整的短文，叙述事情或表达观点和态度；
4、能在作文中做到文体规范、语句通顺。 |
|
九级 |
模块11 |
1、能用英文书写摘要、报告、通知和公务信函等；
2、能比较详细和生动地用英语描述情景、态度或感情；
3、能阐述自己的观点和评论他人的观点，文体恰当，用词准确。 |
《考试大纲》中“考核目标与要求”部分指出：“写作 要求考生根据提示进行书面表达。考生应能（1）清楚、连贯地传递信息，表达意思。 （2）有效运用所学语言知识。”
《考试说明》中“语言运用”部分指出：
“写作是四项语言技能中不可分割的一个重要部分，更是语言生成能力的重要表现形式。该部分要求考生根据提示进行书面表达。考试应能：
（1）准确使用语法和词汇
语言的准确性是写作中不可忽视的一个重要方面，因为他直接或间接地影响到信息的准确传递。应用语法结构和词汇的准确程度是写作部分评分标准中的一项重要内容。
（2）使用一定的句型、词汇，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思
任何一篇文章都需要一个主题，作者应该围绕该主题，借助一些句型、词组等的支持，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。”
《考试说明》中“关于考试形式与试卷结构的说明”部分指出：
第四部分 写作
第二节：满分25分。要求考生根据所给情景，用英语写一篇100个单词左右的短文。情景包括目的、对象、时间、地点、内容等；提供情景的形式有图画、图表、提纲等。
本部分所需时间约为25分钟。
第一部分 基础理论常识
一、高中英语写作，按 “功能意念项目”分类，包括下面这些方面：
1、社会交往（Social Communications ）
(1) 问候（Greetings ）
(2)介绍（Introduction ）
(3)告别（Farewells ）
(4)感谢（Thanks ）
(5)道歉（Apologies ）
(6)邀请（Invitation ）
(7)请求允许（Asking for permission ）
(8)祝愿和祝贺（Expressing wishes and congratulations ）
(9)提供帮助（Offering help ）
(10)接受和拒绝（Acceptance and refusal ）
(11)约会（Making appointments ）
(12)打电话（Making telephone calls ）
(13)就餐（Having meals ）
(14)就医（Seeing the doctor ）
(15)购物（Shopping ）
(16)问路（Asking the way ）
(17)谈论天气（Talking about the weather ）
(18)语言交际困难（Language difficulties in communication ）
(19)提醒注意（Reminding ）
(20)警告和禁止（Warning and prohibition ）
(21)劝告（Advice ）
(22)建议（Suggestions ）
2、态度（Attitudes ）
(23)同意和不同意（Agreement and disagreement ）
(24)喜欢和不喜欢（Likes and dislikes ）
(25)肯定和不肯定（Certainty and uncertainty）
(26)可能和不可能（Possibility and impossibility）
(27)能够和不能够（Ability and inability）
(28)偏爱和优先选择（Preference）
(29)意愿和打算（Intentions and plans）
(30)希望和愿望（Hopes and wishes）
(31)表扬和鼓励（Praise and encouragement）
（32）责备和抱怨（Blame and complaint)
（33）冷淡（Indifference）
(34)判断与评价（Judgement and evaluation）
3、情感（Emotions）
(35)高兴（Happiness ）
(36)惊奇（Surprise ）
(37)忧虑（Worries ）
(38)安慰（Reassurance）
(39)满意（Satisfaction ）
(40)遗憾（Regret ）
(41)同情（Sympathy ）
(42)恐惧（Fear ）
(43)愤怒（Anger ）
4、时间（Time）
(44)时刻（Point of time ）
(45)时段（Duration ）
(46)频度（Frequency ）
(47)时序（Sequence ）
5、空间（Space）
(48)位置（Position ）
(49)方向（Direction ）
(50)距离（Distance ）
6、存在（Existence）
(51) 存在与不存在（Existence and Non- existence ）
7、特征（Features）
(52) 形状（Shape）
（53）颜色（Colour ）
（54）材料（Material ）
（55）价格（Price ）
（56）规格（Size ）
(57) 年龄（Age ）
8、计量（Measurement）
(58)长度（Length ）
(59)宽度（Width ）
(60)高度（Height ）
(61数量（Number）
9、比较（Comparison）
(62)同级比较（Equal comparison ）
(63)差别比较（Comparative and superlative）
(64)相似比较（Similarity and difference）
10、逻辑关系（Logical relations）
(65)原因和结果（Cause and effect）
(66)目的（Purpose ）
11、职业（Occupations ）
（67）工作（Jobs ）
（68）单位（Employer ）
(注：《新课标考纲》“功能意念项目表”包括68条)
二、高中英语写作，按“话题项目”分类，包括下面这些方面：
1、个人情况（Personal information ）
2、家庭、朋友与周围的人（Family ,friends and people around ）
3、周围的环境（Personal environments）
4、日常活动（Daily routines ）
5、学校生活（School life ）
6、兴趣与爱好（Interests and hobbies ）
7、个人感情（Emotions ）
8、人际关系（Interpersonal relationships ）
9、计划与愿望（Plans and intentions ）
10、节假日活动（Festivals, holidays and celebrations）
11、购物（Shopping）
12、饮食（Food and drink）
13、健康（Health）
14、天气（Weather）
15、文娱与体育（Entertainment and sports）
16、旅游和交通（Travel and transport ）
17、语言学习（Language learning ）
18、自然（Nature ）
19、世界与环境（The world and the environment ）
20、科学知识与现代技术（Popular science and modern technology ）
21、热门话题（Topical issues ）
22、历史与地理（History and geography ）
23、社会（Society ）
24、文学艺术（Literature and art ）
(注：《新课标考纲》“话题项目表”包括24条)
三、高考英语试卷中“书面表达”，根据“呈现方式”分类可以分为：
1、文字说明（提纲式、开放式、半开放式）
2、图表解析（柱状图、坐标图、饼状图）
3、看图作文(图画、漫画、连环画)
4、表格类
5、材料阅读类（先读后写，读写结合）
6、夹文夹图 , 夹文夹表
四、高中英语写作，依据“体裁格式”分类可以分为：
1、记叙文（Who What Where When Why How ）
2、应用文(书信、日记、通知、发言稿、演讲词等)
3、说明文
4、议论文（正方、反方、我方、综述）
5、夹叙夹议
6、命题作文(Guided Writing )
7、自由写作(Free Writing )
五、“新课标高中英语教材”写作内容，编排序列可以归纳为：
|
模块 |
单 元 |
写 作 |
|
Module
1 |
Unit 1 Friendship |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 2 English around the world |
Factual writing: poster |
|
Unit 3 Travel journal |
Personal recount: email |
|
Unit 4 Earthquakes |
Recount: newspaper article |
|
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela---a modern hero |
Description of a famous person |
|
Module
2 |
Unit 1 Cultural relics |
Report writing: class debate |
|
Unit 2 The Olympic Games |
Descriptive writing: favourite sport |
|
Unit 3 Computers |
Imaginative writing: describing an android |
|
Unit 4 Wildlife protection |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 5 Music |
Practical writing: asking for advice |
|
Module
3 |
Unit 1 Festivals around the world |
Narrative: a story |
|
Unit 2 Healthy eating |
Persuasive writing: an advertisement |
|
Unit 3 The million pound bank note |
Creative writing: a scene for a play |
|
Unit 4 Astronomy: the science of the stars |
Expository writing: solving a problem |
|
Unit 5 Canada---“The True North” |
Descriptive writing: a report |
|
Module
4 |
Unit 1 Women of achievement |
Descriptive writing: short article |
|
Unit 2 Working the land |
Persuasive writing: poster |
|
Unit 3 A taste of English humour |
Humorous writing: story |
|
Unit 4 Body language |
Reflective writing: letter of concern |
|
Unit 5 Theme parks |
Explanatory writing : brochure |
|
Module
5 |
Unit 1 Great scientists |
Persuasive writing: letter |
|
Unit 2 The United Kingdom |
Non-chronological report: tourist guide |
|
Unit 3 Life in the future |
Imaginative writing: life in the future |
|
Unit 4 Making the news |
Non-chronological writing : newspaper article |
|
Unit 5 First aid |
Instructional writing: first aid instructions for particular injuries |
|
Module
6 |
Unit 1 Art |
Persuasive writing: letter of suggestion |
|
Unit 2 Poems |
Creative writing: simple poems |
|
Unit 3 A healthy life |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 4 Global warming |
Persuasive writing: poster |
|
Unit 5 The power of nature |
Descriptive writing: description of a tourist attraction |
|
Module
7 |
Unit 1 Living well |
Practical writing: letter of suggestion |
|
Unit 2 Robots |
Science fiction genre: imaginative writing |
|
Unit 3 Under the sea |
Practical writing: making complaints |
|
Unit 4 Sharing |
Narration: school magazine article |
|
Unit 5 Travelling abroad |
Personal writing: letter to a pen-friend |
|
Module
8 |
Unit 1 A land of diversity |
Non-chronological report: description of a place |
|
Unit 2 Cloning |
Discussion: an argument |
|
Unit 3 Inventors and inventions |
Practical writing: letter of application |
|
Unit 4 Pygmalion |
Creative writing: a scene for Pygmalion |
|
Unit 5 Meeting your ancestors |
Description of archaeogical finds |
|
也就是说：1、书信、便条、摘要、日记、通知；2、申请表、简短的叙事、描述、说明、讨论、报告、新闻报道、评论、广告、故事、小诗、短剧、传记、海报 3、文艺作品：科幻小说等。 |
六、写前“三背诵”
1、背诵词语
2、背诵句式（包括谚语）
3、背诵范文
七、写中“三层次”：
1、连词成句
2、连句成段
3、连段成篇
八、高考英语“书面表达”评分原则和标准：
评分原则如下：
1.本题总分为25分，按5个档次给分。
2.评分时，先根据文章的内容和语言初步确定其所属档次，然后以该档次的要求来衡量，确定或调整档次，最后给分。
3.词数少于 80和多于 120的，从总分中减去2分。
4.评分时，应注意的主要内容为：内容要点、应用词汇和语法结构的数量和准确性、上下文的连贯性及语言的得体性。
5.拼写与标点符号是语言准确性的一个方面，评分时，应视其对交际的影响程度予以考虑。英、美拼写汉词汇用法均可接受。
6.如书写较差，以至影响交际，将分数降低一个档次。
7.内容要点可用不同方式表达，对紧扣主题的适当发挥不予扣分。
评分标准如下：
|
所属档次 |
评语 |
给分 |
评分依据 |
|
第五档 |
很好 |
(21-25分) （25-30分） |
1.完全完成了试题规定的任务。
2.覆盖所有内容要点。
3.应用了较多的语法结构和词汇。
4.语法结构或词汇方面有些许错误，但为尽力使用较复杂结构或较高级词汇所致；具备较强的语言运用能力。
5.有效地使用了语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
6.完全达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第四档 |
好 |
(16-20分)（19-24分） |
1.完全完成了试题规定的任务。
2.虽漏掉1、2个次重点，但覆盖所有主要内容。
3.应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
4.语法结构或词汇方面应用基本准确，些许错误主要是因尝试较复杂语法结构或词汇所致。
5.应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
6.达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第三档 |
适当 |
(11-15分) （13-18分） |
1.基本完成了试题规定的任务。
2.虽漏掉一些内容，但覆盖所有主要内容。
3.应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
4.有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，但不影响理解。
5.应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文内容连贯。
6.整体而言，基本达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第二档 |
较差 |
(6-10分) （7-12分） |
1.未恰当完成试题规定的任务。
2.漏掉或未描述清楚一些主要内容，写了一些无关内容。
3.语法结构单调、词汇项目有限。
4.有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响了对写作内容的理解。
5.较少使用语句间的连接成分，内容缺少连贯性。
6.信息未能清楚地传达给读者。 |
|
第一档 |
差 |
(1-5分)
（1-6分） |
1.未完成试题规定的任务。
2.明显遗漏主要内容，写了一些无关内容，原因可能是未理解试题要求。
3.语法结构单调、词汇项目有限。
4.较多语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响对写作内容的理解。
5.缺乏语句间的连接成分，内容不连贯。
6.信息未能传达给读者。 |
|
不得分 |
很差 |
（0分） |
1、未能传达给读者仟何信息。
2、内容太少，无法评判。
3、写的内容均与所要求内容无关或所写内容无法看清。 |
第二部分 实践操作程序
在全面、系统理解掌握了前文所展示的方方面面的理论知识的坚实基础之上，从本部分开始，我们将扎扎实实、一步一个脚印地训练同学们的英语写作技能，也就是说手把手地教学生如何写英语作文，说得更具体一些，就是在各级各类英语考试中，多快好省的完成“书面表达”，英语作文取得最佳的成绩。
本课程中，采用笔者总结归纳的“高中英语七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”，所谓的七步骤是指，写作过程中要一步一步地遵循七个环节；所说的三节式是指一篇完整的作文习作一般必须包括“引入话题+文章主体+总结或升华中心”三个组成部分，或曰“总写+分写+总写”；所谓的“三层次”是说写作过程中的三个层面，即， 连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。下面，让我们逐一展开实践操作，“七步骤”分别是
步骤一 审题立意巧构思
1、功能意念
2、话题题材
3、呈现方式
4、体裁格式
5、内容要点
6、词数要求
7、特殊要求 （识图 读表 背景知识 可适当增加细节 不能逐条翻译）
步骤二 遣词造句忙准备
1、高级词汇 高中词汇 专用词汇 提示词汇 关键词 主题词
2、短语词组 动词短语、介词短语
3、复杂句式 时态语态、从句、强调句、倒装句、感叹句 、with 的复合结构、非谓语动词、句式多样化 、谚语、格言
4、逻辑关系 递进、转折、因果、目的、归纳
5、连贯顺序 and but so in order to in one word
Firstly Secondly Thirdly Fourthly
First Next Then And then Finally
步骤三 谋篇布局列提纲（主题句 分段 总写 分写）
1、The first paragraph /sentence
2、The second paragraph/sentence
3、The third paragraph /sentence
4、The fourth paragraph /sentence
在这一步骤中，要淋漓尽致地采用“三节式”的写作技巧，也就是说，
“引入话题+文章主体+总结或升华中心”，或曰“总写+分写+总写”。
步骤四 奋笔疾书著文章
按照“审题”的要求，采用“准备”阶段的成果，依据“提纲”线索，开始写作。
在这一步骤中，要淋漓尽致地采用“三层次”的写作技巧，也就是说，连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。
万丈高楼平地起，高中英语写作从高一到高三，在平时的教学中，不妨从造句练起。
Examples 1:
He is an astronomer.
He is intelligent, had-working and knowledgeable.
He is an intelligent, had-working and knowledgeable astronomer.
Examples 2:
S1：The school was very large.
S2: The school in which I learned judo was very large.
Examples 3:
S1: What’s a letter box?
S2: It’s a box with a hole through which the postman puts the letters.
Examples 4: The boy bought a bicycle.
S1: The boy bought a bicycle that was stolen from his neighbor.
S2: The boy bought a bicycle which was newly repaired.
S3: The boy who is wearing a red jacket bought a bicycle.
S4: The boy whose glasses were broken bought a bicycle.
Examples 5:
It can be proved that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she had nothing to gain from her story.
=It is most likely that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she had nothing to gain from her story.
步骤五 千锤百炼多修改
反复修改时，要从下面几个方面考虑：
第一、内容要点是否涵盖全面，有无遗漏，有无重复赘述。
第二、文体、体裁、风格、语汇是否相宜。
第三、词数是否适当，篇幅不易过长，也不易过短。
第四、行文是否流畅，结构是否严谨，过渡是否自然，文理是否通顺。
第五、语言知识、词汇句型、语法结构是否有错误。
第六、大小写、单词拼写、标点符号、冠词、时态和语态以及名词单复数有无笔下错误。
第七、是否运用了高级词汇、复杂句式，是否引用了名言警句、成语谚语，词汇句型是否多样化。
反复修改后，必须达到的最佳和最终效果是，整洁的卷面、丰富的词汇、 流畅的结构和独到的思想
步骤六 一丝不苟誊定稿
在誊写的过程中，力求做到：字迹工整、书写规范、版式美观、卷面清爽、赏心悦目
步骤七 孤芳自赏总复核
衡量一篇作文优劣的最终标准是什么呢？请你记住这36个字：
功能凸显 、主题鲜明 、体裁符合 、要点齐全 、词数恰当 、行文流畅 、结构严谨 、前呼后应 、符合要求
笔者建议誊写复核完毕以后，能够吟诵数遍，是否达到了朗朗上口，动听悦耳。
为了看上去一目了然，操作起来得心应手，上文的七个步骤图示如下
在各级各类考试中，考场上如果时间实在来不及，可以简化为三个步骤：
第三部分 范例写作 (说明文)
我们以下面这篇书面表达为例，示范一下“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”的实际操作流程
假如你是高三学生李华，在某国际学校学习。你的美国朋友John 即将到你所在的学校学习，应他的要求，请你写一封email ,介绍学校体育馆的基本情况。
写作内容：1、历史：于2007年初建成并投入使用；
2、位置：教学大楼的后边，大操场的东边；
3、结构：占地面积为2800平方米，共两层，一楼有游泳池，二楼有排球、篮球、羽毛球、乒乓球场，可容纳人数2500左右；
4、特点：环境优美，设备先进，
5、开放时间：早上6:00至晚上9:30, 周末照常开放；
6、体育馆的其他用途。
注意：1、词数100左右，可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
2、开头和结尾已经为你写好，不计入总词数。
参考答案：
Dear John，
I am very glad to hear that you will come to our school to study. Now let me tell you something about our school stadium.
The stadium was completed and put into use at the beginning of 2007. Situated behind the teaching building and to the east of the playground, it covers an area of 2800 square meters with two floors .There is a swimming pool on the first floor and a volleyball court, a basketball court, a badminton court and a table tennis court
are on the second floor .It can hold about 2500 people .Besides ,the opening time is from 6:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m. on weekdays and weekends. The stadium has modern equipment and beautiful surroundings.
Sometimes we listen to reports and watch performances in the stadium .You are sure to enjoy yourself her.
Sincerely yours,
Li Hua
高中英语“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”实践操作流程表
具体应用实例
|
试题来源 |
范例写作 2015年3月15日（星期日）
平凉二中 高三第一次周考练试卷"书面表达” （衡水 模拟信息卷I） |
|
审题立意巧构思 |
1、功能意念 |
5、空间（48）位置，（49）方向；
7、特征（56）规格； 8、计量。 |
|
2、话题题材 |
5、学校生活；15、文娱与体育。 |
|
3、呈现方式 |
6、夹文夹图（原题有“体育馆”的图片）
文字说明--提纲式--控制性写作 |
|
4、体裁格式 |
2、应用文-书信体-电子邮件； 3、说明文 |
|
5、内容要点 |
1、历史；2、位置；3、结构；4、特点；
5、开放时间；6、其他用途。
|
|
6、词数要求 |
100个单词左右 |
|
7、特殊要求 |
可适当增加细节；开头和结尾已给出。 |
|
遣词造句忙准备 |
1、高级词汇 |
stadium volleyball badminton two storeys
square meters teaching building advanced
the business hours
|
|
2、短语词组 |
Be put into use ; cover an area of /have a history of/have a population ;
As a proverb says ,-------------------./As a famous saying goes ,-----------------------.;
Lie behind /be located behind /be situated behind ;
At the beginning of ; to /in /on the east of ;
Not only ------but also ------. |
|
3、复杂句式 |
状语从句（since while ）；定语从句（which where ）；强调句型（It is ......that ....... ） |
|
4、逻辑关系 |
以“内容要点”为顺序组织文章。besides in addition |
|
5、连贯顺序 |
以“空间位置方向”为线索组织文章。 |
|
谋篇布局列提纲 |
第一段：引入话题
第二段：文章主体（内容要点）：1、历史；2、位置；3、结构；
4、特点；5、开放时间；6、其他用途。
第三段：总结中心（主题段） |
|
奋笔疾书打草稿 |
Dear John ,
I am very glad to hear that you will come to our school to study . Since you asked me to say something about our school stadium , I would like to introduce it to you .
The stadium was built /constructed /completed /finished at the beginning of 2007 and it has been put into use since then .It lies /is located /is situated behind the teaching building and to the east of the playground. It covers an area of 2800 square meters with two storeys . There is a swimming pool on the first floor while a volleyball court , a basketball court ,a badminton court and a table tennis court are on the second .The stadium which is beautiful and has advanced equipment can hold /contain about 2500 people .Besides ,the business hours are from 6:00 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. not only on weekdays but also on weekends . In addition, it is in our school stadium that sometimes we listen to lectures and watch wonderful performances .
Such is our school stadium where I think you will enjoy yourself and do all kinds of sports and play various games. |
第四部分 高中高考英语书面表达
仿写、套写范本
第一 自我介绍类
(一般现在时)
A brief self-introduction
About myself
My name is……
I was born on……in……
I am a boy/girl.
I am tall./short./thin./fat./handsome./beautiful./cool./clever./cute.
I am in Class …, Grade …., …… Middle School.
I am in Class … , Junior/Senior…, ….. Middle School.
About my hobbies
My favorite food is …… I like eating ….. best.
My favorite fruit is …… I like eating ….. best.
My favorite subject is …… I am good at…… I do well in ……
My favorite sport is …… I like playing ….. best .
My favorite color is …… I like ….. best .
My favorite teacher is …… He/ She is ……
My favorite TV program is …… I like watching ….. best .
My favorite music is …… I like listening to ….. best .
My favorite pet is ……because I think that …… are…..
My favorite is …… I like eating ….. best .
About my family
There are … people in my family.
They are my …… , …… , and my ……
My father is a…… He is … years old. He works at……
My mother is …… She is … years old. She works at ……
About my class
There are …… students in my class. …are boys and …are girls.
The tallest boy in my class is ……
The tallest girl in my class is ……
About my school-life
We study …… subjects at school. They are Chinese , …… and ……
We have …… classes in the morning and ……. In the afternoon.
We have …… P.E. class a week. I like P.E. class best.
I think it is ……and ……
About my future
When I grow up, I am going to be ……
第二 日常行为类
（一般现在时）
My daily routine
I usually get up at …… in the morning.
第三 记日记、编故事 （一般过去时 应用文）
A篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
1、日期：3月26日 星期六
2、天气：多云
3、下午上课时，你老是开小差，因为总是想着晚上7点要去看电影《希望之路》。在放学回家的路上，你遇到了一个迷路的孩子，把他送回了家。你虽然没有能够看上电影，但是心里却很高兴。
Saturday, March 26, Cloudy.
It’s a Saturday again. How time flies! Another week has passed.
This afternoon, I was often absent-minded in class because I was eager to see the new film “The Road To Hope”, which would be shown at 7:00 p.m. on the school playground. As soon as class was over, I hurried out of the classroom.
On the way home, I saw a little child standing by the roadside crying. Obviously, he had lost his way. Forgetting all about the film, I went up to him and asked him to tell me whatever he knew about his family. It took me nearly an hour to send him home. His parents were glad to find their lost child back and thanked me again and again.
I missed the film. However, I felt very happy.
B篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
2月4日，星期天上午，你们班同学骑车到学校附近的公园，组织了一次环保活动。请根据下表内容，写一篇日记，发表你对此次活动的看法。
|
组别 |
任 务 |
|
1组 |
扫除：清理废纸、烟蒂、塑料袋等废弃物。 |
|
2组 |
宣传：树立标牌，告诉游客要爱护花木。 |
|
3组 |
演讲：向游客宣传“白色污染”的害处以及保护环境的重要性。 |
|
你的看法 |
。。。。。。 |
注意：1、日记必须包括表内所有的内容，可以适当增加细节，使内容连贯；
2、日记格式及首句已给出，不计入总词数；
3、词数：100左右；
4、参考词汇：烟蒂 cigarette end
February 4, Sunday Fine
This morning our class organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park. On arriving there, we were divided into three groups. The first group collected the rubbish, such as the waste paper, cigarette ends, plastic bags and so on. The second group set up several poster boards to remind the visitors to take care of the flowers and trees. The last group gave a speech to the visitors on the danger of “white pollution “ and the importance of protecting the environment.
I think it is very important for us to protect the environment. For the sake of people’s health and happiness, measures should be taken to control and prevent pollution and everyone should make a contribution to it.
C篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
五月十日(星期日)，天气晴朗。
这天上午，你去新华书店买书。你买了一些英语读物和参考书。正要离开时，突然发现一个年轻的小伙子站在书柜前面，手里拿着几本书，显得有点不知所措的样子，你走上前去，问他怎么回事，他告诉你他是来买书的，但忘记带钱了。经过打听，知道这位青年原来是你班同学张华的哥哥，你主动借给他钱。他高高兴兴地买了书。下午，张华把你借给他哥哥的钱还给你，并致谢意。
参考答案：
May 10, Sunday， Fine
This morning I went to the Xinhua Bookstore to buy some books. There were a lot of people there, and most of them were middle school students. I chose some English reading materials and a few copies of reference books. I was about to leave when I suddenly saw a young man standing in front of the bookshelves, with a few books in his hand and looking worried. I went over and asked him what was the matter. He told me that he had come to buy books, but had forgotten to bring money. And then I knew he was the elder brother of Zhang Hua, a classmate of mine. I offered to lend him some money. Having got the books he wanted, he felt very thankful to me. In the afternoon Zhang Hua returned me the money with many thanks. I feel very pleased today because I have done something useful for others.
第四 讨论未来生活（一般将来时） Life in the future
A篇 （2014年高考英语全国卷II） 第二节 书面表达 （25分）
一家英语报社向中学生征文，主题是“十年后的我”，请根据下列要求和你的想象完成短文
1、家庭 2、工作 3、业余生活
注意：1、词数 100左右；
2、可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3、开头语已为你写好
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future. I think my life will be very different in ten years. I will be twenty-eight years old by then. I will have my own family，probably with a lovely child. I hope I will work in a computer company as a program designer. I will enjoy my work and get along well with my colleagues. I will do a good job in whatever I do. In my free time, I will continue to take regular exercise, such as swimming, running and various ball games. On my holidays, I will travel around the world. In a word, my life will be much richer and more colorful.
B篇
［写作要求］
根据以下内容，通过合理的想象，以“Our future life”为题，写一篇100词左右的英语短文，展望一下未来的科技生活。
1、有些人可以到月球上度假。
2、有些科学家能在海底生活‘’
3、每家都有可视电话（videophone）,通过可视电话人们可以进行体检和购物。
4、孩子们可以在家通过电视和广播接受教育。
5、机器人为你做家务。
［审题谋篇］
|
体裁 |
想象性作文 |
|
话题 |
描述未来生活 |
|
时态 |
以将来时为主 |
|
人称 |
以第一人称为主 |
［遣词造句］
I词汇
1、梦想（dream of/about）
2、度假 （on holiday/for a holiday）
3、等等（and so on）
4、上学（go to school）
5、实现梦想（come true/realize/achieve one’s dream）
II句式
1、Some people will go to the moon for their holidays.
Some scientists will live under the sea.
(用and连接两个句子)
答案：Some people will go to the moon for their holidays, and some scientists will live under the sea.
2、We will have videophones in every home.
We can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
(用which引导定语从句改写句子)
答案：We will have more videophones in every home by which we can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
［妙笔成篇］
Sometimes I dream about life in the future. What will it be like? Perhaps some people will go to the moon for their holidays, and some scientists will live under the sea. Maybe we will have more videophones in every home by which we can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
I am sure there’ll be more educational programs on the radio or TV. Children will study at home instead of going to school every day.
No people like doing housework. Maybe in the future each family will have a robot. Every day we can ask the robot to doing the shopping, the housework and so on. I believe the dream will come true some day.
第五 制作工艺流程 (说明文)
First Next Then And then Finally
A篇 How do you make a banana milk shake?
First, peel the bananas.
Next, put the bananas in the blender.
Then, pour the milk into the blender.
Finally, turn on the blender.
B篇 How do you make Russian soap for a party on Saturday?
First, buy some beef, one cabbage, four carrots, three potatoes, five tomatoes and one onion.
Then, cut up the vegetables.
Next, put the beef, carrots and potatoes into a pot and add some water.
After that, cook them for 30 minutes.
Then, add the cabbage, tomatoes and onion and cook
Finally, don’t forget to add some salt.
C篇 How do you make a turkey dinner?
Here is one way to make turkey for a Thanksgiving dinner.
First, mix together some bread pieces, onions, salt and pepper.
Next, fill the turkey with this bread mix.
Then, put the turkey in a hot oven and cook it for a few hours.
When it is ready, place the turkey on a large plate and cover it with gravy.
Finally, cut the turkey into thin pieces and eat the meat with vegetables like carrots and potatoes.
D篇
一家宾馆新开业，为了吸引外国宾客，希望在the internet上宣传，请为其写一篇介绍 1。地点，距白山入口处500米
2。单人间(共20)，100元/天; 双人间(共15)，150元/天
3。热水淋浴
4。中西餐厅，咖啡厅
5。游泳池免费开放
6。欢迎预定
范文：
Welcome to Baishan Mountain Hotel.
Baishan Mountain Hotel is now open for business. Our hotel stands 500 meters away from the entrance of Baishan Mountain. It has 20 single rooms and 15 double rooms, all with hot showers. A single room is 100 yuan and double room 150 yuan for one night. You are advised to book in advance. The hotel serves three meals a day and there are Chinese food and western food for you to choose from . You can also enjoy yourself at the café drinking tea or coffee in the evening. We also have a swimming pool, which is open all day and free of charge.
All are welcome!
E篇
［写作任务］
写一篇100词左右的英语短文介绍华山。要点如下：
1、华山位于陕西省华阴县，是我国著名的五岳（Five Sacred Mountains）之一。
2、华山有五座山峰（peak）, 分别为东峰、西峰、南峰、北峰和中峰。
3、可以步行上山，也可以乘索道（ropeway）或缆车（cable car）。
［审题谋篇］
|
体裁 |
说明文 |
|
话题 |
景点介绍 |
|
时态 |
一般现在时 |
|
人称 |
第三人称 |
［遣词造句］
I词汇
1、位于 （lie in/be located in/be situated in）
2、作为......而闻名（be famous as）
3、吸引你的目光（attract your attention/catch your eyes）
4、在......的路上（on the way to）
5、欣赏美丽风景（enjoy/appreciate the beauty）
II句式
1、It has five main peaks and they are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak ,the North Peak and the Middle Peak.
(用定语从句改写)
答案：It has five main peaks, among which are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak ,the North Peak and the Middle Peak.
2、You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, and along the way you can enjoy the scenery.
(用定语从句改写)
答案：You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, where you can enjoy the scenery.
［妙笔成篇］
Mount Hua
Mount Hua is located in Huayin, Shaanxi Province. It is famous as one of the Five Sacred Mountains of China. Its five main peaks are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak, the North Peak and the Middle Peak, each of which has an unusual story.
At the foot of the mountain, the waterfall will first attract your attention. On the way to the top, you’ll see a number strange hills and unique rocks. When you arrive at the top, you can look out over a sea of clouds. You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, where you can enjoy the scenery.
Now it is attracting more and more tourists from all over the world. Why not pay a visit there?
第六 议论文
A篇 以约120个字对“用金钱鼓励孩子学习 ”的现象进行议论
1. 你对用金钱鼓励孩子学习的看法
2. 你的父母和亲人是如何鼓励孩子的
3. 你认为怎样才能更好地鼓励孩子学习
范文：
From where I stand, I am not in favor of encouraging kids with cash just because they have got good marks.
My parents used to encourage me like this. Whenever I made progress in studies , they bought me my favorite books ,which not only motivated me to learn ,but also helped me get along well with my studies.
To get kids motivated to learn , I think we should not treat every child in the same way. To some students , oral praise is essential .
Don’t save the praise for only the top score. If possible, involved other adults in praising them. However, this method may not work well with other kids. Maybe what is more important to them is to water a movie or go on a trip together with their parents. It just depends.
B篇 （说明文和议论文综合）
鼠标是计算机时代最佳的人机交互工具之一。它极大地方便了人们的计算机操作。
但是，过分依赖鼠标的习惯也会带来一些不利影响。
请你以鼠标为切入点，根据下面所提供的情况，写一篇短文。
鼠标的必要性 操作计算机，上网冲浪
鼠标的便利性 点击，移动，插入，拷贝，删除 编辑文本，搜索信息收发邮件，选购商品
点播音乐，下载电影
如果过分依赖鼠标，会------?
范文：
The mouse is a most effective device used by people to communicate with a computer.
For most people, it’s almost impossible to operate computer without a mouse, let alone surf the internet . A well-chose mouse is really handy, flexible and convenient in controlling the screen. With the functions of inserting , deleting ,moving and copying ,it enables us to edit text ,browse web pages and download what we want . It can even bring us a flood of music , movies and PC games . Just imagine , all these can be done with a cute mouse.
A convenient tool can certainly make our work easier , but it doesn’t help in a positive way . Too much information on our fingertips leaves little room for knowledge pursuing . Too many ready answers make us less excited in finding truth . Relying too much on mouse makes us lazier and less creative both mentally and physically.
C篇
目前，学校存在少数学生考试作弊现象。请以“ My opinion on cheating in examinations”为题，写一篇短文。
主要原因: 考试偏多、偏难；不用功, 懒惰 ；取悦父母、老师。
个人看法: 作弊不对，违反校规， 要诚实，努力学习
----其他看法
范文： My opinion on cheating in examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
As students ,we often take examinations at school, but sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us . On the one hand, some of us are lazy and don’t work hard at their lessons. So when taking examinations , they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers .
In my opinion , it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools. We students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard instead of cheating in exams. What’s more, we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.
第七 人物传记
A篇Write a description of Helen Keller
Write a life story of someone→
Choose a familiar person→
Make a plan→
Write down all the ideas→
Choose an interesting example to show the person's character→
Add examples of their difficulties and problems→
Show their achievements
Each idea will help to make a paragraph.
List the related words and expressions that will help you write the description.
汉语提示：
1、海伦凯勒于1880年6月27日出生在Tuscumbia, Ala.，USA , 她于1968 年6月 1日谢世。
2、她是闻名世界的盲聋作家、教育家、慈善家、社会活动家。
3、她在19个月大的时候，由于一场大病，被迫失去了视力和听力。
4、在安妮莎莉文（Anne Sullivan）老师的帮助下，克服重重困难，她学会了说话、读书、写字，最终，掌握了英、法、德等五种语言。
5
、她曾在哈佛大学学习并毕业于1904
年，完成了她的一系列著作，主要著作有《假如给我三天光明》、《我的生活》、《我的老师》等。6、她走遍世界各地，结交要人，为盲人学校募集资金，把自己的一生献给了盲人福利和教育事业。
7、在她一生中，她获得了世界各国人民的赞扬，并得到许多国家政府的嘉奖，以表彰她的成就。
8、海伦凯勒勤奋、聪明、乐观、学识渊博、意志坚强，她为我们树立了光辉的榜样。
范文
1, Helen Keller was born on June 27th, 1880 in Tuscumbia, Ala., USA. She died on June 1st, 1968.
2, She was a world-famous deaf-blind writer, an educator, a philanthropist and a social activist.
3, When she was 19 months old, she was forced to lose her hearing and sight because of a serious illness.
4, With the help of her tutor, Anne Sullivan, having overcome so many difficulties, she learned to speak, read and write. Finally, she mastered English, French, German and other two languages.
5, She studied in Harvard University and graduated in 1904.She finished a series of works. Her best-known works included Give me three days to see, The story of my life, My teacher and so on.
6, She travelled around the world, made friends with very important persons, collected money for deaf-blind schools and in the end devoted all her life to the cause of deaf-blind's welfare and education.
7, During her lifetime, she won a high praise of the people all over the world and she was awarded by the governments of many countries in recognition of her accomplishments.
8, Helen Keller was hard-working, intelligent, optimistic, Knowledgeable and strong-willed. She set a good example to us all.
B篇 比尔·盖茨小传
2000
年，比尔·盖茨成立比尔和梅琳达·盖茨基金会，2008
年比尔盖茨宣布将580
亿美元个人财产捐给慈善基金会 ，2014
年比尔·盖茨辞去董事长一职 并击退卡洛斯·斯利姆重回世界首富。 2015
年美国当地时间9
月29
日，《福布斯》发布美国富豪400
强榜单显示，微软公司创始人盖茨凭借760
亿美元净资产，连续第22
年高居榜首。 2016年3月1日，福布斯公布了最新一期全球富豪榜单，虽然比尔·盖茨的个人财富比2015年少了42亿美金，但他这次以750亿美金个人财富仍连续三年位居榜首。 2016年10月，《福布斯》发布“美国400富豪榜”，比尔·盖茨以资产810亿美元，第23年蝉联榜首。
William Henry "Bill" Gates III (born October 28, 1955) is an American business magnate, investor, author and philanthropist. In 1975, Gates and Paul Allen co-founded Microsoft, which became the world's largest PC software company. During his career at Microsoft, Gates held the positions of chairman, CEO and chief software architect, and was the largest individual shareholder until May 2014. Gates has authored and co-authored several books.
C篇
假设Thomas Edison是你最喜欢的人，请根据信息写篇短文
1. 对该人物的简单介绍
2. 喜欢该人物的理由
3. 从该人物身上得到的启示
范文： Thomas Edison
Born in America, Thomas Edison was a great scientist and inventor. He was once thought to be a boy who was not worth educating . In fact , he was a man full of imagination.
I admire Edison a lot because of his great contribution to the world . He had more than 1000 inventions . In his life time, he was always eager to know how things worked, which helped him to own the nickname “ the wizard of Melo park” . He was also so diligent that he worked day and night . And this explained why he had so many great inventions .
What impresses me most is his famous saying : “Genius is one percent inspiration and ninety-nine percent perspiration”. Probably I can’t be an Edison myself , but I can be a hardworking teamer . From him, I realize the secret to success is not when and where you were born ,but what you are doing and how you do it in your life.
第五部分 高中英语写作必备词语
|
1、表示罗列增加 |
|
first second third; first then/next after that finally;
for one thing..., for another...; on the one hand..., on the other hand...;
besides/what’s more/in addition/furthermore/moreover/another/also;
especially/in particular; worse still, to make matters worse等。 |
|
2、表示时间顺序 |
|
now, at present, recently, after, afterward, after that, after a while, in a few days, at first,
in the beginning, to begin with, later, next, finally, eventually, immediately, soon, suddenly, all of a sudden, at that moment, as soon as, the moment, from now on, from then on, at the same time, meanwhile, till, not...until, when, while, as, during等。 |
|
|
3、表示解释说明 |
|
for example , for instance, in this case , in fact , as a matter of fact , to tell you the truth , actually，that is to say , that is, namely , in other words, to put it another way, according to等。 |
|
4、表示转折关系 |
|
but，however, while, or, otherwise, on the contrary , on the other hand , except (for ), instead, nevertheless, yet, otherwise等。 |
|
5、表示并列关系 |
|
or , and, not only ...but also..., as well as , both ...and..., either ...or ..., neither ...nor ..., together with等。 |
|
6、表示因果关系 |
|
because，because of , since, now that, as, for, thanks to , owing to , due to , on account of , therefore , so, thus , as a result (of ), so ...that..., such ...that ...,等 |
<, TD vAlign=top width=876>
7、表示条件关系
|
as (so ) long as , on condition that , if , unless , once , now that 等。 |
|
8、表示让步关系 |
|
though , although , as, even if , even though , despite , in spite of , whether ...or ..., however , whoever , whatever , whichever , wherever , whenever , no matter (who ,what ,which, where, when, whom )等。 |
|
9、表示举例 |
|
for example, for instance , such as , like, take ...for example 等。 |
|
10、表示比较 |
|
similarly , the same as , in contrast, compared with (to ), just like , just as 等。 |
|
11、表示目的 |
|
for this reason , for this purpose , so that , in order that , in order to , so as to 等。 |
|
12、表示强调 |
|
indeed，surely , certainly , no doubt , without any doubt , truly , obviously , above all , first of all, in the end, in the beginning 等。 |
|
13、表示概括归纳 |
|
in a word , in short , in brief ,on the whole , in general, generally speaking , in my opinion , all in all , as has been stated , as I have shown , finally , at last , in summary , in conclusion , to sum up, as far as I am concerned, as far as I know 等， |
|
14、其他 |
|
|
第六部分 高中英语写作必备句式
|
一、文章主题句 |
|
1、It goes without saying that ... 不用说------。
2、There is no denying the fact that ... 不可否认这个事实------。
No one can deny ... 谁也不可否认这个事实------。
There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问------。
It can’t be denied that ... 不可否认的是------。
3、I am greatly convinced that ...=I am greatly assured that ... 我深信------。
4、Among various kinds of ...=Of all the ... 在各种------之中，
5、As far as I am concerned ,... 在我看来/就我所知，------。
6、According to my personal experience ...，=Based on my personal experience ...，
根据我的个人经验------，
7、Of all the people I know , perhaps none deserves my respect more than ...
在我认识的人当中，也许没有一个人比------更值得我尊敬。
8、In the course of my schooling ,I will never forget ....
在我的求学过程中，我永远都忘不了------。
9、With the increase /growth of the population ,... 随着人口的增加，------，
With the advance of science and technology ,... 随着科技的进步，------，
With the rapid development of our economy, ... 随着我国经济的快速发展，------。
10、In the age of information and communication , ... plays an important role.
在这个信息时代，------扮演着重要的角色。
11、Nothing in the world can delight me so much as ....
世界上没有什么比------更令我高兴。
12、It is necessary /important /proper that sb. (should ) do ...
某人做------是必要的/重要的/适当的。
13、It is said /thought /reported /believed that ... 据说/人们认为/据报道/人们相信------。
14、The main reason why /for ...is that .... ------的主要原因是------。
15、As we can see from the above table ,... 从上表可知------。
16、It is estimated /predicted that .... 据估计/预测------。
17、It is generally agreed that ... 大家通常认为------。
It is commonly accepted that ... 人们普遍认为------。 |
|
二、上下承接句 |
|
1、We have reasons to believe that ... 我们有理由相信------。
2、As a matter of fact ,... 事实上，------
3、Besides (In addition ),we should not neglect ... 另外，我们不应忽视------。
4、On the contrary ,...=In contrast,... 相反的是，------。
5、On the one hand ..., on the other hand,... 一方面------，另一方面------。
6、However ,it is a pity that ... 然而，遗憾的是------。
7、In other words ,...=To put it differently,... 换言之，------。
8、When it comes to ... 当谈到、涉及------。
9、Compared with ..., 和------相比，------。
10、In common with sb. ... 和某人一样------。
11、As far as we know , ... 据我们所知，------。
12、As everybody knows/As is known to all ,.../It is well known that ... 众所周知------。
13、As the proverb says ,... 正如谚语所说，------。
14、As the saying goes ,... 俗话说------。
15、As has been already discussed ,... 正如已经讨论过的，-----。
16、Despite the fact that ..., 尽管------。
17、However ,the difficulty lies in ... 然而，问题在于------。
18、Therefore ,we should realize that ... 因此，我们应该意识到------。 |
|
三、文章结构句 |
|
1、If one can really put the three points into action (practice ) ,...
如果能实践者三点，------。
2、In this way ,I believe that ... 如此，我相信------。
3、Only with combined efforts ,can we ... 唯有通力合作，我们才能------。
4、For these reasons , I ... 基于这些理由，我------。
5、In conclusion ,...=To sum up ,... 总而言之，------。
6、We can ,therefore ,come to the conclusion that ... 因此，我们可以得出如下结论------。
7、Therefore ,we should realize that ... 所以，我们应该意识到------。
8、Nothing is +比较级+than to do ... 没有比------更------了。
9、People are less likely to ... 人们不太可能------。
10、It must be admitted /pointed /emphasized that ... 必须承认/指出/强调的是------。
It can be said with certainty that ... 可以肯定地说------
11、We must recognize the fact that ... 我们必须承认------。
12、What calls for special attention is that ... 需引起特别注意的是------。
13、We should spare no effort to do ... 我们应该不遗余力地------。
14、Due to /Owing to /Thanks to ... 因为/由于/多亏了------，
15、It was not until ...that he realized .... 直到------他才意识到------。
16、This story reminds me of an experience that ... 这故事使我想起了------的经历。
17、It is high (about ) time that we did sth . 我们早该------了/是时候我们该------了。 |
|
四、常用的结尾句 |
|
1、All in all /In a word /In conclusion /In general /In summary /To sum up ...
总的来说------， On the whole... 总的来看------，
2、In brief /In short ... 简言之------
3、As a consequence result ... 因此------
4、From this point of view ... 从这一点来看------。
5、If we can do as mentioned above ,there can be no doubt that ....
如果我们能做到如上所述，毫无疑问------。
6、Last but not least ... 最后但同等重要的是------。
7、Therefore ,we have the reason to believe that ... 因此，我们有理由相信------。
8、We ,therefore , can make it clear from the above discussion that ...
因此，从上面的讨论中我们可以明白------。 |
|
五、其他 |
|
1、强调句型：It is /was /will be +被强调部分+that /who +句子其余成分。
2、It is no doubt that ...=There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问------。
3、As the saying goes ,no pains, no gains. Only through hard work can we achieve our goals.
正如谚语所云，一分耕耘，一分收获，只有通过辛勤的努力我们才能实现目标。 |
第七部分 高中英语写作经常引用的经典谚语
1、Nothing is impossible. 万事皆有可能。
2、If I think I can, I can. 我说我行，我就行。
3、Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者事竟成。
4、No pains, no gains. 一分耕耘一分收获。
5、God helps those who help themselves. 自助者神助。
6、He laughs best who laughs last.
谁笑在最后，谁笑得最好。
7、Time and tide wait for no man. 时不我待。
8、Nothing is too difficult if you put your heart into it.
世上无难事只怕有心人。
9、Failure is the mother of success. 失败乃成功之母。
10、He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
不到长城非好汉。
11、Never too old to learn. 活到老学到老。
.12、Well begun, half done. 良好的开端成功的一半。
13、One boy is a boy, two boys half a boy, three boys no boy.
一个和尚挑水喝，两个和尚抬水喝，三个和尚没水喝。
14、Practice makes perfect. 熟能生巧。
15、Study hard and make progress every day.
好好学习，天天向上。
16、Knowledge is power. 知识就是力量。
17、Great hopes make great man. 伟大的抱负造就伟大的人物。
18、Honesty is the best policy. 做人诚信为本。
19、If you venture nothing, you will have nothing.
不入虎穴，焉得虎子。
20、It never rains but it pours. 不鸣则已，一鸣惊人。
21、 Like father, like son. 有其父必有其子。
22、Like knows like. 惺惺相惜。
23、Love me, love my dog. 爱屋及乌。
24、Many hands make light work. 众人拾柴火焰高。
25、Many heads are better than one.
三个臭皮匠，赛过诸葛亮。
26、Money isn't everything. 金钱不是万能的。
27、 No cross, no crown. 不吃苦中苦，难为人上人。
28、No news is good news. 没有消息就是好消息。
29、Rome is not built in a day. 冰冻三尺，非一日之寒。
30、A fall into a pit, a gain in your wit. 吃一堑，长一智。
31、A bird in the hand is worth than two in the bush.
一鸟在手胜过双鸟在林。
32、All roads lead to Rome. 条条大路通罗马。
33、All that glitters is not gold. 闪光的不一定都是金子。
34、Great minds think alike. 英雄所见略同。
35、Health is happiness. 健康就是幸福。
36、It is no use crying over spilt milk. 覆水难收。
37、It is the first step that costs troublesome. 万事开头难。
38、It takes three generations to make a gentleman.
十年树木，百年树人。
39、Jack of all trades and master of none.
门门精通，样样稀松。
40、Learning makes a good man better and ill man worse.
好人越学越好，坏人越学越坏。
41、Like tree, like fruit. 羊毛出在羊身上。
42、Never say die. 永不言败。
43、One swallow does not make a summer. 一燕不成夏。
44、Reading is to the mind while exercise to the body.
读书健脑，运动强身。
45、Proverbs are the daughters of daily experience.
谚语是日常经验的结晶。
46、Birds of a feather flock together. 物以类聚，人以群分。
47、Better late than never. 不怕慢，单怕站。
48、Barking dogs seldom bite. 吠犬不咬人。
49、A year's plan starts with spring. 一年之计在于春。
50、A stitch in time saves nine. 小洞不补，大洞吃苦。
51、A rolling stone gathers no moss.
滚石不生苔，转业不聚财。
52、An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.
一日之计在于晨。
53、A new broom sweeps clean. 新官上任三把火。
54、All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.
只会用功不玩耍，聪明孩子也变傻。
55、A friend in need is a friend indeed. 患难见真情。
56、Actions speak louder than words. 事实胜于雄辩。
57、East or west, home is the best.
金窝银窝，不如自己的土窝。
58、Strike the iron while it is hot. 趁热打铁。
59、Speech is silver, silence is gold. 能言是银，沉默是金。
60、Blood is thicker than water. 血浓于水。
61、Never put off until tomorrow what may be done today.
今日事今日毕。
62、The longest journey begins with the first step.
千里之行，始于足下。
63、Constant dripping wears away a stone.
水滴石穿，绳锯木断。
64、More haste, less speed. 欲速则不达。
65、Early to bed, early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise. 早睡早起，健康富有聪明。
66、When in Rome, do as the Romans do. 入乡随俗。
67、Lost time is never found again. 光阴一去不复返。
68、Follow your own course, and let people talk.
走自己的路，让别人说去吧。
69、The early bird catches the worm. 早起的鸟儿有虫吃。
70、Diamond cuts diamond. 强中更有强中手。
71、A bad workman quarrels with his tools.
拙匠常怨工具差(人笨怨刀钝)。
72、Every dog has his day. 片瓦也有翻身日；人人都有得意时。
73、Easier said than done. 说易行难。
74、Don't count your chicken before they are hatched.
不要过早乐观。
75、Ask not what your country can do for you; ask what you can do for your country.
不要问你的国家能为你做什么，而要问你能为你的国家做什么。
76、Good medicine for health tastes bitter to the mouth.
良药苦口利于病。
77、An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
一天一苹果，不用请医生。
78、Books and friends should be few but good.
读书如交友，应求少而精。
79、Confidence in yourself is the first step on the road to success.
自信是走向成功的第一步。
80、Eat to live, but not live to eat.
人吃饭是为了活着，但活着不是为了吃饭。
81、Fools learn nothing from wise men, but wise men learn much
from fools. 愚者不学无术，智者不耻下问。
82、Four eyes see more than two. 集思广益。
83、Genius is nothing but labor and diligence.
天才不过是勤奋而已。
84、Heaven never helps the man who will not act.
自己不动，叫天何用。
85、He knows most who speaks least. 大智若愚。
86、He that will not work shall not eat. 不劳动者不得食。
87、Learn to walk before you run. 先学走，再学跑。
88、No man can do two things at once. 一心不可二用。
89、The world is but a little place, after all.
海内存知己，天涯若比邻。
90、The pot calls the kettle black. 五十步笑百步。
91、A man should not bite the hand that feeds him. 不要恩将仇报。
92、Out of office, out of danger. 无官一身轻。
93、Health is better than wealth. 家有万贯财，不如一身健。
94、Man proposes, God disposes. 谋事在人，成事在天。
95、All shall be well, Jack shall have Jill. 有情人终成眷属。
96、The tongue cuts the throat. 祸从口出/言多必失。
97、The remembrance of the past is the teacher of the future .
前事不忘，后事之师/前车之覆，后车之鉴。
98、A young idler, an old beggar . 少壮不努力，老大徒伤悲。
99、Pride goes before a fall. 骄者必败。
100、Misfortunes never come alone. 祸不单行。
101、A man is known by his friends. 什么人交什么朋友。
102、A wise head makes a close mouth. 真人不露相，露相非真人。
103、Bad news has wings. 好事不出门，坏事传千里。
104、Every man is the architect of his own fortune.
自己的命运自己掌握。
105、Beauty lies in the love's eyes. 情人眼里出西施。
106、One false move may lose the game. 一着不慎，满盘皆输。
107、Penny wise, pound foolish. 贪小便宜吃大亏。
108、Promise is debt. 一诺千金。
109、Still water run deep. 静水常深。
110、Talk of the devil and he will appear. 说曹操，曹操就到。
111、To know oneself is true progress. 人贵有自知之明。
112、Two dogs strive for a bone, and a third runs away with it.
鹬蚌相争，渔翁得利。
113、Two of a trade seldom agree. 同行是冤家。
114、Where there is life, there is hope.
留得青山在，不怕没柴烧。
115、You can take a horse to the water but you cannot make him drink. 强扭的瓜不甜。
116、You cannot burn the candle at both ends.
蜡烛不能两头点，精力不可过分耗。
117、Tomorrow never comes. 我生待明日，万事成蹉跎。
118、The wise man knows he knows nothing, the fool thinks he
knows all. 清者自清，浊者自浊。
119、The finest diamond must be cut. 玉不琢，不成器。
120、One hour today is worth two tomorrow. 争分夺秒效率高。
第八部分 结束语
写作是语言输出---语言输入---博览群书
写作是日积月累---厚积薄发
写作是创新能力---异想天开
写作是文思灵感---熟能生巧
写作是语言实践---勤学苦练
写作是语言天赋---以勤补拙
读书破万卷 下笔如有神
熟读唐诗三百首 不会写诗也会吟
天下文章一大套 ，就看你会套不会套。
天下文章几乎毫无例外地回答who、what、when、where、why和how的问题。
No language input, no language output
第九部分 附录 高中英语“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式 ”实践操作流程表
|
试题
来源 |
|
|
审题立意巧构思 |
1、功能意念 |
|
|
2、话题题材 |
|
|
3、呈现方式 |
|
|
4、体裁格式 |
|
|
5、内容要点 |
|
|
6、词数要求 |
|
|
7、特殊要求 |
|
|
遣词造句忙准备 |
1、高级词汇 |
|
|
2、短语词组 |
|
|
3、复杂句式 |
|
|
4、逻辑关系 |
|
|
5、连贯顺序 |
|
|
谋篇布局列提纲 |
|
|
奋笔疾书打草稿 |
|
第十部分 参考文献：
1、《高中英语新课程标准》
2、《高中英语高考考试大纲》
3、《高中英语高考考试说明》
4、人教版高中《英语》教材，必修1至必修5，选修6至选修8.
第四编 校本教材系列之三
《王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中<英语>教科书解读讲义经典句式剖析》
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 必修第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 1 第一单元 Life Choices
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Did you enjoy leaning English? 2I like reading books of all kinds.
2、1What difficulties did you have in learning English?
2In Video 1, what difficulties did the boy have in learning English?
3In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time (in) enjoying real life.
3、1My new school life is very exciting.
2I feel excited because this school differs in many ways from my previous one.
4、What is also very different is that students in the same class can have different class schedules.
5、1Surfing the Internet is definitely a big part of my life.
2Studying is definitely a big part of my life.
3I like reading books of all kinds.
4I like to set goals for myself. 5I like being busy.
6Making a prediction is guessing what is going to be mentioned.
7Skimming means reading very quickly to get a, general idea of what a text is about.
6、1You’ll often find me sitting in front of my laptop.
2Do you find these situations stressful or relaxing?
3I find waiting for exam results very stressful.
4In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful-like going to parties.
5I also plan to do more long-distance running because I find it very relaxing.
7、1It’s so convenient to be able to compare the quality and prices from different online shops before I buy.
2It’s important to meet friends in person from time to time, not just on social media.
3It always makes me excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together.
4It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
5It takes me less than 15 minutes to wash, get changed, have breakfast and leave home.
6You may think that it is boring to do the same thing every day, but I like being busy.
7It’s always good to have a friend, right? 8It is good they were all over.
8、According to them, there is a danger that I may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends.
9、Actually, I do know I need to drag myself away from the online world sometimes, especially because real life can be just as interesting.
10、1 I like to set goals for myself.
2When I set out to do something, I do my best to achieve it.
3I tend to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of each term.
4My aim is to do well in every subject this term.
5My target is to prepare myself for my degree in biology at university.
6To achieve all I want, I must use my time well.
7After school, I try to use any possible time to revise the things I have learnt during the day.
8What she tries to achieve is to prepare herself for university.
9I’m always the first person to get to my class.
10I usually find time to do my paperwork and preview the lessons.
11、I am always attentive in all classes and think actively ,so that I can have more free time to do other things that I’m interested in after school.
12、As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
13、Write the aspects mentioned in the left column in Activity 4.
14、Dr. King ends his talk by advising people who become too stressed and can’t function properly to seek professional help.
15、1After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired.
2Bringing with him lots of books, clothes, and two pairs of trainers, Zhang Tian travelled to the village with an eager heart.
3Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
4I have to get up very early in the morning and often go back home late, feeling tired.
5In the afternoon, I stay in my office, doing lots of paperwork or working on the computer.
16、1Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
2Living in the village was also more challenging than he had thought.
3They enjoy playing football in the playground, as well as singing songs they’ve learnt.
4He has enjoyed working with the children.
5Going or yum cha or dim sum is a practice that has become increasingly popular in the world
17、He was inspired by them to go and teach where he was needed the most.
18、However, not everything lived up to Zhang Tian’s hopes.
19、1 He could only shower every three or four days.
2At the moment, we meet twice a week and we’re preparing to attend a competition.
20、1 It is not surprising that PE is the kids’ favourite subject!
2 What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read, speak and write in English. 3He feels so happy that he followed his heart when choosing what to do with his life, even though it may not be what others expected of him.
4Although he had only intended to stay for one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year. 5Your life is what you make it.
6I look forward to hearing all about what’s happening with you soon.
21、1People believe that an English Duchess first introduced the idea of afternoon tea.
2It is believed that the custom began thousands of years ago when tea houses started cropping up along the Silk Road to provide rest for weary travelers.
3Later, it was discovered that tea aids digestion, so tea house owners started offering snacks with their tea and yum cha was born.
22、1Afternoon tea parties soon became popular social occasions, which is a trend that continues today.
2The most popular time to go for yum cha is late morning---or what is known in the West as brunch.
23、1Also, as I live close to public libraries and bookshops, I always have a good book to read.
2People who live in the country say that city life is stressful because of all the noise and traffic, but I like being in the middle of things.
3I live in a city for now, but thanks to our island holiday, I’m sure I could be just as happy living in the country.
4I’ve been moving from one city to the next because of my dad’s job.
5Due to the stress, I cannot sleep well at night.
6But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study.
24、1By the end of the week, I loved living in a rural area.
2I didn’t miss going online because I was too busy connecting with nature.
25、1You don’t need to visit zoos when there are animals all around you.
2 You don’t need to visit museums, cinemas or community centres because you can explore forests, caves and beaches. 3I think I will need to play more ports.
26、1Now, how to spend the next three years more wisely is a new challenge for me.
2My job is to take care of people’s health.
3It was my dream to become a volunteer teacher.
4It is exciting to work with kids.
5Besides, it is inconvenient to go outside because the public transportation is not well connected.
6But it is always so hard for me to chat with new classmates.
7My usual routine is to read the news before eating breakfast.
8And when I get home, I’m usually too tired to do anything.
27、1One thing I really want to change is the time I spend in the digital world and it’s time to get out of it and make a difference in the real world.
2It supports children who struggle to read and write and they have volunteers who spend time with children who need help.
3But it is not surprising that being a in the village can be challenging.
4It’s not surprising that he won the race, but I was surprised that he broke the world record.
28、1I spent hours surfing the web, watching films and chatting with friends online rather than in person. 2It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
3Then it takes half an hour for me to get to the office.
29、Parents report that their children are just watching this series and neglecting everything else, using Escape to a New Life as an excuse for not completing homework, or refusing to revise for exams, citing a need for a happier and less stressful life.
30、She no longer completes he homework saying it doesn’t matter as she just wants to “escape to a new life”.
31、Paediatrician, Dr. Elisa Carhart who specializes in child mental health, says that TV can influence a young people’s decision in life, but believes that if a young person reacts as strongly as Charlotte, it’s likely there are other reasons for the change in her behaviour.
32 1Being a doctor means I have to make correct decisions all the time, which puts a lot of pressure on me.
2Although being a doctor keeps me very busy, with little time for leisure, I have no regrets as I love solving problems and I get to help people recover from illnesses and injuries.
3On the plus side, I get to travel a lot to different countries for matches and of course, hearing people cheer you on is great.
33、Quietude promotes learning, frugality cultivates virtue. One can’t show high ideals without simple living; one can’t have lofty aspirations without a peaceful state of mind.
静以修身，俭以养德。非淡泊无以明志，非宁静无以致远。
本句出自诸葛亮《诫子书》。（课本P94）
34、The Summary of the Reading Text---I’m a … digital native of Lesson 1, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 10:
Joe is a “digital native”. He does lots of things online, for example, chatting with his friends. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict”, because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with online friends. They are also worried that he may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
35、The Summary of the Listening Text---The Topic of Stress ---The Interview of Lesson 2, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 13:
Dr. King is an expert on stress. In his talk, he believes everyone suffers from stress at some point in their lives, from teachers, doctors and factory workers to newspaper editors. However, some jobs may be more stressful than others, like some positions in the police or the military. Dr. King thinks there are different causes of stress. But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study. Students with lots of homework can feel very stressed when they don’t have enough time to finish everything. Dr. King also discusses social pressure and how to some extent it can also cause stress. In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful---like going to parties. Dr. King also suggests some ways to reduce stress and tension, for example, you can organize your work or studies, you must eat well and exercise often and you can also talk to people about your problem. Dr. King ends his talk by advising people who become too stressed and can’t function properly to seek professional help.
36、The Summary of the Reading Text---Your Life Is What You Make It of Lesson 3, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 16:
Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
However, the teaching and living conditions were more challenging than he had thought. The playground was dusty and the power and water supplies were unstable.
Besides English, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school---music, art and PE. The kids’ school lives are now more attractive and interesting, and the school is now full of laughter and music. The contribution he made to the village made him very popular among the villages. He also decided to stay for another year.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Sports and Fitness
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1I prefer to play sports with friends rather than exercise by myself.
2I would rather do anything other than exercise.
2、1One’s health and wellness are dependent not only on diet, but also on sport and exercise.
2That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal n the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
3、Paul’s favourite player was Tyrone Bogues, a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets, although we actually agree that they are both champions.
4、1When we weren’t playing on the court which was next to our building, we were watching a game on TV.
2Paul’s favourite player was a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets.
3Bogues was only 1.6 metres tall, which made the shortest player ever in the NBA. 4He was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
5Paul was someone who worked really hard for the team.
6This week, The Lions were playing our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect.
7Paul didn’t know he‘d soon get the chance that he’d been waiting for.
8And clearly, all the extra hours that he’d spent practicing alone paid off.
5、Paul knew that being shorter than other players meant that he had to practice more.
6、The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points.
be about to do sth. be to do sth. be going to do sth.
7、1“I don’t think I can play anymore, coach,” I said quietly as the doctor put an ice pack on my knee.
2“Well,” said the coach as he hit Paul on the shoulder, “you’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!” 3A player must bounce the ball as he or she moves down the court.
8、The team gather around, looking worried.
9、1Paul was a basketball who was usually on the bench being a replacement.
2His favourite player was a guy who was also only 1.6 metres tall.
3He played in the team which was called The Lions.
4He helped his team win the game which made him a hero.
10、1Have you found the keys (that)/(which) you lost?
2We stayed at a hotel (that)/(which) Tom recommended to us.
3The people who/that work in the office are very friendly.
4What’s the name of the man whose car you barrowed?
5The man (who)/(that) I was sitting next to on the plane talked all the time.
11、Context is the situation, language or information that is related to something and helps you to understand.
12、Audiences are reminded to turn off the phones or put them on silence.
13、1When taking photos during the match, please turn off your flash.
2Don’t drink too much while running.
3Make a list of the feelings you may have when playing or watching sports.
4Don’t read every word when looking for specific information.
5Please turn off your flash when taking photos.
6You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
7Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
14、You are prohibited from hitting the other person with your head, shoulder or arm.
15、Focus on function: Expressing Emotions(1)
1I feel disappointed when my team loses. 2And I feel awkward failing PE exams.
16、1As people often say, any exercise is better than none.
2You are also somebody who worries about getting sick.
3Besides, anybody who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
4Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress.
5It’s never too late to start getting into running and exercising ---after all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible!”
6Later, Esteban, who won the bronze medal, tried to give his medal to Navarro.
17、1Scanning a text means reading it as quickly as possible to find specific information. 2Offering me the prize was worth more than what I did for him.
18、Nothing gives one more satisfaction than realising that all the sweat and hard work were worth it in the end.
19、1There will be times when you want to give up.
2That’s when I realized that running is a great way to make friends and kill time when you’re alone and there’s nothing better a good run to clear your head when things get stressful.
20、1Ismael Esteban, in third place, was just ahead of his competitor, Agustin Navarro, only 300 metres to the finishing line. 介词with的复合结构
2Esteban had been cycling as hard as he could for hours and with the finishing line in bight all the cyclists began to speed up to cross it.
3The two cyclists reached the finishing line with Esteban ahead on foot, Navarro just behind him.
21、Navarro had let Esteban finish in third place, while he came fourth.
22、1If so, how much time do you normally spend practicing in a week?
2If left alone, the younger members of the species are more physically active.
3Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
23、Coaches can have children imitate what mature dancers do and children are often able to do that. have/make/let sb. do sth. get sb. to do sth.
24、The real goal of encouraging children to participate in physical activity is not to look for talented athletes but to encourage children to have fun being active.
25、Martial arts are often referred to as either soft or hard.
26、1The most popular martial arts today originated in Asia, especially in China.
2But did you know that its roots are derived from Fujian Province?
27、In the 14th century, a community of Chinese migrants from Fujian settled in what was then the Kingdom of Okinawa.
28、1The Chinese migrants used to gather in a park to enjoy cultural activities---one of which was Kung fu.
2This soon caught the attention of local youths, who started learning Kung fu from their Chinese neighbours.
3They adopted a training methodology from a Chinese military manual called Ji Xiao Xin Shu written by the famed Chinese general, Qi Jiguang, who had himself defeated Japanese pirates.
29、What are the main reasons why people learn martial arts?
30、Spin classes are a safe and effective way to work out---it doesn’t matter how much you weigh, how old you are, or how fit you are.
31、It’s great for beginners or people recovering from an injury because of its low impact---that means it won’t hurt your joints.
32、1You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
2Wear gloves and mouth guards in case something happen.
33、1My favourite sports star is a tennis player who is energetic and skilful.
2She is a talented tennis player who has won many awards.
3That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal in the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
4She is an excellent player whose fans all support her and wish her the best.
34、1My uncle was a fan who tried to attend every game. 定语从句
2The baseball team which my cousin plays for is doing really well this year.
3I am a friend of the girl whose brother is such a great baseball player.
4My cousin has the ball that was used during last year’s championship.
35、1I enjoy doing sports that are competitive.
2I like meeting people who are fun and interesting.
3I often listen to music which is popular at the moment.
4I have a friend whose brother won a TV talent show. 定语从句
36、I suggested that she keep a journal of all her new activities, and how she felt about them and about herself. 虚拟语气
37、It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
38、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Underdog of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 32: 《教师用书》P62
Paul was a basketball player on the team, The Lions. He loved basketball so much. Paul was shorter than most basketball players; in fact he was only 1.6 meters. One of his NBA favourite players was Tyrone Bogues who was also the same height.
Paul had to practice much harder than others because of his height. He was always very determined and focused but unfortunately the coach never picked him for the team. Recently, Paul finally got his chance. During a game against The Lions’ biggest competitor, The Bears, a player on the team was injured and Paul pleaded with the coach for a chance. The coach was unsure but allowed him to play. Paul proved that he was skilled and talented by scoring shot after shot. When the game ended, the coach told Paul that he had earned his place on the team.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 3 第三单元 Celebrations
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、I love celebrating the Mid-autumn Festival. It is celebrated on the 15th day of the eighth lunar month. We usually celebrate it by having a family dinner, eating moon cakes, chatting and enjoying the moon.
2、1Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family.
2First, the house was cleaned from top to bottom.
3Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to our front door.
4It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
5Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
6Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
7Most of the Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
3、1My host mother Mrs. Chen said this was to sweep away the dirt of the past year and get ready for the next year.
2 Mrs. Chen said that it was to scare away the monster Nian.
3Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
be to do sth.
4One of their favorite family traditions is to make jiaozi. 动词不定式短语充当表语。
4、It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
It is believed/said/reported/suggested/proved/hoped/thought/discovered/......that+真正的主语从句。
5、Children were covering their ears but with an expectant look on their faces.
介词with的复合结构
6、1 Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
2We then sat together to enjoy a big dinner, wishing everyone a happy new year.
现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
3Our grandchildren run around shouting and playing. 现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
7、1Tom Jenkins is a 16-year-old exchange student living in Nanjing.
2Xu Gang is a 28-year-old computer engineer working in Shanghai.
3Li Yan is a 70-year-old grandmother from Heilongjiang.
8、1I usually start planning my trip home to Shanxi weeks before Spring Festival, as train tickets or flights have to be booked as early as possible.
as=because=since 原因状语从句
2As I get older, coming home and being with my entire family is the most important part of it.
3We always have jiaozi during this time, as they mean something special on this occasion.
4Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
5As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class, and then for the whole school. （九年级全一册U4P27阅读课文）
9、1Every year, the moment I got on the train, I am surrounded by Shanxi accents---I know that I am heading home to my family.
2We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
the moment=as soon as 时间状语从句
10、1I don’t get to travel back to Shanxi very often, so when I get home , my parents will fill me in on what’s been happening---who has got married or had children or gone to university.
2However, what we eat isn’t the most important thing.
3What’s important is who we eat it with.
4We think about what the children would like to eat, what we need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared.
11、1Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
2Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
动名词的复合结构，充当主语。
3Listening for specific information means to listen for specific words like names, numbers or dates.
12、1Tens of thousands of visitors are being attracted by the Lantern Show in Datong.
2Traditional lanterns and ice lanterns are mixed to create a special and happy atmosphere
3The ancient walls in this city were rebuilt by the government last year.
4The Lantern Show was organized by the government under the ancient walls for the first time this year.
5More people are expected to visit in the coming days.
13、1On Christmas Eve, Granny took a seat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. 2I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents.
14、1I still remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us.
2That was also the day Granny moved in.
3I loved the bit that went “Thumpety-thump-thump......Frosty go!”
4“That’s the most beautiful tree I’ve ever seen.” Granny said.
5Each year, I took out the music box she gave me.
6Inside I keep Granny’s paper hat and the letter she helped me write that Christmas. 7Now I’m the one who makes sugar biscuits each year.
8Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
9Can you find any hints in the story that suggest Grandma was in poor health condition?
10It is a wonderful birthday celebration and I’ve got the best gift I have ever received.
11I checked the special gift I had made for Grnadpa.
15、1I remember Granny sitting on my bed and singing softly until I fell asleep.
2I remember catching her eye through the window.
16、It was a music box with a ballet dancer inside. 介词with的复合结构，充当后置定语。
17、1When I write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny made an effort to help me. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语。
2We put on silly paper hats and had a big turkey with potatoes, followed by Christmas pudding. 过去分词短语充当伴随状语。
18、1David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
2Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
3I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
so......that...... ，“如此......以致于......”，结果状语从句。
19、When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
B1U2 Workbook P85
20、1The whole family had been preparing for it for quite some time.
2For weeks I had been working on this, listening to Grandpa’s stories, selecting his favorite music and collecting photos from the family album. 过去完成进行时态。
21、1Dad was nowhere to be seen.
2“That seems to be done right----” he began. 动词不定式的被动式。
22、The shape of jiaozi is also similar to the currency used in ancient China, so it is believed that they will bring wealth and prosperity.
23、As well as being a writer, he was also a mathematician and photographer, amongst other things.
24、1 “At least,” she corrected herself, “a beautiful scarf, I should have said ---no, a belt, I mean---I beg your pardon!”
should have done sth. should not have done sth.;
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.;
need have done sth. need not have done sth.;
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth. ;
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
2It must have been a long flight for her! (Reading and Writing P89)
25、1She began to wish she hadn’t chosen that subject.
2 “If only I knew,” she thought to herself, “which was neck and which was waist!”
虚拟语气
26、When he did speak again, it was in a deep growl. 助动词did，强调谓语动词。
27、1“It’s a scarf, child, and a beautiful one, as you say.”
2“They gave it to me,” Humpty Dumpty continued thoughtfully, as he crossed one knee over the other and wrapped his hands round it.
3Alice couldn’t help smiling as she took out her notebook, and worked the sum for him. 4“To be sure I was” Humpty Dumpty said happily, as she turned it round for him. 5As I was saying, that seems to be done right.
6As it was an informal party, I wore a T-shirt and jeans.
7Mind you, he looked pretty handsome himself as you entered the reception together. (Reading and Writing P89)
8The starter of Eight Treasure Chicken was delicious, as was the main meal of fried prawns and rice which came afterwards. (Reading and Writing P89)
9I have to admit that I had tears in my eyes as we said goodbye to you and James as you left on your honeymoon. (Reading and Writing P89)
As 一词用法小结
28、1I’d rather see that done on paper. 2 Dad was nowhere to be seen.
3 That seems to be done right.
29、1I’m too excited to fall asleep.
2I felt excited but also a little nervous because I didn’t know the rules for attending a party held by someone from England.
30、1When I entered David’s house, what caught my eye first was the word “Welcome” , made from many colorful balloons.
2It was one of the best parties I have ever attended.
3And I loved the way you had done your hair. (Reading and Writing P89)
4You know the one that come all the way from Australia for the wedding. (Reading and Writing P89)
31、1The Water Splash Festival is celebrated among the Dai people in Xishuangbanna. 2Water is splashed everywhere to wash away the old and welcome the new.
3Buckets of water are carried around the streets.
4The festival is related to Buddhist traditions.
5Over three days, Buddha statues are washed, dragon boats are raced and rockets are launched in celebration.
32、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
1His clerk, poor Bob Cratchit, was working, when Scrooge’s nephew came in.
2That evening, Scrooge was sitting by the fire at home when a ghost appeared.
33、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
1Later two men came to the office, asking for money for the poor. 现分短，伴随状语。
2I am wearing these chains.
3He was a large man wearing a green robe. 现分短，后置定语。
4He was dressed in black.
34、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
“In that case, I’m afraid I’m going to...increase your salary! Merry Christmas! ”
in this case in that case in any case in no case in case of fire/emergency
in case+从句
35、Projects 1, 2 and 3 on PP74-76, U3, B1
1You may check by the end of the semester to find out whether you have stuck to your plan.
2Who are the most famous or important athletes that play this sport?
3Think about how you will organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form.
4You are going to make a presentation on how different cultures celebrate special occasions or events.
5Identify specific aspects of the celebration that interest you and your group.
6Gather your research and decide which special aspect of the celebration you would like to highlight.
36、There is a lot of meaning attached to the colors and decorations at a Chinese wedding. (P86)
37、We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
the moment=as soon as 引导时间状语从句。
38、Now that you have grown up, you must stop this inappropriate behavior.
now that “既然，因为”；once“一旦”，引导条件状语从句。(P87)
39、Workbook on Page 87 L3 U3 B1
4The Passive Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1The moon cakes are being made with bean paste.
2She was being shown around New York yesterday morning.
3She is said to be one of the greatest living writers.
4This is an imitation of the painting because the original was destroyed.
5The roofs of many houses in the area were blown off by strong winds.
6The foreign guests were given a warm welcome by the children
7The film is being translated into several foreign languages.
8She was invited to give a speech at the conference by one of the former students.
40、1I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
2The music had everyone on the dance floor the whole night. (Reading and Writing P89)
41、Looking forward to spending time with you when you get back.
42、Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
43、While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
44、The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
45、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: （3Underline the writer’s memories of her grandma and tell your partner.）
《教师用书》P112
※Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas.
※Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey.
※The writer sat on her granny’s lap and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite song over and over.
※Granny and the writer left a plate of sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas, and put a stocking at the end of bed. Granny sat on the writer’s bed and sang softly.
※Granny gave the writer a music box with a ballet dancer inside.
※Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
46、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: （5Use the subjects, verbs or verb phrases and adverbial phrases to make sentences ）
《教师用书》P114
※The writer and Cousin David raced around the garden.
※Cousin David couldn’t swallow the pudding.
※The writer and Cousin David rolled a snowball.
※Granny gave the writer a music box with a ballet dancer inside.
※The writer caught Granny’s eye through the window.
※The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a s, toking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimistic and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew, the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in our city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in, your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have with Graham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respect, ing the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An interesting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB B3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选必第三册B3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句, ）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选必第四册XB B4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an addi, tional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室完成电脑录入
38、However, the situation is easy to change if you take my advice.
③If I had enough money, I would buy it.
13、①An English teacher is telling her students what they must do for homework. ②Another student asks what he/she said.
wasn't made until the time of the late Qing Dynasty.
by the view. ⑥It was great fun especially as it gradually became much warmer. ⑦As I lay beneath the stars I thought about how far we had already travelled.
27、Remember to use the present continuous tense in your dialogue.
had blown up. ⑤When the dam broke, it looked as if the sea had arrived suddenly on our doorsteps. ⑥When the shock hit us, we felt as if we were going to die.
23、It is sad but true that people die in earthquakes from falling furniture and bricks.
③He tries hard to stop others making better software.
